[RSArchive Icon] Rudolf Steiner e.Lib Home   1.0c
 [ [Table of Contents] | Search ]


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures by Location (Berlin)
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: other
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • any means under any sort of dependence upon another. Nobody evaluates
    • Another important point is that the main part of this schooling does
    • facial expression or some other insignificant habit, if he becomes
    • aware of it as if observing another person, and then by sheer
    • comes a certain definite moment when still another illumination takes
    • fragmentary form in one place or another. All the instruction that one
    • apart from other books of instruction in that it is harmless. Only
    • Another point of consideration is that in order to awaken in the soul
    • entwined spirals like rings of mist. They wind around one another and
    • bloom they must be cared for and guarded. Under no other circumstances
    • must hear the other out first, and this listening is an
    • who combats rage, anger, curiosity and other negative qualities, is
    • longer in another person. One must have patience. The moment when
    • dreadful vices if they are not each coupled with the three other
    • other than the path described above. They found these truths because
    • and peace, as well as the other virtues mentioned above, he nourishes
    • for a clarification of this, and other, anthroposophical terminology.
  • Title: Lecture: Newborn Might and Strength Everlasting
    Matching lines:
    • it from the spiritual death it otherwise, because of the eternal laws of
    • Actually, today we face another world, a world that will become
    • complicated age needs another kind of soul impulse that will enable us to
    • earthly body, and soon after birth addressed his mother in a language that
    • approached these secrets in another way, however, and not as we would when
    • wealth of medieval art and other material concerning medieval notions of
    • skeleton; in another, a corpse, already food for worms; in the third, a
    • others are bending over their books, meditating the secrets of existence.
    • a host of angelic beings on one side, and devilish beings on the other. On
    • were others who grew old not only physically but also in their souls. This
    • and others, but they lived much earlier and it is not
    • was created somewhat later, and with what we are seeking again in another
    • the living plants and other beings from the earth. We also see, however,
    • Child on Christmas Eve. Although we must acquire other feelings than those
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • Bn 29.1.28, entitled, Another Secret of Shakespeare's Works. The
    • Another Secret of Shakespeare's Works.
    • other highly learned man, for example Lord Bacon of Verulam, who in
    • the plays of his contemporaries, of Marlowe and others, their
    • This statement appears: Copyright and all other Rights of reproduction
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • Another Secret of Shakespeare's Works.
    • the plays which bear his name, but some other highly learned man,
    • and others; their expressive power, their purity and naturalness
  • Title: The Manicheans
    Matching lines:
    • have men matured to the stage where they have, as brothers, human
    • soul was called the Mother or Isis. The Father was the Instructor or
    • soul conceives or receives. The soul is the Mother. During the Fifth
    • In the confluence of Life and Form, the other is given at the same
    • other side, are not all of them conscious of this. Only the head of
    • other: Jesuitism (Augustinianism) and Freemasonry (Manicheanism).
    • Manichean, Manicheanism, Manes, Mason, Masonry, Mother, Osiris,
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • are actually available. You have heard of Hatha-Yoga, Rajah-Yoga, and other
    • exercises of different kinds, by means of which societies and brotherhoods
    • the other hand, everything that is performed without regard to self, that
    • is connected with the interests of another, helps to intensify and to
    • just so much consciousness goes with you into the other world. Occult
    • for others, not for yourself. You can in very truth take into yourselves a
    • with all the others, so that what is done for the higher self is at the
    • some other place, wireless telegraphy is possible, so what I have just
    • Human beings will destroy each other in mutual strife. And the terrible
    • thing — more desperately tragic than other catastrophes — will
    • civilisation. This tiny handful will have attained selflessness. The others
    • evolution. The high Degrees of Freemasonry originally had no other aim or
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • the ‘Scientific’ standpoint. On the other hand, it seems
    • have pointed out in other lectures that every age, including our own,
    • more profound conception of the Christ than all the other doctrines
    • other purely spiritual beings and spiritual processes — in that
    • wholly new — not however in the sense of that which, in other
    • Christ-Being and on the other hand, of the being of man; for it
    • “Das Wesen des Christentums” by Adolf Harnack, and other
    • which one proves other things, has culminated in the confession that
    • another direction. Read a book like that of William Benjamin Smith,
    • biblical and other documents relating to Christianity, has discovered
    • Nazareth by philological research into biblical and other documents,
    • you convince yourselves that the Gospels or other documents are
    • Ranke and others, we must say: The highest that is attained by
    • ancient Mysteries were such that through the influence of other, more
    • other teachings of Spiritual Science we can acknowledge the reality
    • Conditions were different among other peoples, who had only the
    • that which links brother and sister together but in that which lives
    • mother and wife, and children, and brethren and
    • Christendom is One Who brings man — above all other
    • other concepts of Science. The way in which man faces the world as a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • else it may, on the other hand, seek the path leading to an AWAKENING
    • Everything which comes from other directions and seeks to transform
    • the hierarchy of the Archangels, must be sought in another way. The
    • another; they have spoken a great deal of “guilt” and
    • One nation after the other began to participate in the great
    • face one another AS SOULS, in an ever growing measure!
    • On the other hand, what we develop within the economic life as impulses of
    • the will — brotherliness, human love, thinking for others and not only
    • for ourselves, working for others and not only for ourselves — what
    • life in the form of love for humanity and brotherliness. These forces
    • develop activities for others, we can see therein the impulses which
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • Temples of Greece and other great monuments, human thoughts alone
    • now turn to the temples, the pyramids or other sacred monuments of
    • can hardly do otherwise than speak of the riddle itself in rather
    • in the world of sense. In other words: The spirit that is received
    • other features, is a place set apart — and yet, at the same
    • strike a discordant note, but on the other, to be absolutely
    • another story, and again the son is condemned to death. As he is
    • being stripped of its mysteries; but on the other hand nobody will
    • understood in the world. I hardly think any other words are needed in
  • Title: Lecture: The Migrations of the Races
    Matching lines:
    • was itself mixed with descendants of other races. The peoples of
    • on the one side, and the Atlantean-Aryan on the other. But all these
    • accompanied by Priest-Initiates: one to India, the other to Africa. He
    • then come into contact with others who have intimate knowledge of it
    • other side, the racial stock that went Westward also came into contact
    • Another branch of colonists went to the West and came upon the remains
    • of Dodona, for example, and others. The physical place becomes sacred.
    • mixed strain that they were already hypertrophied. On the other hand,
    • allege that he was a “mothers child.”
    • by another Being, the Christ, who represents the whole Fifth Root
    • The others had prepared for it. This was “the darkness into which
    • preserved in the Brotherhood of the Holy Grail. Christianity is
    • was a fundamental tenet. Another was: “We again espouse belief in
    • the one side the religious-protestant element, and on the other side,
    • They underwent it in part on other planets, and thus they brought from
    • other worlds the great impulses they had to give to the earth. The
    • on other planets. But during the Fifth Root Race, highly developed
    • their own development on other planets. It is not until the Fifth Root
    • with the mother.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 1: Forgetting
    Matching lines:
    • experience you often have if one or another idea or impression has,
    • repetition of one vertebra after another in the spine comes from this
    • could add various other examples to show that human development, just
    • while the other is carefully brought up and sent to a good school
    • man's etheric body has as it were another part too, a free part,
    • and out through the other. A person like this will not have so much
    • to help him recover as another person who has an alert, lively mind,
    • in the other. This free part of the etheric body that has grown
    • in you, as well as all the other impressions you have received, even
    • another form, and arise before man in the Akashic Record. Then he
    • But if, on the other hand, he takes in no other thoughts than these,
    • such as no other knowledge and no merely external moral commands can
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 2: Different Types of Illness
    Matching lines:
    • and reporting of lectures from one group to another. For with regard
    • why the one lecture succeeds the other, yet it is important
    • nevertheless; and when you lend lectures to one another you cannot
    • other, and then it unavoidably gets misunderstood and causes
    • about illness, or one or another type of illness at least, until they
    • behind all this. They look on whilst one or another law is
    • matters. On the other hand there will always be people who are
    • just as much of a mistake as if we were to go to the other extreme
    • profess to one or another religious faith, and they would staunchly
    • has regarding this or the other spiritual world, if he nevertheless
    • other organ of man's physical body, because these other organs are
    • exactly the same way as is done with any other substance, such as an
    • Various other disturbances appearing to begin with are usually
    • symptoms. One or another symptom may appear, which nevertheless
    • in other words, never really fit; they always have one or another
    • with one or another basic soul character of the ego. Certain chronic
    • character type his ego is, otherwise you are bound to go wrong with
    • advise that he is sent to another natural surrounding, perhaps for
    • disabilities of the nervous system in one or another direction. Now a
    • punctual otherwise. So it could well be that with stomach complaints
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 3: Original Sin
    Matching lines:
    • want to speak of other aspects that will not appear to be directly
    • movement for some time have long been familiar with it; the others
    • the one sex, the female, became more pronounced, whilst in the other
    • progressive development in one direction or the other, at a time when
    • to talk of purposes. And Goethe and others were right to make fun of
    • bringing forth another being of like kind. You must realise, however,
    • another peculiarity in the propagation of ancient times. What you
    • The beings that arose then were similar to one another and to their
    • to one another, and the teachers would not have needed to notice
    • whether the one child was a scamp and the other a gentle little
    • a man whether he lived in one part of the earth or another. If he
    • are sitting together, one talking and the other just listening. It is
    • merely listening is joining in everything the other one is doing.
    • the vocal cords and the other speech organs. It makes a great
    • this respect the human being does everything the other person is
    • remain of this today, like for instance when one person yawns, other
    • offered him, and on the other hand he became individualised through
    • another. This was a long time after the sexes already existed. The
    • effect of the sexes one upon the other — even in Atlantean
    • instincts of the two sexes working one upon the other. The kind of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 4: Rhythm in the Bodies of Man
    Matching lines:
    • Otherwise we would have to start from the beginning every year.
    • understand this fact and many others besides. You know from the
    • being are connected with and dependent on one another in the most
    • manifold ways. Each member influences the other, and therefore they
    • are in constant connection one with another. But this cooperation is
    • physical body, etheric body and so on are connected with one another
    • feelings at another time. At one time he felt more alive in the world
    • around him and at another time he was more aware of his own inner
    • at one time he is on one side of the sun and at another on the other.
    • various bodies influence one another. We know that we are embedded in
    • rhythm of the two bodies harmonise, is the work of other spirits, the
    • rhythm. On ancient Moon another rhythm was incorporated, that of the
    • cannot heal by itself, and it has to receive the forces from other
    • become defective through one or other cause. When it is the human
    • astral body; pneumonia can occur in no other way. Now think of the
    • acquired his independence and freedom, otherwise the evolution of
    • has shot ahead. A similar thing has happened with the other rhythms,
    • him, and at another time he lived more in his inner life. It is
    • world, and vice versa. They combine and balance one another and this
    • another. There is a different rhythm for each animal species. It is
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 5: Rhythms in the Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • other things connected with man's whole life and evolution that will
    • one another. You will remember that there are certain relationships
    • body, on the other hand, takes four times seven days; after four
    • on in the whole organism, otherwise the organism would not need to
    • meanwhile moved on to one. It will be roughly another five minutes
    • expresses itself in four times seven. In the case of other illnesses
    • bodies revolve around one another. And if we could go into the
    • just as there is another quarter of the etheric body and the astral
    • way that people are awake when they would otherwise be asleep and
    • three o'clock, then when it is one o'clock for other people he makes
    • this from another angle.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 6: Illness and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • things most of you know from other lectures, but it is essential to
    • Heaven!’ In other words, man lives backwards as far as his
    • somebody has done something like this that hurt another person, it
    • another being or creature or the world in general, hinders the doer
    • brought to others. Only now it is in his own astral body that he
    • way the other person did when it happened. You experience objectively
    • development. This has to be cleared away, otherwise you cannot get
    • meeting them again. Now this depends, too, on the other people,
    • over many lives. In one life we correct this, in another life that,
    • other person also develops in his soul the corresponding bond of
    • particular pleasures and tasks and allowing other possibilities that
    • life offered us to pass us by, so that other faculties have remained
    • one way or another according to this line of heredity. The soul will
    • opportunity. To put it another way, in our twentieth year we are not
    • carry out our karmic obligations in another life.
    • another. Strictly speaking all our strength was acquired by the
    • illness nor what we have just been discussing. But there is another
    • you learn one or another thing, the sort of thing you learn in life.
    • or other conditions, or perhaps because our learning has not been
    • not in another. Let us assume we learnt something in life that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 7: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • distinctly different from the other kingdoms with whom he shares this
    • other ancestors, and which can be passed on to our descendants, and
    • the other stream consists of the qualities and characteristics we
    • from his forefathers, the other part he brings with him from earlier
    • brain and the other organs so that they may become its instruments.
    • another chapter. We can for instance also say that the individuality
    • the mother. But the actual work of the individuality on the organism
    • stressed many a time, contains as it were all the other animal forms
    • himself that raises man above the other kingdoms.
    • the other hand man's physical body and also his etheric body were
    • something in your surroundings or in yourself or others that is
    • something or other in the environment, and the ego brings this to
    • Heaven and on the other hand as the dark, bitter misery of Hell.
    • smiling and laughing are elevating. On the other hand when a man
    • ego above its surroundings, which otherwise expresses itself in
    • to be concerned about her husband on the one hand and on the other
    • and weeping, that they balance one another: smiling while crying —
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 8: The Manifestation of the Ego in the Different Races of Men
    Matching lines:
    • considered from another point of view. For we shall really get to
    • shine on him from outside. We will disregard all the other forces
    • living upon it is here at its greatest. On the other hand the
    • large areas they all looked more or less similar to one another. For
    • spiritual being, and another kind that had already descended into
    • on the other hand the equatorial population would have more or less
    • physical bodies, and that other equatorial population with strongly
    • with. On the other hand there were other men who had developed a
    • it to develop beyond a certain point. There were other people again
    • were the ones chosen to infiltrate the various other regions from the
    • the sun, just because they had so little ego-feeling. But other
    • later times. They did not concern themselves about other people; but
    • physical existence, to the other levels of passive souls in every
    • nature. On the other hand there are those peoples in Asia with
    • other man unites himself with Brahma, they all unite themselves with
    • within themselves everything that had to be developed. At the other
    • to be more spiritual today! That then is the one type. The others are
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    Matching lines:
    • physical world when he leaves his mother's body and frees himself of
    • to another, the human being learns by degrees to link together in
    • physical bodies, that passes from one incarnation to another. If this
    • another. It is because man bears within him an ego that has already
    • Here you have the plant before you in another form, as a small seed.
    • you see a man standing opposite two other people. Let us take into
    • one who is observing the other two, and say to ourselves that he has
    • the other two people. Then let us suppose that the first man thinks
    • to himself: The one person looks splendid beside the other. He is
    • Another person might not feel this satisfaction. The satisfaction the
    • whatever to do with the possibilities of development in the other
    • circumstances one with another. I want you to distinguish between the
    • other like that. The more highly developed a man is the more he sees.
    • regard to their relationship with one another that they are
    • time one is further advanced in his development than the other. The
    • more advanced one will pay up, the other will hold it back for later
    • payment. The one will develop kindness of heart, the other's feelings
    • we find that apart from the nations and apart from all the other
    • purely suggestive nature of conditions and unite with other people in
    • he can say: “Now I know why I am working with other people”.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • this realm. In addition to all other demands to which only very brief
    • one place to another. Activity on our part is necessary if we are to
    • and although, as in so many other cases, it failed to fulfil the aims
    • from one person to another, trying to convince them that some
    • scale what we want to weigh; in the other scale we put a weight and
    • what otherwise they do to us. This, however, is already near to being
    • move from one Imagination to another, one Inspiration to another, one
    • Intuition to another. We must create the whole structure; nothing
    • and ‘Evening’ at the foot of the other. Even if you have
    • We come now to the other figures. First let us take that
    • and ‘Day’) and on the other side the portrayals of the
    • one human being and another. A man's attitude towards another
    • other soul. By deepening our contemplation of cosmic secrets —
    • another being, we can realise through the activity we then unfold
    • in which change can be made possible — in other words, when a
    • companionship with other spirits, with other human beings or with
    • hermit is an essential cause of suffering after death. On the other
    • to which they belonged. On the other hand, individuals without any
    • be quite unable to find one another.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • causing suffering to others. Effects of the destruction thus caused
    • evolution of humanity. The distinction between Christianity and other
    • of the astral body from the other planetary spheres.
    • the language he uses he speaks of himself as if he were another
    • together with all the other experiences, including those of the
    • feelings and other experiences rise up into consciousness from its
    • world which do not particularly concern us. What is otherwise
    • undeserved suffering caused to another person. If you think about it
    • restoration of the ‘I’. For the other members of his
    • being the forces must be drawn from other worlds.
    • have the faculty to become thoroughly acclimatised in these other
    • to establish relationships with other beings — either with
    • man becomes a hermit, feels excluded from the community of the other
    • know that the other beings are there but we seem to be within a shell
    • divine-spiritual reality. On the other hand, anyone who is a
    • other conditions of existence, the varying religious principles were
    • in the Venus sphere in which we live together with other human beings
    • Sun sphere of understanding adherents of other religions. But the
    • inner understanding of each other and then separate into different
    • interpenetrate one another, we are together and yet at the same time
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • further development if it were otherwise, if he could not learn from
    • another physical incarnation. There is only the remotest possibility
    • greater influence on the dead than the dead has on himself or others
    • help the other and change something in his conditions. This is the
    • possible in the other direction, from the spiritual to the physical
    • them as an astral or devachanic or other spiritual world. But if
    • these happenings, calls the one ‘cause’ and the other
    • based either upon cause and effect or some other concept, thinks he
    • strong impression upon us, another a weaker impression. Effects are
    • alive. Or on another occasion we may hear of an accident to a train
    • might have happened and was prevented only because other conditions,
    • other means makes his thinking more mobile, will have moments in his
    • others remain in the background, surrounding us like a cosmic aura.
    • and other little metal parts. But do we look at our watch in the
    • is to be seen inside the watch itself. Or let us take another
    • another without any electric telegraph — and perhaps the
    • Paris could be sent by means other than the electric telegraph. The
    • Earth, we were born on some other planet, our soul would be adapted
    • had several brothers, all of whom were as poor as church mice. One
    • treasure. All the brothers were determined to share the wealth that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • as a very dark area tinged with dark red shades. The other, upper
    • adjacent part of the astral aura is, on the other hand, particularly
    • opposite. It is stated there that during sleep what is otherwise
    • and the other methods employed nowadays. Engineers in those times no
    • were more skilful draftsmen than others, but they drew what they had
    • someone has knowledge of Saturn or Mars or other planetary sphere and
    • perception possible. This could not otherwise have been achieved.
    • torch is available in that other world and consciousness is dimmed.
    • forces he had otherwise always drawn from those worlds would become
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • undergo the experiences that are possible on Earth but not in other
    • enough into the spiritual nature of other planets and planetary
    • have confronted another class of individuals, composed of followers
    • of Francis of Assisi, in other words, of Buddhism transported into
    • and the advancement of external culture, and the other class, due to
    • the other category would hold themselves aloof in a life patterned on
    • space from one heavenly body to another but is prepared in the sacred
    • made this possible. We will speak on another occasion in greater
    • men into Buddhist or Franciscan monks and the other souls would have
    • the evolution of mankind as a whole the other impulses that had been
    • from other worlds and united with the Earth's evolution. His purpose
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • philosophers speak is another matter altogether. Anyone who insists
    • of any other being who can walk as man does, that is to say with a
    • Other factors too, of course, play their part. The human being is not
    • But there is opposition from other Spirits who cast man
    • do these other Spirits belong?
    • battling with those other Spirits who ought already to have become
    • belonging to the Ego. Otherwise, if Luciferic Spirits did not
    • in another. There is an essential difference between the head and the
    • living in a physical body, he dies and passes into the other period
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • side and on the other between death and rebirth in the spiritual
    • well founded, but on the other hand it will also be evident that in
    • the actual life of the human being other facts of incisive
    • Ego-consciousness, there are other occurrences which as it were
    • member of man's being and are then concerned with the other, more
    • reason in the case of man than in that of other beings why these
    • human being a certain elasticity. But at that point other formative
    • one working from within and the other from without. The formative
    • twenty-first year of life. Then there is another evolution proceeding
    • especially for education. The other evolution — which is a much
    • On the other line of evolution — from without inwards —
    • Spirits of Will (Thrones). Between these two extremes there are other
    • is evident in other spheres as well. And as our endeavour in these
    • But countless other influences make their way into life; from
    • the physical body or to live on Earth with no other wishes or desires
    • regular and direct contact with men; the other spirits are incapable
    • human being with such violence that they stop his growth. The others
    • death and rebirth. Otherwise the following would ensue.
    • rebirth during his passage through the Mars sphere. Among other
    • other ‘-ists’ who swear by their own standpoint, but
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • with man himself. In other words, what a man can observe if he is not
    • the world from the other side, namely, from the side of sleep. What
    • sleep, in other words, when we become clairvoyant, having wakened
    • weaving life and activity in the other kingdoms of nature. The body
    • from the other side of life, the fact that man's body can gradually
    • different when viewed from the other side of life but all our
    • and outside us only the human body. We feel that the stars and other
    • that here, in life on Earth, is outside us becomes in that other life
    • clouds and so forth, in that other life we gaze at the human body. At
    • simply inherits certain traits from his father, mother, grandparents
    • and the whole line of ancestors. Quite an otherwise attractive little
    • and other factors. In principle, therefore, Spiritual Science cannot
    • quarter of the physical human body; the other three-quarters are
    • exercised by one current upon another. All this is invisible. And now
    • with the ultimate father and mother. It was then that the qualities
    • outer world, but otherwise what we see is a process of destruction.
    • existence. At that stage between death and rebirth what is otherwise
    • outer world is our inner world; what is otherwise called Universe is
    • body that will subsequently be ours — all other bodies which
    • as good as another. Something similar applies when between death and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • one of the other worlds. Between death and the new birth he is able,
    • as the human being could otherwise have received them. Their nature
    • what is beneficial to themselves without any consideration for others
    • Another possibility may occur. I am saying these things
    • only with what can be drawn from his own soul. As in many other
    • another of their spiritual inclinations may bear fruit. All that they
    • Here, then, we have another example of three successive
    • or other beings, either promoting or harming health and growth.
    • sense it cannot be otherwise in the present phase of man's evolution;
    • their work only because duty forces them to it, but on the other hand
    • We will now consider still another case, of one who
    • experiences in one world are not the same in another. And if, for
    • cannot acquire them in some other world. This is particularly the
    • Science; but his brother or his wife or a close friend were
    • and Anthroposophy can be conveyed to him in some way by other
    • have died. I recently had an experience that others too may have had.
    • Earth. Even our community with others in the spiritual world depends
    • established in the other world between death and rebirth. The
    • continue these relationships in that other state of existence.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • the inner aspect of the conditions was described, in the other, the
    • during his earthly life, what others experience after death, namely,
    • art that’, and of the other saying, ‘I am Brahman’.
    • other.
    • company with other souls. Thus the soul can pass through the Venus
    • understand the others is not enough. For during the passage through
    • having developed the capacity to appreciate the value of all other
    • the other hand this Mystery of Golgotha is connected with the Sun
    • The Gospel of St. John — in its Relation to the Other Three Gospels, particularly to the Gospel of St. Luke,
    • And now we have heard of the other fact, namely that all external
    • here: Progress on Earth from one culture-epoch to another is
    • view of the soul, and in the other from that of the great cosmic
  • Title: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • scientific statement because other raindrops follow the same laws;
    • itself. Historical facts on the other hand are unique; we can recount
    • epoch to another, are the souls of human beings. Sense and meaning
    • like this cannot be given with lantern slides or other visual aids,
    • message from another world. This creation of form was possible to the
    • effect on our souls as from another world, Michelangelo sets his
    • intended that he should go to school like the others, but he was
    • impossible for the soul in one epoch becomes possible in another, and
    • nature things reappear in the same form and one day resembles another
    • from one epoch to another, undergo at the same time some upward
    • has first to occur in this and every other sphere.
    • for instance of the Pieta in which the youthful mother holds on her
    • create his figures. On the other hand, that he should not merely
    • the group as a whole — the countenance of the young mother who
    • young to be in any external sense that man's mother — we
    • never create in bronze or other materials what he did in stone.
    • other Christian motif, the reason for this lay in the culture within
    • other artists. What he brought through his own soul into his times I
    • have been trying to describe, and what we can see in other ways as
    • wholly on his mother's lap. But Michelangelo moves beyond that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • Copyright and all other
    • the plants grow out of the soil. But it is otherwise when we
    • substance inside — in man, on the other hand (in the
    • now connect these things with other facts described in my
    • determining our Karma from one incarnation to the other. The
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • eight others, is entitled:
    • containing the original text of the this lecture, among eight others,
    • that was nothing other than something called forth by his abnormal
    • other exercises, can the soul ascend again to an observation of the
    • The other starting point that is of essential significance is
    • other slumbering qualities in the depths of the soul; spiritual
    • development cannot take place in any other way than by the whole soul
    • others that one is trying directly to intensify one can call human
    • certain moment in his development that another world enters his soul
    • appears is nothing other than a projection, a shadow image, of his
    • Another thing that is necessary when the soul undergoes
    • otherwise guided you correctly through life”; when he has seen
    • judgment; therefore the fear, terror, and horror that otherwise needs
    • being that otherwise never would come before our soul, is the
    • person to another, taking place within consciousness, actually can be
    • deep sympathy, of one person for another in the depths of the soul,
    • stronger with one person, weaker with another. Because the soul might
    • this denial is nothing other than a self-induced anesthesia in face
    • The other extreme among the possibilities for error is ecstasy, and
    • The other force of the soul, intensified through the exercises often
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual sphere of the Earth. Other men are impressed by the
    • living as a spiritual being among other spiritual beings,
    • the forces streaming from the Sun and from the other
    • kind of reflection only; to the others it was only possible
    • in true union with Isis, his spouse. His evil brother, Set,
    • before other men only after death. The Being with whom the
    • could proclaim to the others:- Osiris lives! But never could
    • establish one culture after another in the physical world. To
    • what the Greek temple represents in another respect. Suppose clairvoyant
    • other comparisons with the experience aroused by a Greek temple.
    • St. John's Gospel in an even higher degree and also of the other
    • the Egyptian portrayal of another female form: Isis with the
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • Another name of this lecture is:
    • connect Buddhism, among other things, with the idea of reincarnation.
    • these are the essentials of Lessing's thought. On the other hand, the
    • Buddhism we must turn our gaze in quite another direction. Here I
    • On the other hand there is
    • of the wisdom brought by Buddha disappears, another Bodhisattva,
    • death and many other destructive elements. Here was a mystery
    • hand, a meaningless thirst for existence on the other. And so
    • gradually to reach and enter Nirvana. In other words, he may learn so
    • individual personality in the world. How could it be otherwise in a
    • goal of all human striving could be characterised in no other way
    • “Buddha-epoch” after another. “History” is
    • But since another factor has entered into the process of descent I
    • “I have descended into conditions other than those ordained for
    • they pass into other minds.” Schopenhauer's motto can be
    • resignation born of weakness, but there is another kind whereby man
  • Title: Lecture: What Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • regard to their rock formations or other contents, that these layers
    • have been subject to the force of water in some other way, must once
    • material far away and deposit them in other parts. We see the ground
    • imagine another covering it which, on examination, proves to be
    • earth's crust, overlaid again and again by others; we come to the
    • spinal column. We find other animals with a spinal column in the
    • knows today from other inferences, namely, that in the process of the
    • other layers had not yet come into existence, we shall have to assume
    • remained unchanged, while others developed towards vertebrate forms and
    • of the gradual development of life and also of the other occurrences
    • have been preceded by others. For all these layers which contain
    • remains of animal life rest, as it were, on others, and such others,
    • fossil-carrying layers of our earth are resting on some other layer
    • was overlaid by the younger, fossiliferous layers through other
    • and other crystalline schist-formations. It is held today that Granite
    • state. The adherents of the Neptunistic school, on the other hand,
    • in water,” as against the other contention that fundamentally
    • tend more towards the mineral element, and that on the other side the
    • carries rock-material from one place to another. But what we perceive
    • mass-substances — and another current which continued the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 1: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • larger circles; on the other hand it is not to be wondered at when we
    • done soon, otherwise the fairest fruits of our work will be lost
    • compared with any other — quite apart from the separate details
    • one or other problem or question can, on account of human
    • But on the other hand,
    • disciples — and among others him who prepared the
    • of one with another. And concerning the true Jesus of Nazareth
    • acquainted with one or other of the sciences knows that there are
    • points which can be disputed while others are indisputable; regarding
    • concerning which we must deny what the other school asserts? Only
    • we all Christ: you call another by His Name, and we must reserve the
    • right to correct this.’ Otherwise it is only a question of
    • ignorant! Otherwise the decree would go forth: ‘no one must
    • be denied, it is by the other side.
    • misunderstandings which otherwise arise can very easily be avoided.
    • obliged to say, that the other side is not acquainted with certain
    • since that time can hardly be observed in any other movement than our
    • Otherwise she would have to say that she will draw a thick line
    • he knew that another was a sluggard. ‘What?’ said
    • Christianity. I do not think that in many other theosophical branches
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspects of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • it will be necessary to acquire still other concepts and views than
    • about the Gospels and other spiritual documents of humanity would not
    • necessary for us to describe evolution from yet another
    • minutely observed; while on the other hand those further removed from
    • alone remains, we cannot say otherwise than that he must learn to
    • in fact all spatial environment. And he can do no other than lose
    • may be so deeply absorbed in this impression that he can do no other
    • Being Who accomplished the sacrifice on Golgotha. The other way is to
    • in the world. Whether we take one or the other of these two ways, we
    • now approach this dreadful emptiness with the other preparations
    • The Knowledge of Higher Worlds etc. and other methods
    • water but in a sea filling infinite space, a sea (there is no other
    • Saturn. I am now describing the other way round, but it is of no
    • after another. This again can only be described by a feeling that
    • Whom we call the Spirits of Will, come the Beings of other
    • only notice that there are other Beings here at play when we become
    • minds describe other than from the intellectual side; the
    • these things are transformed on the Sun, and other glorious events of
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 3: The Inner Aspect of the Sun-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • not speak of coming from one part of space into another, but only the
    • described in no other way than by saying that the one making the
    • ‘beautiful.’ Suppose another being through the vision of
    • some way or other, to send it forth into the world, thus to give to
    • acceptance, the one is not to be thought of without the other. Thus
    • giving must consist of two actions, giving and accepting, otherwise
    • occupied a peculiar relation to one another, for — as time was
    • the other occurrence in that it occurred later. The giving comes from
    • the Archangels on the one side and as the recipients on the other the
    • life; on the other hand the possibility of destroying the sacrifice
    • with those other around Him, I feel what the Spirits of Wisdom felt
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 4: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • step nearer to the real conditions of development. Yet another
    • can precisely do so with the greatest ease, if, by fasting or other
    • ready to renounce all that we should otherwise wish to choose for
    • things fond of eating and drinking and has other masterful passions,
    • other. He will think that this is the fault of the pupils, but that
    • obtain great results, or from some other source of desire for
    • subsequently interfere with the evolutionary stages of other beings,
    • his nature. But, on the other hand, if man were incapable of
    • However, another host of Cherubim accomplish something else; these
    • Cherubim accepting the sacrifice, and beside these, those other
    • Time; whilst others, brought about by the other Cherubim who
    • certain Beings of that which they receive from other Beings. It might
    • they interpenetrated each other, to denser substance, to
    • to speak, which it would otherwise have absorbed, and is now obliged
    • sacrifice? The following occurs: It happens that other beings,
    • beings; whereas they would otherwise have been directed from
    • behind. Through the rejection of a sacrifice, other beings who did
    • Cherubim, the possibility was given for other beings to separate in
    • other way of doing it!’ Why, indeed, should it not be done in
    • some other way? Or again, when a triangle is made use of in building,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • the fact remains that in those other Beings who wished to contribute
    • some other age may have experienced some injustice, to which children
    • put another layer of existence over it, and as far as everyday life
    • it in others: — I refer to what is known as
    • every one. Sometimes it takes one form and sometimes another. One
    • craving, an undefined want. Another longs for his mountain, or
    • which we are now speaking. Just as we have inherited other things
    • the other. We can feel this even in our human life, we live and move
    • universal Beings, by others who found their greatest bliss in gazing
    • over into the other Beings. We might, by way of example suggest, that
    • if the earth and the other planets could have made sacrifice to the
    • express this in any other way than by saying that the Beings who were
    • ready to offer to others all that dwelt within them, were compelled
    • Being, permitted to make sacrifice; such a one lives in the other
    • would have experienced in another, in this case a higher Being. Thus
    • one place to another, for that is only one of the many forms of
    • back upon themselves and bring them into relation with all other
    • with others.
    • and would otherwise have been desolate--for boredom is also a kind of
    • conditions. Movement in space, movement from one place to another, is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 6: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • these observations further, another idea is necessary. That is the
    • that whether we select this example or any other is a matter of
    • framed in wonder and the bliss of solved riddles: Any other kind of
    • purely materialistic or purely intellectual concepts deny what others
    • beings, that others do not exist. Just as little is it possible
    • something they put away from them; to the other Beings, those within
    • other than that which necessarily enters the universe with the
    • Whereas concerning all our other concepts we could say that there was
    • other phenomena must be traced back to their reality; all other
    • to occult science from yet another side, that in our world of Maya,
    • the other kingdoms surrounding us. We may ask: do minerals die? To
    • member of the group-soul, which replaces it by another.
    • a real victory over death. For every other being death is only
    • But on the other hand as regards the Being whom we call the
    • anything about death. In other worlds there is no such thing as that
    • concerning every other historical event we can only interpret it
    • other historical events. That was enacted on the physical plane
    • the other kingdoms of nature. When we wish to study the historical
    • interesting that another aspect of what has just been said, can also
    • contradicted historically! This cannot be dealt with like other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit in the Realm of Plants
    Matching lines:
    • our scientists or other educated contemporaries but also come into
    • other choice, no matter how firmly one wishes to be held by the
    • certain mental image, for otherwise he will always succumb to error,
    • such a formation other than in connection with an entire being.
    • cannot be considered in any other way than as a member of our common
    • his skin, of his sense organs, and the like. In other words, we may
    • winter on the other half, how this relationship alternates, and if we
    • does not sleep in time in the same way as other organisms but is
    • always awake somewhere and al ways asleep at some other portion of
    • other organisms.
    • far removed from one another — such as, for example, the human
    • being here on one side and the earth organism on the other — the
    • another as the human being and the earth, however, the states of
    • other entities that attract small animals and, when these animals
    • every other case we are dealing only with cause and effect. This
    • other hand to the aura of the earth — the astral body, the
    • others — draw from these results purely outer conclusions. If the
    • another spot, it touches the cell wall, leading the plant to return
    • specific direction. If it falls from another direction, the leaf
    • works in another way. Thus there are organs for light on the surface
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • future, other stages of consciousness will be reached, again very
    • know that there is another world behind the world of sense — a
    • consists in one faculty being acquired at the expense of another, and
    • the universe to one particular section of humanity, while other
    • another land whose people transmitted an entirely different order of
    • and the other from the ancient Indian teachings — when we
    • were, in our inner being. The other way leads behind the veils spread
    • other hand, if we develop powers which not only perceive the physical
    • behind the encircling veil of colour, sound, warmth, cold and other
    • no longer strictly separate from one another, for it is part of the
    • The other
    • creative. This is the other path.
    • self and the other leading into the outer Cosmos, blended in Greek
    • partly animal, was known by the name of Dionysus. The other element,
    • the one hand in the mystic current, and on the other in the current
    • them is at one time more evident, at another less. He taught how
    • Ahriman face one another. The whole universe is, as it were, a man
    • between Ormuzd and other lower spiritual beings, who were his
    • we pass along the other side, we also arrive at the same point. If we
    • the one side as on the other. Therefore to conceive of infinity, we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • life of humanity as it advances from one epoch to another, rising
    • another is that man of the present day feels, whether he likes it or
    • experience of another mode of vision besides that of ordinary daily
    • another world. The mission of Horus was to conquer Typhon and, in a
    • super-sensible being dwelling in other worlds, in worlds of Spirit.
    • other, so did the Sun and Moon appear to the Egyptians as the
    • stars and planets and the other Gods. The Egyptians saw in the
    • that a man can discuss electricity and other forces of a similar
    • other is the path through the Portal leading not to physical death
    • The other path to Osiris — the other
    • his blood upon which he otherwise depends, and, after having first
    • Two doors stood before him, one open, the other closed. These
    • Heavens; he used the relationships of the other starry bodies to
    • express the activities of the other spiritual Powers. His script was
    • was working was preceded by another, when all beings — not only
    • period of decadence do other forces make themselves felt.
  • Title: Lecture: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • transplanted from one region to another. It is not difficult to
    • and there are others who already speak of a crisis in Darwinism.
    • explanation for the evolution of organisms; others look on
    • with the same attitude of mind as the other. Our age is under
    • one another, though they have grown up and been educated under
    • other astonishing facts could be cited. True, Anthroposophists,
    • as well as other people, will readily admit any development of
    • and my pleasure in inventing stories, from my mother.”
    • from his father and mother and be content with this explanation,
    • to the development of one form of life from another, and this
    • we are obliged to admit numberless supernatural facts in other
    • ever-growing circles, and is a great hindrance to any other
    • that animals coming from other dwelling-places into the caves of
    • this activity now flows to other organs. Animals change their
    • “Secret Doctrine” there is to be found another
    • will be explained on another occasion. We do not intend to
    • carry our light into another nook of the “new
    • one race of animals evolve from another if they were as unlike
    • each other in the physical sense as Newton was to his ancestors
    • evolving from another which is only one degree below it.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • are, again, others who entirely lose the ability of imagining
    • anything in the whole vast unending space other than matter
    • even if other respects the facts hinted at were quite correct.
    • one direction, and a continual sinking-into itself of another
    • to-day as another truth, which now belongs to the
    • similar truths in other spheres, are no longer delivered to
    • lies in a seed left behind by another living creature; so
    • have looked at that which was left behind by another living
    • and from this again to another Spiritual seed; that is, we
    • again he might end by saying: “I cannot do otherwise
    • the other truth which has been
    • the same is the case with other muscles in the human and
    • incorporated in the memory; when, on the other hand, it is
    • become other than it is? Can we speak of an “Extension
    • unhinged. For certain things belong together, and others
    • repel each other.
    • other point of view.
  • Title: Lecture: Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that says: compared with all other forces and powers
    • yet another figure the Christ-Impulse can come before our
    • While others petrified in terror rooted stand.
    • I learned to know what windy brothers speed
    • And others with him, fired with passionate love.
    • hills. That other Being of St. Matthew's Gospel stands at the
    • again, gave us scenes, in pictures and in other artistic works
    • rain and clouds; but, on the other hand, we must see this power
    • no more can we approach it with our power. Of all that at other
    • filled with wisdom and yet more powerless than other people's
    • something transcending the other two, is set before us as that
    • souls, through which they can come near each other — not
    • ceased to be; every one said ‘thou’ to the other. That which
    • think at all — that is the one pole. And the other pole
  • Title: Lecture: Galileo, Giordano Bruno, and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • Science it might be, whether Medicine or another, the
    • been observed in some place or another. But the
    • other hand, we must acknowledge that the works of Aristotle
    • another instance: — A scholar of the Church wrote a
    • Aristotle on this subject, then I will support it by another
    • that distinguishes Galileo from all other men up to his time?
    • view it with our eyes and study it with our other senses.
    • motive which prompted Galileo was quite other than those
    • who wished to make clear to himself and to others the
    • Galileo himself and others at that period. The mind of
    • one after another. Mighty minds like that of Galileo pressed
    • other Monads which belong to the soul collect together and,
    • discharges and disperses the other Monads.
    • able to take on another form. For each Monad is obliged to
    • Giordano Bruno's works lying beside him. Some other influence
    • him with complete devotion from one thing to another and
    • mind of humanity. This is only another proof of the magnitude
    • from one animal to another, and also from one bone to
    • another, from one animal form to another. It is interesting
    • plants, in another in mineral; one way in this bone and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mission of Raphael in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • For another version of this lecture, see:
    • the other side of the spiritual conception of history it may be said that
    • power in the Madonnas and other pictures which have sprung from Biblical
    • to the other what is destined to be implanted in the spiritual evolution
    • on the other side there is the founding of Christianity. All the experiences
    • sense was concerned. It was only in the spirit that he rose to “other
    • were spent in wrangling and quarreling fought bitterly against each other.
    • The one drove the other out-of-town, then after a short banishment the other
    • one, the scene of cruelty and terror, and another, living inwardly in
    • of Florence? Struggles, just as in the case of the other town, bitter
    • with the outer world. And on the other hand stirring events that had
    • creations in lonely workshops in Florence or elsewhere, another picture
    • the sense of Savonarola or of others who thought like him, they certainly
    • and ideas. In the Madonnas and other works, the tenderest, most inward
    • of Art in human evolution. The “Mother with the Child” hover
    • Another remarkable thing
    • of deep emotion at the site of this Sistine Madonna and also of other
    • through other epochs of human evolution, not many such epochs which
    • Rome there came the influx of that other element which impressed its
    • gazing simply at a Mother was a Child, which in the words of Hermann
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Social Question and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • done by the others” (Mercury Press translation).
    • the others” (Mercury Press translation).
    • Be sure to read other versions of the this Lecture (as Essays):
    • lecture differ in several ways from the other versions
    • this other reproach can also easily be made: that Theosophy is
    • the present. That also is otherwise. To be sure, it is claimed
    • from what they were before. He learns to think in another way
    • from the products that another has produced. Even for someone
    • because human beings have gone through yet another evolution,
    • climbing higher on the ladder of evolution than all others: the
    • another stage of their existence, in an earlier incarnation.
    • the other hand, that outside this earthly life everyone is
    • brotherhood [Refers to the first fundamental principle of the
    • brotherhood of humanity without distinction of race, creed,
    • commodity is the result of something other than directly
    • determines the other, just so this life of the human soul will
    • points of view other than the law of wages and self-interest.
    • appearance one after the other and work their way upwards.
    • planetary spirit that changes itself into other planets on
    • brotherhood — is the only thing that can propagate healthy
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Batsch. Two men, one some ten years older than the other, listened
    • sets one by the side of another, and scarcely takes into
    • different units.’ In other words it seemed wrong to the
    • life, who are quite different from each other in their points of
    • Let us look now at another philosopher, at
    • himself on the other hand up to the point where he comes into touch
    • world-conception, a force which has such an influence on others
    • that though they do not understand each other, they find something
    • know how widely apart Virchow and Haeckel stood from each other.
    • various representations with each other and compounding them
    • Prior and of Christ looked across at each other like two opposite
    • of the Cloister, and the dishes, plates, mugs and other utensils
    • had it in that comprehensive manner which is another proof of how
    • which mutually exclude and fight each other.
    • But to-day we want to approach him from another side. Goethe has
    • describe the external as the exoteric and the other as the esoteric.
    • work; and after that we shall understand each other better in what
    • put across to the other side by the Ferryman in his boat. The
    • the earth. When they have been thus buried, another remarkable
    • and swallowing what the others throw about. The conversation
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • be said here must be taken in no other sense than the following. We
    • and if we are to understand each other in what I have to say it will
    • must be valid for all. On the other side — but only in a
    • But on the other hand Spiritual Science is far from
    • of the increase other new things.
    • Science is therefore different from other one-sided
    • other than increasing the powers of man to ever higher stages of
    • We shall understand each other most easily if we proceed from
    • other capacities and every one of you also knows that these other
    • otherwise that which is objective would become clouded, and that
    • you that the other powers also play a part in human soul-power.
    • this, the other that, according to the subjective needs of feeling
    • the truth even if a million people think otherwise. For instance,
    • lead deeper into the nature of a thing, speaking however to other
    • the King who was a mixture of the other three metals, in whom,
    • which will, thought and feeling are mixed together. In other words he
    • On the other hand in the Youth, after he receives the three gifts
    • striving mankind, we may see in the Beautiful Lily another
    • to each other as the soul-powers of a man stand to each
    • other.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • will be understood in quite another way from what it is to-day,
    • grasp at such a time passed before Goethe, but many other things
    • himself with many other sciences, more particularly with natural
    • other geological products and plants, a wax taper and a burning
    • experience if he took up the books of Eliphas Levy or any other
    • wound round in a circle, beneath which another dragon had fixed
    • or the other. He got to know Jung-Stilling with his deeply mystical
    • later through his friend Merck. Goethe's mother who disliked
    • other, for feeling in the deepest way the sorrow attached to an
    • other. Man may shrug his shoulders and look down on the minds of
    • and many others who sought honourably and
    • Bruno, Galileo, Copernicus and others. Such times are called
    • depth of feeling on perceiving other signs closely connected
    • On another occasion Goethe said, ‘As one is, so is
    • this Luciferic principle, he was delivered up to another principle.
    • everything in mist and smoke which otherwise would have been
    • ‘The way to the Mothers’ we see the man striving
    • one plant with another, one animal with another, one bone with
    • another, or to consider life, step by step, as they go through the
    • thing strives to enter another’ but said to himself:
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    •  'Mid brother-spheres, his ancient round:
    • merging into each other, becoming like cloud-pictures. It is
    • mountains, crystals form themselves out of their mother-substances
    • world, like the crystal shapes out of their mother-substance. At
    • first the spiritual world is experienced like the mother-substances
    • death. The images, indeed, will take on other, fixed shapes, when
    • from his mouth: ‘The Mothers, the Mothers press hard on
    • Mothers who press hard on me!’ the citizens realize that he
    • of Faust, when Mephistopheles speaks of the ‘Mothers,’
    • is otherwise firm and solid in transfigurations of eternal
    • which the Mothers sit, the sources of existence in the spiritual
    • again in another state of consciousness, withdrawn from the
    • nothing other than that Faust, once again withdrawn from the
    • brings with him an eternal, spiritual part from quite other realms,
    • finally by father and mother. On the whole — taking the
    • The spirit Faust finds in the realm of the Mothers. He
    • who spoke of him in the Middle Ages he was no other than a definite
    • does not otherwise exist. He makes the Homunculus say:
    • another state of consciousness, a condition outside the body. He is
    • he feels his soul to be the mother of what was born from the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christianity in the Evolutionary Course of Modern Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • requisite preliminary knowledge. Other opinions will be in
    • among other things, spiritual science is intended to give:
    • of human evolution other individualities, other beings,
    • just as other men have. We can perhaps illustrate what lies at
    • other men, as all the beings who have just been described
    • other words, did not need for their own further progress to
    • as we can of other human beings, that we trace the soul back in
    • farther back and find it again in another incarnation, and so
    • something entirely different from other human beings.
    • whereas other, lower Avatar-beings could be embodied more than
    • are intended to represent in another respect; we shall
    • his individuality his etheric or life body, with the other
    • himself. Although he was not so exalted as certain other
    • among other things, that it contributes to the multiplication
    • was embodied in it, and then became woven into all the other
    • multiplied and transmitted to other human beings, and appear in
    • we could find other personalities in this period who had
    • All the strange and otherwise mysterious
    • understand that science, otherwise so little understood, which
    • appeared Who is known as Christ Jesus; that other spiritual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: An Impulse for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • Be sure to compare this with another version of this Address,
    • falls, harden or become corrupt, others show that they are strong and
    • to do with what occurred at this General Meeting or what is otherwise
    • other opportunities I have already
    • other misunderstandings to occur if it is correctly
    • by the endowment itself. This recognition is none other than what is
    • other than the first principle: Recognition of the
    • spiritual world as the basic reality. All other principles
    • branch of our endowment. And the other branch will do its duty in the
    • ideal spiritual movement with any other, which also calls itself
    • become one with nature. Various other things sought a peaceful
    • have understood the task given her by this name other than in a most
    • and the absurdity of false mysticism on the other. The Keeper of the
    • both domes merged into each other – a symbol of the soul's
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture I: The Significance of Supersensible Knowledge Today
    Matching lines:
    • Another kind of
    • Yet another
    • them. Far from wanting to become another religion, spiritual
    • right and good in one age is not necessarily so in another.
    • in the twentieth century when other soul forces are called
    • not understand Christianity, each one tolerates the other's
    • with understanding into what the others feel and experience.
    • A person's comprehension of Truth must encompass all other
    • right direction. In no other way can healthy progress be
    • another. Another point of great interest was the way the
    • other words, we have access to a world only if we have organs
    • individual no longer has to rely on others in order to
    • strength, joy and confidence in life. In other words, I will
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture II: Blood is a Very Special Fluid
    Matching lines:
    • Like others, he regards
    • physiological, or any other natural scientific point of view,
    • Another
    • laws that govern blood, as it does in all other laws, as if
    • sake of others who are present for the first time. In any
    • necessary organs, we will perceive, among other things, the
    • shown later. Those who wish to find another name only show
    • application differs from all others. We can all give a name
    • mirrored in the sympathetic nervous system, another event
    • with this transformation, another one occurred on a higher
    • are the forces that build up the human body; in other words,
    • way conscious beings are related to ancestors, the other is
    • of human beings confront one another, as used to be the case
    • mixed with that of another not akin to it, the two types of
    • blood prove fatal to one another. This is something that has
    • consciousness. In other words, something happens in humans,
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture III: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • another saying came to the fore in Greece that shows a
    • other one of life's greatest benefits.
    • and encompass the suffering of others. The poet must be able
    • to experience the suffering of others as if it were his own.
    • is expressed outwardly of what lives in another soul, perhaps
    • other who sees the situation in caricature. It is no mere
    • the other. Nothing provides greater understanding than
    • experiencing another person's suffering as one's own. But
    • what about the caricaturist? He cannot enter into the other
    • himself above it. The refusal to consider the other person's
    • that compassion leads to understanding of the other, whereas
    • nature, which no other earthly being possesses. Spiritual
    • seen the other way round. What to physical appearance seems
    • on the other hand material entities continually dissolve
    • what would otherwise take place in substances it permeates.
    • life that would otherwise dissolve, just as life forces renew
    • another force: it continuously produces death. When it has
    • the element of life in the creature, when in other words the
    • feel something is out of order, in other words, when
    • consciousness on the other.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IV: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • is supposed to be the lowest degree of good. Others say that
    • mission and passed over into another embodiment. A new
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture V: Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • could solve it would have solved also the other great riddle,
    • other sayings in the Bible must be modified to be understood.
    • arrive at any other conclusion than: “Basically death
    • of the knowledge that death puts an end to it. On the other
    • other sciences, spiritual science cannot speak in such an
    • the fact that within it the other three members are at work;
    • that is at work, in others the astral body, and in yet others
    • different from one another. These entities have merged, and
    • seven another enveloping sheath is pushed aside. The
    • time another covering, the external astral sheath, is thrust
    • contains the original tendencies and another created by the
    • body, while another will soon exhaust what is available to
    • act otherwise is incomprehensible. But what is a poison?
    • himself and makes others strong to withstand that particular
    • anthroposophical world movement differs from other movements
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VII: Education and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • direct connection with life. The spirit of nature, in other
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VIII: Insanity in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • Be sure to compare this with another version of this lecture,
    • science more than any other science is in a position to say
    • “I.” The “I” works on the other three
    • that the astral body is unable to master it. If an the other
    • provided by the strength and power of another personality. An
    • the other's personality must prove to the sick person that he
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IX: Wisdom and Health
    Matching lines:
    • existed in Africa a brotherhood — the Therapeutae,
    • The narre indicates that the brotherhood was concerned with
    • for others, for the whole world. Even if the pictures we
    • when his brother had a leg amputated. As the bone was cut it
    • brother's Operation was taking place. For a long time he
    • could not rid himself of the pain, even when his brother no
    • to themselves; no remonstration convinced them otherwise.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture X: Stages in Man's Development in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • the greatest truths, but even more than other great truths it
    • shorten his time kamaloca. On the other hand, those who only
    • bond between mother and child, especially during the early
    • years; the mother who breast-feeds her child pays heed to
    • from the mother's ether body. Because the child's own ether
    • been prepared by another ether body. Statistical evidence
    • been breast-fed by their own mother, while 26 to 30 percent
    • other people; the ether body also widens beyond its own race
    • other people as individuals awakens. Just as: “All that
    • becoming aware of the other sex symbolic. Only now does the
    • otherwise flow into the bodily nature are becoming free and
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XI: Who are the Rosicrucians?
    Matching lines:
    • the other hand, some learned books do proffer a variety of
    • philosopher's stone, the stone of the wise, and other
    • a group of secret brotherhoods claiming esoteric wisdom in the late
    • they were meant as satire, mocking a certain secret brotherhood
    • by many others proffering all kinds of information about
    • up the writings of Valentin Andreae, or indeed any other
    • out as those applied in chemistry, physics or any other
    • another path. The same applies to the path of higher
    • was revealed; no hint was given theoretically or otherwise,
    • wisdom in ways hardly noticeable to others.
    • The other basic
    • lay more emphasis on one point or another, according to the
    • reason; another is that though a person is born from the
    • firm support when we enter the other worlds. If one's
    • two books are not written like other books; no sentence can
    • another out of inner necessity. Without such a foundation it
    • an expression of inner pain and sorrow. In other words, the
    • in one sense is higher, in another lower than that of the
    • and others. Earlier than that the sun rose in spring in the
    • inner eye will learn the true nature of light. Another area
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XII: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual-scientific viewpoint is impermissible. Other
    • mysticism on the other. The objection can be made that Wagner
    • and other phenomena. When discussing issues, whether cultural
    • other objections concerned with mysticism, the fact is that
    • centuries, the Gnostics, have thought otherwise, as does
    • art, or takes some other form. He is strongly aware of the
    • branches of art to work together, complementing one another.
    • and others. Before the arts
    • In other words, divine essence streamed into and formed
    • conjunction with one another: Knowledge, art and religion
    • entities isolated from one another, their separate souls
    • say or do to another. However, once there is awareness of a
    • physically reach and assist another person. He has no notion
    • that his inner feelings have significance for others, or that
    • influence and do something concretely for another human
    • another. Is the maiden's sacrifice for Poor Henry ultimately
    • Other arts, such as poetry, whose vehicle is words, also
    • brotherly fashion, when melody, rhythm and harmony had not
    • the other hand, Wagner regarded the symphonist, the pure
    • art, on the other hand, when refusing to collaborate with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XIII: The Bible and Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • as it is so different from the others it cannot be a
    • within us, we possess others still slumbering. It is
    • not somewhere else, is not in another place or time. He
    • another remained at a lower stage. This indicates how in the
    • science, another's in the realm of human cultural development
    • show the way, but no other kind of authority is required, and
    • Gospels had no other sources than the ancient codex of
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture I: The Past Shows Us a Picture of Necessity
    Matching lines:
    • another thing will happen in which we believe we may be
    • necessarily assuming that we are free on the other. For
    • you know, the conflict between choosing one thing or the other
    • that human beings cannot do other than submit passively to a
    • statement and always set its opposite on the other side.
    • space the world is infinite,” and on the other side “In
    • these just as well as the other. We can prove with the same
    • and influence in one way or another the course of events when
    • the other.
    • other things too. It always appears when human beings want to
    • figures on the blackboard one after the other,
    • other one is underlined. But when I write them on the
    • yet, as every other number would have to be crossed out on the
    • of the moon even though the other part is there. In the same
    • transcends the sense world. We cannot just quote the other
    • if they called them by other names. The feeling for these
    • from 0 to 24, and the other way only to 12. At sunset the
    • prevent any other town from having one like it. So he had the
    • with his brother Ahriman. And because the man has been
    • blinded, this other power acquires the capacity to attack from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture II: The Legend of the Prague Clock
    Matching lines:
    • not allow anything like it to be made in any other town. So he
    • for Ahriman and Lucifer, we also see it in another aspect,
    • from the clock face, the planetary dial, and all the other
    • Death on one side and two figures on the other. One of these
    • jingle, and the other figure represented a man holding a mirror
    • ahrimanic and luciferic qualities and on the other side there
    • consider another aspect. Let us take an example quite
    • that his father and mother brought him up in a special way,
    • arrived at an answer which would be other than superficial. We
    • ringing apparatus, then the other figure moved. Death nodded to
    • other people. The clock-maker brought all these about through
    • and on the other hand we receive impressions from the
    • effect. On the other hand, however, we can receive direct
    • conquered the cultural life of other nations too. Even in
    • sympathy and antipathy our judgments would never be other than
    • one thing arising from another. We look at our own deeds and
    • in other incarnations. Looking only at what I am saying to you
    • example. If you see one thing or another, a play directed by
    • another that. On what does it depend that one person has a
    • different opinion from another? That depends again on what is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture III: Three Teachers with Different Attitudes
    Matching lines:
    • failed too, and others passed, but it all happened as expected.
    • no worse. Yet other people had come to the conclusion over the
    • year that he was very lenient. While the other teachers were
    • otherwise. I hardly need mention that after a few years the two
    • left the school and another came at the beginning of the
    • dismissed very soon, and another one more like the inspector
    • teacher was driven away from the school in disgrace and another
    • that he made allowances; otherwise all his pupils would have
    • under other teachers, and he discovered that with
    • of the others.
    • others were better prophets. They could actually say “I
    • “Because this thing is like this, then the other must be
    • then the other.” And we will arrive at something. But in
    • they set out to meet one another. We can now trace over a
    • certain length of time how one thing has always led to another,
    • And if we do this, and go from one event to the other, tracing
    • give you another hypothetical example. Imagine someone
    • now let us imagine another person, younger perhaps. I
    • he behaves. Well then, another, younger person, not out of
    • mother, but our social position is also predestined through our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture IV: The Roman World and the Teutonic Tribes
    Matching lines:
    • another area of the world.
    • Europe were in opposition to one another. From a historical
    • their possible results or immediate consequences but other
    • hit by another one, it has to go the way the second one goes.
    • difficult to distinguish one from the other. Where one thing
    • borders on another we cannot understand them as easily as
    • our actions cannot be other than free. If a ball that I struck
    • eat, or would like something for some other reason than
    • he had been able to acquire it in some other way than by
    • the other hand, if you have an action that does not fit the
    • can also put it another way. You know there are so-called
    • that led him to achieve his Faust and his other poetical
    • we can do it another way. We can follow the spiritual
    • Lessing's projected Faust and a number of other similar
    • of evolution. One can look at how another line of development then
    • all the other poets who were unfree; I want to write a free
    • paint on a canvas or any other surface; I will paint freely. Do
    • areas of course one thing will work in opposition to another.
    • There is still another approach that can help us
    • comes first, and how it is to be carried out is quite another
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture V: The "I" is Found on the Physical Plane in Acts of Will
    Matching lines:
    • us take another look at one of our basic truths of spiritual
    • physical body or any other physical object. It cannot be
    • other people's eyes, they still saw something of the aura, the
    • also like this with other things.
    • shining differently from other grains of seed.
    • they have also lost another ability. Today, we must acquire a
    • outer reality will say to the others who still see colors in
    • become aware once more of the aura, and on the other hand,
    • something besides the physical body, otherwise it would
    • if one or another part does not function normally. He dissects
    • sight, and so on. I will not bother you with all that, but will
    • aesthetics and ethics, provided they are seen to be in another
    • deed after another and others who keep on attacking people for
    • no reason at all. Just as one flower is beautiful and another
    • they are seen to be in another sphere, but psychology is
    • There are people who murder others, and there are people who do
    • good to others, and they also are like that by nature.”
    • world, we must find it in some other way. If we do not want to
    • another way. That is to say, if we dream with regard to the
    • has to be stimulated in some other way.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Haeckel, "The Riddle of the Universe," Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • obstacles that impeded his progress. On the other hand, we must
    • Another fact to be noted is, that I am placed in a singular
    • as well as in my other work on
    • actual riddles of the universe. On the other hand you will
    • that secret. On one other occasion, when teacher and pupil were
    • followed upon each other, such as the struggle for
    • it on his grandfather's or his grandmother's side that the ape
    • linked one to the other. We can see through the veil shrouding
    • that another person came along and criticised the
    • the first chapter of theosophy. Far better than by any other
    • his theory of the descent of man. In another lecture Du
    • cognisance of worlds quite other than this, then will
    • sun when on the other side of the world. Then, too, is the work
    • ape, as we know it. The facts are quite otherwise, and
    • intellectually insignificant; the other endowed with a high
    • will assume that some fact or other confirms the
    • may think it a surprising fact that they are brothers. We may
    • the same standard as either of the brothers, and in that case
    • one will be found to have worked his way up, the other to have
    • “brother.”
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit of Fichte: Lecture I: The Spirit of Fichte Present in Our Midst
    Matching lines:
    • interest and sympathy. But on the other hand this thought was
    • Gottlieb at this stage of his life into other situations. For
    • already over. When the visitors, his host and the other persons
    • other children had come, till they were now a large family; and so
    • other tales, and had been influenced by them. At
    • philosophy or of philosophical ideas and notions. On the other hand
    • in life which was the ideal of his father and mother, deeply
    • following incident. One day the pupil's mother received a singular
    • point: it was essential above all to educate his mother! For a
    • mother who behaved in such a way towards a pupil was the greatest
    • element is distinguished from other forms of German life especially
    • brother-in-law of Klopstock, Fichte found stimulating society
    • thoughts were filled with the Bible and other works, so now the
    • discussing his book, in fact associated it with another author. He
    • This was for Fichte yet another lesson in his study of human
    • in another made the impression of a man striving, especially in his
    • other. Let us first consider the results of his spiritual
    • existence. It could not be reached by any eye, any ear, any other
    • a lecture like another lecture, a doctrine like another doctrine. No;
    • them mentally, otherwise it is lost.” Certainly Fichte's own
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival In The Changing Course Of Time
    Matching lines:
    • in our time fit in very poorly on the one hand with all other
    • happenings of modern civilization around us; and on the other hand
    • discord in seeing the streets bedecked with Christmas trees and other
    • one another, so that they can love each other as human beings on earth
    • permeated the Christmas festival. On the other hand, let us compare
    • the days. We must stay home much of the time. During the other seasons
    • during any other days of the year. And it would have been just as
    • impossible to accept the Passion story at any other time but Easter.
    • language had been kept alive both as a mother tongue and for
    • stream of oblivion in the German motherland. Individual colonists, who
    • other art institutions, no matter how much ado surrounds these things.
    • perhaps not have thought so at other times: really roguish
    • Schröer and others could still observe and collect, were the last
    • the path from Adam to Christ; another path, that leads from earth to
    • Divine youthful mother*
    • with the mother of Jesus, with which one greeted her so to say: Ave!
    • Divine young mother
    • plays were performed one after the other in that primitive way: the
    • in one or another Christmas play Mary, expecting the Jesus-child,
    • into other times. Each period of time has its own special mission. In
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • and other sense-impressions. He lives within this world of
    • stage, he must not simply experience blue or red or any other colours
    • in the right sense with other explanations you will see the agreement,
    • experience it, it is necessary for him — besides other things of
    • view or another; who still prefers one thing or another to be true,
    • esteems his own views as little as he does those of others, and is
    • other people when one is seeking to follow the path into the higher
    • he can appreciate the other person's point of view, he will always be
    • various other inner moral qualities. Of these we shall have to speak
    • World”; the third was called in the Egyptian and other Mysteries
    • transparent, and on the other the possibility of approaching these
    • mind and other inner virtues (virtues here meaning capabilities), he
    • then comes an experience which I cannot indicate otherwise than in the
    • other, and according as he extends it, he will always experience
    • The other thing that ceases for the aspirant at this stage of
    • of view things I have often described., but we now need this other
    • evolution would proceed on its way, and that at some point or other in
    • needed to tell these persons: “This one or other is Moses.”
    • Then their souls, without being told, “This one or the other is
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • bodies are not helping him to do so. The other members of the human
    • domain the events are subject to the laws of nature; in the other they
    • not speak of this death at present. But there are other deaths. There
    • To take another example, we can look at what the seer learns when he
    • obtained if completely free competition were allowed. Then other, more
    • ease-loving, but on the other hand the fate of lovers of ease is such
    • experiences in order that he may also experience other necessary
    • physical world he is endowed with feelings and perceptions other than
    • grows out of the Earth and delights the eyes and perhaps the other
    • however, it will emerge that sunlight, sun-heat, and also the other
    • with a child that is very much attached to its mother when the mother
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • in order to descend into another world.
    • experiences which one cannot describe otherwise than by saying: A man
    • Initiate. In other cases, the man would know only that his soul had
    • other currents flow from beings who are linked with the life of the
    • one cannot clothe in words other than these: “What is the purpose
    • Egyptian Initiation they experienced what one cannot clothe in other
    • feel yourself united with the Being who works with others on the part
    • of you that goes from one incarnation to another, and on your astral
    • another, and also the forces which illuminate the soul between death
    • Being. You behold this Being in such manner that you can do no other
    • time it gives birth to something like another being projected from it.
    • birth-process of one being from another has hitherto not been visible
    • on the one side, and on the other side the being she has borne, whom
    • expressed. these experiences otherwise than by saying something like
    • In the later Egyptian time — and also in other lands during this
    • another world. This was the significant and remarkable part of the
    • In the last lecture we shall see what is on the other shore —
    • place in order to traverse the stream and arrive at the other bank.
    • the Heavens, we shall see what is offered to our view on the other
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • preparing to penetrate into other regions; he has descended into the
    • later at another place. And so there reappeared That which the souls
    • number, they had around them a band of other men, but they were the
    • principal Knights. The others represented the starry host; into them
    • their breast, and as if one wanted to tear itself away from the other.
    • another domain, the domain wherein dwelt all the beings and. forces
    • located in another place, a place where, on account of certain
    • other forces which have remained there to this present time like an
    • the other the evil Kingdom, Chastel Merveille, with all that came from
    • within him certain secrets of the human soul, and on the other hand be
    • achievements. On the other side, there appears in Goethe, tormenting
    • him and often causing him pangs of conscience, his other nature,
    • can be nurtured there, while the other part may remain exposed to the
    • and the other can rise into the spiritual.
    • while with the other part they are connected with the “human,
    • though in another form.
    • result of thinking — not the other way about. The brain is
    • which whirl in confusion and strive against one another in the
  • Title: First Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • general picture of the life of Christ Jesus. On the other
    • truth of a different nature to that proceeding from other
    • ingeniously. Others who are more ingenious will be better.
    • got on very well with Mendelsohn, but towards the other
    • must, in some form or other, face the two important
    • incarnations, another in seventy years, another in seven
    • years, others in seven months, seven days or seven hours.
    • Gospel is written should not read it like any other book. The
    • however, still another way of understanding this, and one
    • features came from the father or mother, an uncle or an
    • mother would appear to a new-born child, were the child able
    • body: This is my mother. When one has celebrated this
    • of Galilee; and the mother of Jesus was there”. This is
  • Title: Second Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • initiation. Those who know other forms of occult training and
    • are aware that there are other paths of initiation, also know
    • Christian initiation has similarities with other ways of
    • especially alcohol. Other requirements for any higher
    • separated from him. His body is the mother that he sees
    • mother!”
  • Title: Third Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • we are able to understand many things that otherwise would
    • understand each other. “Jesus said unto him,
    • brothers of the fifth grade of initiation. It is a
    • other senses is work done for the higher life.
    • world. As the human being is prepared in the mother's body,
    • so in the body of the great world mother — where we are
    • Greeks and all other peoples of that time, the power that
    • many other passages in the gospels. John asked, “Art
    • through the crucifixion. Thus, in the case of the other
    • other hand, that which supports the whole, which leads man
    • this can be done some other time.
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VI: Easter: The Mystery of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • before last I had to give a lecture in Stockholm, among other towns in
    • another symptom came into evidence. Between the lectures in Stockholm
    • other, the relation between religion and Christianity, if rightly
    • senses: the eyes for seeing, the ears for hearing, and all the other
    • and all the other figures in Nordic mythology were not inventions;
    • followed one another after the submergence of Atlantis. And the
    • other, of living wholly within the physical body, and of being thereby
    • in one, there in another religion — according to the constitution
    • happen otherwise? The etheric body will be freed from the physical
    • The other is that man will look back upon what was experienced in
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 1: Spiritual Life in the Physical World and Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • place, where so many of our dear brothers in humanity have to enter
    • that which lives and can live in him, we cannot do otherwise than say:
    • Now, let us unite this thought with another, with the thought which
    • quite other knowledge and forces from those we acquire here in our
    • and mother.
    • must realise through that other knowledge which we have to assimilate
    • ticket for some place or another. His reason functions quite normally.
    • say, blindly through the world from one place to the other, and found
    • it from the other. It is then the most satisfying and most perfect
    • another standpoint which I did not quote in my
    • one or other of these two conditions of waking and sleeping, and have
    • sleep with another, a super-sensible life, and he decides to compare it
    • think how wonderfully that agrees with the other points of view which
    • when that is settled, one presently learns it again from another
    • sees something first from one side and then from another side, yet the
    • which perhaps could not be understood otherwise. Just consider,
    • characterised. (We will come on to other things in the course of these
    • next to the fourteenth year, the time of puberty; another extends to
    • And if we consider this thirty-fifth year of life from another point
    • their earth-life, require that which these other souls can bring up to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 2: On the forming of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • as they have, if those battles had ended the other way. And what was
    • Europe,’ he would be right. But if another had said: ‘Just
    • Science must advocate, in contradistinction to that which is otherwise
    • after death; while now on the other side a quite different point of
    • plane. These two points of view are quite independent of each other
    • shown on other occasions how, from three or four different points of
    • support each other. But for this, we must ourselves acquire the right
    • this, otherwise I could not give out the later and higher truths in
    • exists with its fullness of colour and other characteristics could not
    • be perceived by other, different organs of perception. Therefore we
    • death and rebirth, is essentially different, in yet other respects to
    • perceive souls. The other manner is this: that one does not oneself
    • being very active himself; of the other, through an imagination
    • what the other person felt through the blow. If you have injured
    • another through a word, you experience the feeling you caused him.
    • Thus you feel the experience of the other soul. In other words, you
    • in this journey backwards everything which other people have
    • physical life you cannot feel that which those others felt and
    • should experience everything in this review which others have suffered
    • terribly wronged another and can do nothing to put it right, you may
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 3: The Subconscious Strata of the Soul-Life and the Life of the Spirit After Premature Death
    Matching lines:
    • to throwing light from one point of view or another on the connection
    • Now, it is possible to look at the whole matter from another point of
    • lives, not only in the spiritual soul, but also in the other
    • Among other things in the etheric body — the astral body, as you
    • we shall have trouble; and this person or the other will be a kind
    • course as natural events, or other social happenings in which we are
    • otherwise we should learn nothing for our further evolution: but there
    • have been able to lead him through many other relations in life —
    • has to be continually active. That which is there, is the other world,
    • perception by their own activity. The ‘other world’ —
    • from one another. The etheric body, astral body and Ego would still
    • otherwise would have employed in his external work, and would have
    • is otherwise merely an abstract idea in our materialistic age, becomes
    • extremely concrete. In yet another sense than I developed it here in
    • those who in earlier incarnations, have in some way or other died a
    • ours demands, more than other epochs that we should think, not only on
    • and the other there between death and rebirth. Here, we are, in a
    • spiritual world in which we find ourselves; on the other hand we
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 4: The Connection Between the Spiritual and the Physical Worlds, and How They Are Experienced After Death
    Matching lines:
    • Science, that in turning our thought to that other world, we are able
    • world a certain relation to another man. This relation may arise
    • towards him would also change in one way or another. We do not often
    • Let us now compare such a memory with others which we construct from
    • get any perception. For instance, they may be aware that another soul
    • Beings of the Higher Hierarchies, and the other human souls living
    • him, and can only comparatively speaking grasp the other world in
    • from there it is the ‘other world;’ but the soul must exert
    • work; and what is then to him ‘the other world’ always
    • arises as if of itself. But now within this ‘other world,’
    • here, in our souls, of the ‘other world’ there occasionally
    • love here is added to what the dead can always see from the other
    • world into the world of physical reality, so another world conjures up
    • from their other world from the souls still incarnated here —
    • there. And this thought is closely connected with that other thought,
    • other souls and relates itself to us. That really means the insertion
    • arises as an image in the souls left behind — the other
    • others, perhaps because we cannot do otherwise, or are led away first
    • forms a friendship for another. You may say: ‘I really cannot
    • other for something much later on. He formed a friendship with him,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 5: Concerning the Subconscious Soul Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual world, we use the same force which we otherwise employ in
    • through the force which otherwise fashions his memory, and looks into
    • firm basis. One sees other things in the outer world and moves about
    • among them. One enters into certain relations with other men, to whom
    • there lies another, a life following definite laws, which we do not
    • relations with other men. He was a kind of hermit with regard to human
    • need not enter now into his other qualities, they are wonderfully
    • penalty, twenty years' imprisonment. The person concerned (none other
    • dreams are frequently confused with one another, or whether certain
    • way as to others, for cases vary, but this disclosure comes to him.
    • had been. He, as a freethinker, cannot suppose otherwise than that all
    • deeds have for others in connection with whom they were committed.
    • in any other way than by really approaching that spectator, of whom I
    • the other sentence: ‘In the body a new beginning is prepared,
    • another form. To-day it is necessary to find it in just the form most
    • would become aware of many things. That is the one thing. The other is
    • man's body being taken from him, through a shell or some other cause
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 6: Lecture on the Poem of Olaf Åsteson
    Matching lines:
    • this earth as one man knows of another, of whom he is given a model in
    • the other member of the inner life appears before the human soul when
    • it that the one strikes the other so that he is wounded, I should be a
    • fool to say: ‘The one mirror-image has struck the other.’
    • images, but not the other thought, that these images express the facts
    • convinced — indeed one cannot put it otherwise — that he is
    • judges of his own book is naturally cleverer than the others. So Fritz
    • senses. For instance, he might have another sense besides the eye. He
    • should have just these very senses. If we had other senses the world
    • Another philosophy! What does it want to do? It says: The world is
    • another object with the following results: ‘Goethe's genius is
    • language streams in another direction, according to the accidents of
    • The matter has, however, really another aspect. We must be clear that
    • other into nonsense, and reconstructing them again in some fashion.
    • One may be very clever in some branch or other, and possess a really
    • meets Ahriman. For these two seek each other out in man's intercourse
    • ‘the birth of Christ within us’ is only another word for it
    • to go out alone they visited their grandmother there. The grandmother
    • The grandmother liked to have the children with her, as she was too
    • children were sent over to their grandmother. The children went over
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • other when looking at a flower or anything else in the environment. It
    • the whole life of the environment and goes over into the other beings
    • The others are members of the one Earth-Soul. Now for the first
    • descriptions, however, have arisen in quite another way than by
    • the five others are creative
    • developed being has left the others behind on the way and has himself
    • has been prepared. Otherwise, our causal body would not have been
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • another. Through the fact that certain animals migrated to the dark
    • circulation of the blood. In other words, the physical body is
    • produced independently of man and is also sustained for him by other
    • physical body produced for him by other forces. The etheric body too
    • is in a certain respect produced for him by other powers. On the other
    • hand, the astral body is formed partly by other powers, partly by man
    • physical body has come about through the karma of other beings; but
    • they are extremely numerous they balance each other. By means of an
    • evil into the rest of the world; otherwise he would work his harmful
    • the etheric body to be worked into. If one person hypnotises another
    • receives a quite other significance. This is what is meant by the
    • man found the ‘Ich’ within it. Other languages expressed this
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • other places, in which granules of starch are to be found. Even in
    • otherwise non-starch-containing plants, these starch granules appear
    • otherwise contain no starch, possess these starch granules in the
    • place or another.
    • the other side. This the plant cannot stand. It then turns again in
    • together with the plants, another force is added to the force of
    • depends upon these little bones bringing the other organs into
    • in relation to one another in the three directions of space. They are
    • they know nothing of what is going on around them. Other beings in the
    • from one another, so, later, a complete separation into three parts
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • Stone. Relationship of the kingdoms of Nature to each other. The being
    • seeing into his inner self, he can sink his consciousness into other
    • the heart. Then he can transfer his consciousness into other things;
    • presents itself which is otherwise not to be experienced on earth. In
    • earth. What takes place on the other planets cannot be discovered
    • sequence as the other animals and man. The consciousness of the
    • Man on the other hand takes in the oxygen and through his life
    • planetary spirits. From a being requiring a body produced by others,
    • regions of the Mental Plane. On the other hand the consciousness of
    • consciously into connection with one another. Later these three parts
    • whereas with the others, in the course of time after-effects usually
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • writings add to these, four other finer conditions of matter. The
    • found. This plane is the other pole of the solid. Through life on the
    • Maha-para-nirvana plane one acquired another means of perception. When
    • out on the wrong level. Otherwise they are Raja-Yoga exercises. One
    • learn something beyond speech. Another force must be united with
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • just as the child today has the old man beside him who is at another
    • perceive it; we must therefore be confronted with another being who
    • being and on the other hand a creative being. This is an important
    • needs other beings. Now man must incarnate in a bodily form determined
    • colours and other sense perceptions and also his own being. Then we
    • other into his nature. This pure man was called Adam Cadmon. When at
    • within him. Desire first appeared after he had incorporated other
    • complement one another, so we have warmth and cold, day and night,
    • himself into the lion, and this, on the other hand, when ennobled by
    • originated through the spirit of humanity and on the other hand
    • principles had to be brought to the Earth from other planets through
    • Kama, from Mercury Manas. The Nirmana-kayas are yet another stage
    • other regions, this can only be done by the Nirmana-kayas. [In] yet another
    • something coming from other regions into evolution, but they cannot
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • Through Theosophy, on the other hand, man actually absorbs a wisdom
    • The Old Moon was surrounded by Warmth Ether and other forms of
    • other hand the higher trinity was being cherished and fostered. These
    • formed they interpenetrate one another. Through this, birth and death
    • another we have birth and death, and every period of time between
    • become completely adapted to the other. And Karma is nothing else than
    • one another, we have: consciousness, life, form. Everything, which
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • of Christ. In addition, however, one finds others who are incarnated
    • at various times, some earlier, some later. But there is another way
    • reincarnated today he must as a child learn quite other things. As a
    • one constellation to the other.
    • Every time the sun progresses from one sign of the Zodiac to another
    • progression from one sign to another new conditions also arise, so
    • woman's movement is to be recognized as the preparation for another
    • esotericism on the other hand, reincarnation was definitely taught when
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • case with the other bodies. On Old Saturn the groundwork was already
    • self-awareness, not the other three bodies. In the moment when man
    • others will become physical during the further development of the
    • and hearing. In time man will develop two other senses into proper
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • other conditions preceded the physical Globe and a further three are
    • other objects, when he transports rocks and builds pyramids out of the
    • the other part rises up in pearl-like water drops. Thus on the one
    • side the physical earth separates off and on the other side the auric
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • other worlds, with the exception of these three, hardly come into
    • that nature is looked at in pure contemplation, for usually many other
    • true consciousness of self. In all other worlds the ordinary man is
    • world but the other worlds continually play into the consciousness of
    • was desire, craving: in no other way does one descend to a lower plane
    • the sense world. From the other side he is subject to direction from
    • conditions every night. Only when he has acquired senses for the other
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • completely different from other aspects of the physical. In water we
    • this signifies nothing other than a drawing of the astral into the
    • known in quite another way. The occult investigator made his
    • the blood. Such things are developed by degrees. Here other beings
    • The whole development of human culture is nothing other than the
    • possibility, by way of his desires, to do what otherwise he would not
    • took place indirectly through the other bodies. When these are no
    • advanced sometimes reincarnate earlier for other reasons, for
    • for his physical body until the time when he would otherwise have
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • things spoken of in the other lectures. It will deal with the activity
    • move from one stage to another. Eliphas Levi perceived this clearly
    • on the other side of existence. Everything which appears as
    • therefore, as the seventh, yet another member which is higher than
    • another such group.
    • astral body on the other hand already belongs to a group. In one part
    • engaged with others in creative work on certain aspects of planetary
    • in another sphere they may be able to evolve. An individuality is
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • For Devachan, the astral and the physical world are nothing other than
    • Let us take the relationship of one person to another. It can be said
    • between brothers and sisters who have been brought together through
    • mutually somewhat unsympathetic to one another and that they found the
    • way to each other on a purely intellectual and moral basis, soul to
    • importance of life on the physical plane. In human evolution no other
    • means of awakening the organs for Devachan exists other than spiritual
    • other human beings, a relationship whose origin is in no way based
    • physical world the world of causes. In no other way can man build his
    • The higher bodies flow into one another: for instance Atma is in truth
    • conditions which follow one another. At first Devachan is only short.
    • nature. The initiate describes the world as it is on the other side,
    • world from the other side. The initiate is homeless here on the earth.
    • He must build himself a home on the other side. When the disciples
    • become an inhabitant of this body of slag, in the same way as other
    • of the Eighth Sphere. The other human beings will be inhabitants of
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • seven real initiates at one time; the others were occult pupils of
    • quite other personalities made the history of Europe, but seen from
    • carrying out of their mission, they gave to other people could be
    • known as the main teachings of Theosophy. The occult brotherhoods gave
    • sense, an individual directed by forward-striving brotherhoods, for
    • feet. Others stood in the service of the retrograde brotherhoods, as
    • Paracelsus and other mystics did not speak about reincarnation. This
    • had in the west extremely apt expressions, though not, on the other
    • bridge which is thrown from one incarnation to another.
    • as the ego has been formed through these other kingdoms, so must it
    • knowledge. On the other hand we have not fulfilled our mission as long
    • into action: I connect my feeling with one thing or another. That is a
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • The whole of our surrounding world is nothing other than the result of
    • one thing to another is something new; the forming of the shadow.
    • thing and another. Only thoughts dealing with such connections can
    • All other actions
    • another. This is an extraordinarily important moment in Atlantean
    • another something common to all flows out from the whole of mankind.
    • on the other hand belongs to the whole of humanity. Here we have a
    • world by means of another activity having a form quite different from
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • therefore rightly called ‘the Word’, another designation is: The Son
    • nothing other than Spirit which is healthy through and through: this
    • where another Spirit is working with him, is speech. Here we make
    • nature. These are nothing other than thoughts; it is the creative
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • child is descended from father and mother. That is to say we come to a
    • human beings are descended from others who had already attained a high
    • entwined in one another, think away the upper half of the body,
    • This astral body with the etheric body was then of quite another
    • of realities. When he was approached by another human being
    • assuming the upright posture. His other living companions were, in the
    • earth and the other beings already described. The astral body with the
    • lower parts of the human astral body, and the other newly acquired
    • somewhat from each other, from the finest, approximating to the highly
    • the astral body is continually endeavouring to overcome the other
    • there are two parts that seek to merge into one another.
    • upon the three other bodies. The ego is nothing other than what worked
    • another and became united. The one is the pole of animality, the other
    • therefore has come into it from above — is the other pole of the
    • it is different. The one portrays his cosmic structure, the other how
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • nature as its other beings. On the astral plane there becomes visible
    • On the other hand it is important to keep in view that the beings of
    • The miraculous is nothing other than the penetration of a higher world
    • into our own. It is simply a natural process. Thus it is, when other
    • is very welcome to these beings. In other respects they are actually
    • therefore they stand at a higher stage and on the other hand they
    • the one side striving to purify the passions, the other side striving
    • also the other antagonistic beings who seek to usurp the Earth.
    • induces a certain force, in another place it induces another force.
    • suicide. It deceives the other person and creates in him a feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XX
    Matching lines:
    • lying in the bed. The two other members, the astral body and the ego,
    • in regard to the etheric body is another kind of experience. Thus in
    • thoughts also which the Masters or other individualities have
    • strives to spiritualise it once again. The other power, the left or
    • strive to separate ourselves from one another. If on the other hand we
    • other hand he is already so far developed as to be comparatively soon
    • Now we must try to understand another and similar moment, namely the
    • in quite another way, as a gazing into the future, a fore-knowledge.
    • another as cause and effect. Everything that man experiences in the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXI
    Matching lines:
    • from some other part of the surroundings; there cold arises as
    • affection for one another. A feeling can have its direct effect on the
    • life-giving power feeling has. In other ways too we can observe the
    • painting works directly on the etheric body. A virtue, on the other
    • point to this as to an ideal, in the hope that one day, in other
    • what the following means: ‘I need no other person in order to know
    • clear, passionless thinking, needs no other opinion.
    • astral plane; other things work upwards. In the case of Fichte for
    • Destiny is formed through yet other factors: feelings fashion the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXII
    Matching lines:
    • into the other. This passing over would be no death for him, and for
    • his consciousness when he enters the other worlds from the physical
    • will attain another consciousness.
    • the Monad. We ask: How has the one and how has the other arisen? Where
    • among others the human Monads also, completely separated from the
    • density, the other kingdoms arose: the animal, plant and mineral
    • separation of the sexes, which from that time on affect each other
    • this coming back into oneself from the other side is the snake biting
    • become denser. Now the two parts approach each other. From the one
    • side man ascends as far as the astral body, from the other side it is
    • Lemurian Age. Thus they could mutually fructify each other. The Monad
    • astral substances fructify one another and, as it were, melt into one
    • another. What comes from above has the Monad within it. As though into
    • around us get on with each other.
    • harmony out of the warring forces, and on the other hand out of the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIII
    Matching lines:
    • separated off from man, the other beings had been formed which lived
    • connected with reproduction developed freely on the other side. Man at
    • also Sun Adepts, who had progressed further than the other Sun-men.
    • transforming the Hyperborean bodies. This the other human beings were
    • Thus on the one side there was an intense heat and on the other side
    • rescued them from the fate which otherwise would have befallen them. A
    • two powers contested with one another.
    • bodies; had it been otherwise the Monads would not have been able to
    • intercourse with anything around them, otherwise the beautiful bodies
    • accordance with the Monad. The other forms which were less advanced
    • very poorly endowed human bodies and also others quite devoid of
    • Then there arose the other two kinds. In the first Lemurian human
    • forming a civilisation and soon went under. On the other hand those
    • try things out, oscillating from one experience to another, in an
    • one without reincarnation and karma, the other with this teaching. In
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIV
    Matching lines:
    • Africa, Asia and Australia. There we come into times with quite other
    • the astral Globe no longer floats somewhere or other in heavenly space
    • one which follows, five further conditions lie on the other side of
    • We are now in the Fourth Round of the Earth and three others preceded
    • the other kingdoms had to some extent to be pushed downwards and he
    • go over to another Planet.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXV
    Matching lines:
    • themselves are nothing other than consciousness through the physical
    • concerning the other side of the world. On Vulcan the spirit is
    • stand in a definite relationship to one another. One figure could work
    • upon another in such a way that it did no harm, or so that it was
    • everything that emerges in the other Kingdoms. On the Earth the
    • laid one upon the other the result is an all-inclusive colour. All the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVI
    Matching lines:
    • we should see yet another Planetary condition before Saturn; if we
    • Earth protruded like a swelling, on the other side the Moon. At that
    • others would be too quickly spiritualised through Lucifer. Means of
    • one of the other planets. This differed essentially from the astral
    • other planets: new passions, less vehement but conceived on the basis
    • hardening on the one side and spiritualisation on the other side were
    • have imparted life under the influence of the other powers. This was
    • Deep meaning lies in many other things. The separation of the Moon
    • he saw a sharp edge on it and with it he began to chip other stones.
    • over into another condition of consciousness. The purpose of a Round
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVII
    Matching lines:
    • construct a whole, a creation within a form. Now there are other ways
    • another, it cannot be said that he has taken something from the other
    • one, when as a result he bears within him the memory of the other
    • another. The First Logos also experiences both the inner wisdom and
    • another person and observes his appearance. If he were creatively
    • Human beings and animals differ from each other through the fact that
    • other beings besides minerals, plants, animals and human beings. There
    • alterations in other spheres of the elements and the forces of Nature
    • another, one is enwrapped in an astral substance which is created
    • for its rightful purpose. He has developed a partiality for the other
    • again the grotesque astral beings that he has bungled, otherwise they
    • eliminate the damage in the astral body, otherwise he will break down
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVIII
    Matching lines:
    • We will give you yet another special example of how one can immerse
    • direction. If this were the case the being would illuminate the others
    • of seeing the surrounding objects other than human eyes.
    • silver and the other metals ran, were fluid. When within the water,
    • after another those parts which today the anatomist takes out and
    • the microcosmic nature of man stand in relationship to each other.
    • On the other hand the members of the Sixth Sub-Race will hold the
    • in England and America represent nothing other than the most
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIX
    Matching lines:
    • its remedy in the basic principle of brotherhood. The origin of
    • feeling engendered would have no special effect upon others in the
    • world. Let us assume however that it comes in conflict with another
    • in this other nation. Then we have a two-fold situation: the nation
    • the fear and alarm of the other people. This is something lasting.
    • tradition among the Rosicrucians and in other esoteric schools where
    • progress. On the other hand one sees in this god Mammon the creator of
    • other than a retrogression, the longstanding conservatism of the
    • forces confronting one another: the sentimental world of the declining
    • against the others by the masses. In this opposition esotericism again
    • Movement through the spreading of the axiom of brotherhood. For
    • brotherhood dissolves what streams into the world as means of decay,
    • prepared a new life evolves in the body of the Mother Planet. This is
    • Just as man previously had the other kingdoms within himself, so today
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXX
    Matching lines:
    • nourished in the body of the mother. This was the old form of
    • and then the condition when nourishment was provided by the mother's
    • faced each other: the one kind, the Sons of the Moon, who bred animals
    • Later another form of food was added which did not exist earlier. Man
    • eating of fruit continued; other things were added as something new.
    • physical plane, otherwise human beings would not have completely
    • should not expect the effect of substance to be other than they are.
    • Now a leap must be made as though from one shore to another, to the
    • attention to what others require from him; he bears in mind his fellow
    • men, reckons with brotherhood. The socialism of production —
    • Thus do the currents of World evolution play into one another.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXXI
    Matching lines:
    • It was otherwise with the Second Sub-Race. There, with the earliest of
    • man and the outer world — into harmony with each other. Whether
    • another. Now man tries to bring the different nature forces or beings
    • European peoples of the North and the other civilisations. When in the
    • ruse and cunning in order to take what he wants from his brother. This
    • twelve brothers, the starting point of the twelve tribes' the
    • — “that your brothers will bow down to you.” Here the
    • Into all these streams others penetrate, for instance the Mongolian
    • another. Both, however, have a common native ground since they both
    • Atlantean civilisation, of a magnitude which they found in no other
    • European culture, but in a way different from that of others before
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • of us experiences this in encounters with other people.
    • something of this basic mood whenever we encounter another human
    • inherited from father, mother, grandparents, and so on. These
    • world. This he adds to what his father and mother, his ancestors, are
    • Certain characteristics we can attribute to heredity; on the other
    • other crystals.* A new crystal receives nothing of the old one's
    • crystal. It can only originate from another, earlier plant. Form is
    • not only does one being proceed from another, but each young animal
    • that living things could develop only from other living things.
    • completely different world, that must seek a father and a mother,
    • combine, each imparts something of its own quality to the other. In
    • other contexts, enter into a very specific relationship with one
    • another.
    • thought. Our highest member, which places us above all other earthly
    • others, and gives them its own peculiar stamp. Where the bearer of the
    • enter into with one another.
    • when a person lacks blood or is anaemic, in other words, when the
    • member of the human organization, becomes master over the others. As a
    • frustrates the others. This the melancholic experiences as pain, as a
    • presence known. Accordingly their ego stunts the growth of the other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Animal Soul
    Matching lines:
    • and the Animal Soul” is to be followed by another in a week's
    • one thing or another; we bring the forces of different beings into an
    • can do this, another that — and this is due to differentiation
    • investigator discovers from quite another side.
    • life of soul and there is no basis for immortality. On the other
    • being, on the other hand, emancipates himself from his organs; and
    • But man can unite with the spirit from the other side; he can receive
    • within itself how the spirit flows into its organs. Man, on the other
    • inwardness and man cannot look into the inner life of another being.
    • ourselves” and can therefore be inferred in another being only
    • feeling of well being is an inner experience of health. On the other
    • but enters human existence from quite another side and when what man
    • inherits is dissolved by death can pass into another spiritual
    • another side the proof and evidence for what was intended to be made
    • use of them. Man, on the other hand, enters existence in such a way
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Spirit and the Animal Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • other words, that the human soul is able to surrender itself directly
    • that should serve him in life are concerned. On the other hand,
    • anatomy and physiology or any other science can offer — we see
    • in other words, it is introduced from outside. Thus possibilities of
    • one end. We must, however, grasp him also at the other end. If we
    • it is in fact necessary to lay hold of man's other end.
    • helplessness, from one point of view, and, from another, his
    • sense of movement. Other things too are open to the human being, and
    • that comes to expression. Thus when we lay hold of man by his other
    • part of its life of feeling. On the other hand, it may be said of man
    • speech-sound, concept or ego being as in other beings. The animal
    • recognizes its own species, the dog the dog, the elephant another
    • these three activities closed to man, the other forces I named would
    • on the other hand, he has in the way of capacity for developing
    • quite another way. For in the timbre of the sound character there is
    • and to others even offensive. That, however, is beside the point.
    • allowing the two sides of human nature to work on each other, so that
    • in other words the whole organization so far as it is individual
    • way he feels his existence in his own body; and on the other side,
    • ego and the blood circulation, on the one hand, and, on the other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 1: The Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • Egypt and other regions — a festival was celebrated at the same time
    • will and soul arose and confronted each other in the two sexes in the
    • is superseded by another thereby bringing something new into the
    • Cancer indicates the end of the Atlantean culture; the other, the
    • side a being soared with a lowered torch, on the other a being with a
    • embodied as a human being, as his human brother. This was the great
    • a mystical fact. To conceive of this event otherwise is to
    • present in all other religions — but with a human personality who at
    • so that the conditions of other countries can be connected with His
    • But another mood also arises. The belief in this archetypal image of
    • Advanced human brothers are the leaders of the spiritual movement.
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 2: The Christmas Festival as a Symbol of the Sun Victory
    Matching lines:
    • “She lives in countless children, and the mother, where is she? She is
    • us. Who can feel deeply today these other significant words of Goethe
    • Before me, teaching me to know my brothers
    • Asia or other regions, you find a festival being celebrated at the
    • say, but I have spoken in detail about these things in other lectures.
    • what is true, millions of others may dissent but he will remain
    • what others feel, when for our feelings and sensations the same stage
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 3: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • significant saying shall be replaced by another, when it will no
  • Title: Lecture: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • follow Me in you. Henceforth, you shall not put other gods above Me.
    • mother so that the possessions they have earned by the power I have
    • fellowman, nor upon his servants, nor upon the other creatures by
    • Jewish people. What is referred to is the fact that the other peoples in the
    • is the Commandments that have to do with God and the other half the
    • attribute four to one half, and six to the other half is just a small
    • Through his acceptance of the other gods man is not a free being, but
    • others must withdraw; then you have the true, healthy strength of your
    • the other nations had the free priest-wisemen among them who were
    • priest-wisemen on the one side, and on the other, the great unfree
    • Henceforth, you shall not put other gods above Me. You shall not
    • “Continue to work in the ways of your father and mother so that the
    • basis of all the other laws that man's ego power is heightened by the
    • with killing, with the extermination of another's life, weakens the
    • less emphasis, regarding other aspects of life. Through marriage a
    • who takes something away from another's ego, thereby seeking to
    • health and vitality. The same is true when he envies another's
    • envy at the manner in which another tries to increase his fortune
    • rather than striving after love for the other, whereby he can expand
    • be followed. Since the other nations lived in an entirely different
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Mission of Savonarola
    Matching lines:
    • Savonarola. This other aspect could come to the fore as soon as
    • Beside Savonarola we can place another figure, quite different
    • time. This is one way, but the other way — and this is
    • Thus Savonarola lived while at the same time another Dominican
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture I - The Prometheus Saga
    Matching lines:
    • in the understanding of saga. First, the sagas live in one or other of
    • interpretations are hidden five others, for every saga, has seven
    • Prometheus belongs to the world of Greek saga. He and his brother
    • brother Epimetheus. Chronos (Time) usurped the throne of his father
    • turn dethroned by his own sons and, with all the other Titans, cast
    • into the underworld. Only Prometheus and his brother Epimetheus
    • with Zeus against the other Titans.
    • the brother of Prometheus. Prometheus warned his brother not to accept
    • another environment. They descended to earth already mature, descended
    • Masters, and others who strive to become such Leaders. Within the
    • first to be guided by an earthly Brother as its Manu. The earlier
    • others. And you must also understand that at the time when the
    • saga. And Prometheus is none other than the representative of the
    • entire root-race. His brother is Epimetheus. Prometheus means
    • This Manas-thinking of the fifth root-race has yet another peculiar
    • from the mother in this manner.
    • other. Whereas formerly man worked on Kama from Prana, now he has to
    • after another. Uranus means heaven, Gaia the earth. If we go back
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture II - The Argonaut Saga and the Odyssey
    Matching lines:
    • stepmother. Therefore their dead mother appeared to Phrixos and
    • Theseus, Hercules and others, set to work to recover the fleece from
    • brother with her, had slain him and had thrown his dismembered body
    • Orpheus, Hercules and others became the founders of this Greek
    • by Thales, Anaximenes, Socrates and other philosophers. The
    • Kama.2 The other kind of knowledge can be obtained without
    • another. The Odyssey has been given the most varied explanations
    • Theseus, Hercules and others, man was again able to find the primeval
    • it was only a handful that remained true to him, whilst the others
    • those chosen only a small number followed him, whereas the others ran
    • passions into which man can fall; on the other hand there is the
    • we have from some other place. When external experience teaches you
    • another soul-force, wisdom, the real guide. But man has to reach
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture III - The Sigfried Saga
    Matching lines:
    • Before our present root-race there were four others; we are in the
    • was an initiate of the northern peoples. He is none other than the
    • It is not a saga that has arisen somehow or other out of separate
    • Thus you have four levels which come one after another. First you have
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture IV - The Trojan War
    Matching lines:
    • own evolution entirely on earth; they underwent it in part on other
    • planets, and thus they brought from other worlds what they had to give
    • them to become the leaders of mankind, on other planets. But during
    • development on other planets. It is not until the fifth root-race that
    • in Atlantis, when the leader still worked with other forces, when the
    • separation, caused beings to turn against one another. Earlier, too,
    • men who were opposed to one another were to be found, but that was not
    • relationship with kama, single beings had turned against one another,
    • none other than Helen. The union of Paris with Helen in the fourth
    • expression for quite other things than the purely artistic. Here is
    • evokes brotherliness as far as the human understanding reaches. And
    • thus far shall brotherliness be quickened in our own root-race and in
    • a spark of this divine fire which is the capacity for brotherliness
    • as foreboding, in the immediate future it will assume another
    • brotherliness it will become the divine love. But so long as it makes
    • itself by working with great power in individuals and since the others
    • others, is simply adhering to a true world-historic continuity. This
    • whole significance, was among other things brought before the pupils.
    • point at which they will live under other conditions, to the point at
    • be under other conditions. To-day there are still Mysteries which will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: I. The Position of Anthroposophy in Relation to Theosophy and Anthropology.
    Matching lines:
    • ERE in Berlin, as well as in other localities where our Society has
    • rejecting each other, but in recent times the contrast is sharp.
    • practise anthroposophy, among other things, but again, as in the case
    • theosophy, on the other hand, as practised by Solger, though
    • developed and incorporated earlier, another later. Some organs we can
    • Sun evolution, others Moon-organs, and so on. If we would understand
    • of this feeling only when something is out of order, otherwise it
    • green light and no other. The outermost surface of things is revealed
    • beware of confusing what is really a sense with other terms and
    • sense of secrecy, and others. That is wrong. A sense becomes
    • other through speech. A real sense underlies the perception of what
    • of the other three we penetrate it ever more deeply. Through the
    • reach their soul. Later we will deal with other senses transcending
    • then penetrate deeper and deeper by means of the others. But what I
    • science, from its standpoint, cannot do other than take a different
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: II. Supersensible Processes in the Activities of the Human Senses.
    Matching lines:
    • right angles to each other. If these canals are injured we lose our
    • by something other than was the case in the senses just dealt with,
    • It is none other than the nature of will. The impulse of will that
    • inner and your outer will attack each other and fight. Smelling is a
    • interior and the exterior wills hinder and obstruct each other in the
    • actually occurs only in smelling. In the other cases it is merely
    • the other substances that flow out when the sense of smell or of
    • forth from men to far distant objects, unchecked until some other
    • toward the object, and continues onward until opposed by another
    • conscious, that each hand should feel the other, they must touch each
    • other, cross. If the impressions gained in the sentient soul through
    • consciousness soul; one effort can be sensed by means of the other.
    • must be brought about by means other than through the sense of
    • The Archangels, on the other hand, produce activity in the lymphatic
    • Folk Spirit speaks through the two a's that succeed each other in
    • Here is another example. When you designate some being
    • another variant of E-v-a; place a j before Ave, and you have Jave.
    • is exactly as justified as the others. There are still deeper reasons
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: III. Higher Senses, Inner Force Currents and Creative Laws in the Human Organism.
    Matching lines:
    • or an “i” or other sounds, a subconscious activity
    • laws, which is another process we can call to consciousness after it
    • astral tentacles, man develops other spiritual organs. As his ability
    • reach inward and cross in the brain. In other words, ordinary
    • never that in “the news created a sensation.” In other
    • examining the still higher senses that correspond to the other lotus
    • sentient body. Perception comes about through other activities of the
    • external corporeality that the eye or other outer sense can perceive.
    • to the etheric body. These flow into each other and intermingle to a
    • also the other one running backward from the front; so that the
    • other backward from the front. This gives us four intermingling
    • cannot do. The same is true of the other currents. Each is held up,
    • and in the center, where they act upon each other, they form the
    • is least pushed back by the other currents, the intellectual soul
    • innermost man. Among other things, it forms the convolutions in the
    • Here is another example. We have learned that in visual
    • between the other two, we find that from this vantage point we can
    • as other hammers. We would have to conclude that something invisible
    • embodiment of a will or other spiritual force? When I see something
    • not in another. We have considered the various currents in the human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: IV. Supersensible Currents in the Human and Animal Organizations.
    Matching lines:
    • otherwise, that our heart, our eyes, inevitably had to become exactly
    • development of the physical body and of the other members continued
    • You might ask why it is that this other side of the physical body,
    • In that connection there is another point to mention.
    • do not err. The mind, on the other hand, which cannot directly
    • object, cannot be exposed to error in the same way as can the other
    • withdrawn from observation, otherwise people would have evolved even
    • his whole line of descent was he like a fish or any other animal
    • learned even more readily in another way, namely, through realms that
    • accessible to perception proper, or we observe part of another person
    • currents flowing into each other, the current of the sentient body
    • his own ego, but rather, he received it from another ego that we can
    • other direction, from the south, flow the etheric currents that lack
    • what we had built up on the other. We must face about and proceed in
    • that bore into others already there. Of this process the ego is
    • to each other in space. This boring in of the ego becomes perceptible
    • But there have been other peoples with other missions.
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: I. The Elements of the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • relating the soul life of man to other realms. You are familiar with
    • the one side with the bodily life and on the other with the spiritual
    • the other — these are the forces of the soul life exclusively
    • If we are to understand each other aright with regard to
    • conceptions. Here we have, on the one hand the rose, on the other,
    • red. These flow toward each other and combine in the conception “the
    • Experiences of love and hate, on the other hand, do not
    • that breaks into the soul life from another quarter, as it were. All
    • we call desire. Entering from another direction and underlying love
    • desire, manifesting itself in love and hate. On the other side the
    • supposed to be contrasted with another set, called motor nerves, as
    • another, namely, everything unpleasant that has happened to you since
    • do. You have other conceptions, such as red, blue, tone, large,
    • visualization, joins the other visualizations, as it were.
    • Out of the sea of soul experience the other sense
    • of our soul life there appears a conception that joins the others
    • substantiate this view as follows. The ego differs from all other
    • in the other experiences and conceptions in such a way as to lend
    • significant, but that, on the other, this presence in no way proves
    • its destiny with the other visualizations of the soul life; just as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: II. Action and Interaction of the Human Soul Forces.
    Matching lines:
    • that is radically different from all other everyday experiences of
    • its appearance totally different in kind from all other perceptions.
    • All others are instigated by external sense stimuli, are further
    • appears in the midst of the other surging activity; it is omnipresent
    • and differs from all other sensations by reason of the fact that it
    • others.
    • Into all other experiences we infuse our ego perception, so that even
    • and on the other, of its eternal-spiritual content, of a temporal and
    • the other, us as well, these two souls in the youthful Goethe were
    • Another point arises in connection with this soul drama.
    • On the other hand, desire as well leads to an existence
    • to recall their store of conceptions and knowledge, and others so
    • considered if you would visualize from another angle how these
    • understand what I say in my lectures, but if you brought others
    • question have for years been accustomed to other conceptions. These
    • constitute the obstacle to an understanding of the other, more
    • impressions. This is another case in which you experience something
    • bored is a poor observer of nature. People, on the other hand, can
    • coincide. It is man's prerogative, on the other hand, to be able,
    • and others who cannot, and this points to the independent life of our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: III. At the Portals of the Senses.
    Matching lines:
    • call a non-poet because, as compared with his other spiritual
    • Awakes. And, would he tell to others what he knows,
    • the other one: that everything comprised in the experiences of love
    • through the portals of the senses. On the other hand, remember that
    • the experience of the activity of the sense perception, otherwise we
    • receives a seal imprint, as it were, from the other side. When I
    • In the case of direct sense experience the other element
    • impatience, are permeated by the other element of the soul life, that
    • Turning to the other element, surging in as from unknown
    • Another arises in a different manner, namely, through the fact that
    • from the others. You will readily understand that feelings, either
    • causes of satisfied or unsatisfied desires. But there are other tiny
    • connection with other objects as well, but then we find complete
    • looking at a work of art as when confronting any other object. When
    • other, desire returns, but not desire for the work of art, but the
    • boundary as desire and returns as judgment. No other activity so
    • beauty than in any other way. In seeking the fruits of thought we are
    • enter our present soul lives, we are powerless; facing others, we are
    • pure and free only when not modified into a definite desire; in other
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: IV. Consciousness and the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • certain aspects, but we shall be able to understand each other.
    • Let us compare this poem with the other from a definite
    • breast. Today, you heard another poem by the young Goethe that needed
    • what remained in his other poem to mar it has here been overcome by a
    • discernible even in the pale images. In Goethe, on the other hand, a
    • images. We perceive how this soul force can be impaired in another
    • force that penetrates with difficulty into that other soul force that
    • was the stronger one in Goethe. On the other hand, we see how the
    • one way or another. The soul is interested in the outer world in so
    • the past. Consciousness can be explained in no other way than by the
    • call one current A and the other B; then you could get right to work
    • your mind what you must already know from another angle, so that you
    • etheric body of the soul,” and the other, the current of
    • past to the future would be missing, and the other, the astral
    • Now we will examine another phenomenon of the soul life,
    • as the power of reasoning, otherwise the two would coincide;
    • with the soul current from the past to the future. Otherwise,
    • to the past, otherwise, fear, anxiety, amazement, surprise would not
    • you the mirror as well. To sum up: While all other visualizations —
    • angles to the other two, to the one from the past to the future, and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: I. Franz Brentano and Aristotles Doctrine of the Spirit.
    Matching lines:
    • volume was promised for the autumn of the same year, and the others
    • evolved. When we find, among many other matters, a discussion of the
    • feeling, and willing — Brentano offers another, the three
    • latter drew from another source entirely. It is not necessary to
    • — that is, there exists, among other things, the actual
    • subject. On the other hand, Brentano does not discuss the phenomena
    • assuming stirrings of the will as distinct from other emotions. What
    • habit of ignoring the spirit. Others in a certain way mixed into the
    • we could do so only in reasoning, not in visualization. On the other
    • from the soul to the spirit. On the other hand, we shall find that
    • mother. Thus Brentano's most recent book contains the clear
    • by father, mother, and the God. What pertains to soul and body is
    • born of the father and mother, and some time after conception the
    • death, other than that the spirit finds itself in a rather
    • specifically spiritual tie comes into consideration, other than the
    • insufficiencies and its virtues; in another, an excellent life; in a
    • Aristotle? Naturally, the longing for another physical incarnation.
    • The spirit must feel this longing, otherwise it would have completely
    • not admit it. Nor can it be admitted, as we shall see, from another
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: II. Truth and Error in the Light of the Spiritual World.
    Matching lines:
    • Another objection could be made that anthroposophists
    • disputed. In dealing with the science of the soul, on the other hand,
    • transcended his normal way of cognition and risen to another.
    • have come, therefore, from the other side. Thus, the fact of the
    • when moving within it, that is, conclusions regarding other beings
    • Hegel's. In other words, it could reject all spiritualistic or
    • conviction concerning the existence of the spirit, other than through
    • mentioned). That was left out, but a certain other aspect of the
    • the other side, a frame of mind through which alone error can have
    • assumption of a divine principle on the other, led to a feeling such
    • Aquinas. Among other things, he expresses his views on the
    • one part would be encompassed and bound by the body and the other
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: III. Imagination--Imagination; Inspiration--Self-fulfillment; Intuition--Conscience.
    Matching lines:
    • terms are offset, one against the other, and in translation a
    • took a caterpillar working on the third stage and set it on another
    • its own cocoon and put it in another that had also arrived at the
    • from another stage.
    • otherwise, it would never be possible to get beyond error. Bearing
    • something adequate to oppose it, otherwise we could never rise above
    • visualizations, nor, on the other hand, by forces that lead us into
    • conquered. Then, by the side of this conception we place the other:
    • is comprised in imagination, in a conception filled with other than
    • unconsciousness of sleep. What is otherwise wholly empty, what has
    • Now let us examine the other aspect, the emotions. It
    • the other side into an externality, but into a quite different kind
    • the will? Another reality as well, the one that is outside us, would
    • fulfillment in the realm of imagination, and another when it enters
    • each other. (You can find this dream cited by a certain materialistic
    • The other part I will explain to you by means of another
    • dream, but you will admit that it might have produced other dreams
    • other astute rascal had been giving him directions that then turned
    • proceed more from the other side, must try to develop imagination, to
    • spiritual world on the other side of his soul life, as it were. I
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: IV. Laws of Nature, Evolution of Consciousness and Repeated Earth Lives.
    Matching lines:
    • Now, anthroposophists as such are familiar from another
    • not perhaps be another as well.
    • the other hand, this imaginative world stamps itself as pertaining,
    • important than another thing outwardly bigger. These things of the
    • Like other objects, his own being must be kept without.
    • dreadful and possibly objectionable to other people. We must take
    • humanity, in criticism or judgment of others. He who occupies his
    • mind much with others and criticizes them freely, can be sure that he
    • obvious. He should refrain from all criticism of others except when
    • placed the other man where he was in order that he might inflict the
    • opposed by another, a world that corrects what man does badly as a
    • thing, at another time another. We are exactly what we have behind us
    • adapted we are to what lives in the great realm of nature. Another
    • the earth passes from one form to another, but that something in the
    • We can experience other things outside of our body, but our ego in
    • Völker, Bengel, and others express from their monotheistic
    • case of man, otherwise they would have understood from each
    • other sciences, we would not have progressed to the point where our
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 1: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • development of humanity from one form of life to another. Progress is
    • earth. The soul is not merely guided from one incarnation to another
    • incarnation, but also from one period of civilisation to another. It
    • some way or other above the ordinary humanity, had taken care that
    • something new might always flow into earthly civilisation. In other
    • an instrument through which those truths, which in other ages were
    • grasped in quite other forms, can flow in ever purer and purer
    • thought. We will take another example. When a man considers the
    • cycle of human development other forms and other capacities will be
    • to another, from one age to another. In the ages through which
    • Old Indian. Thus do the various cycles overlap each other. The fourth
    • crisis; while other periods are in certain respects like one another,
    • the one recapitulating the other, not in the same way, but in a
    • resemble no other, and which therefore do not signify a transition.
    • had to anticipate, as it were, what the others would only be able to
    • etheric body of such a teacher must not work like those of other men,
    • already reached a further stage than the others, and who incarnated in
    • the others. Outwardly he looked like other men, but inwardly he was
    • very different experience from what it is for other men. Birth, too,
    • otherwise organised, still had to be used as an instrument to observe
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 2: The Law of Karma with Respect to the Details of Life
    Matching lines:
    • conditions which pass over from one life into another, that there is
    • water remains as it was. We now take the other ball and having heated
    • it, we throw it into the other vessel. The water in that gets
    • of another event, the result of the ball having been heated. — The
    • trade, and was thus pitchforked from one calling to another. Of course
    • the other, but that his life was altered by the change. Now people who
    • Now this might, of course, be concealed by the intervention of other
    • but other circumstances intervened. We must reflect that we shall
    • things that upset it. After the age of fifteen other circumstances may
    • combinations that are possible; there is another way in which the law
    • life — if other things are equal and nothing has occurred to
    • directing the life of others. One learns a closer observation. During
    • whom I had charge, but I had many opportunities when other families
    • came to visit them, of studying other children of all ages, even from
    • glass of wine and others who did not, and was able to make my own
    • to control the involuntary movements of their soul-life. On the other
    • a man assumes when he instills one thing or another into a child is
    • would have had on him if he had heard of the other divisions! He was
    • That is the way people talk to-day about Education and all other
    • other laws put into our hands. That is why we can only hope for a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 3: The Entrance of the Christ-Being into the Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • from that of others in that it had to inherit certain qualities, which
    • to Jesus. The Gospel of St. Matthew contains many other secrets, as
    • then comes another important point, and so on. We have often
    • and that other, that at the time of the Mystery of Golgotha began the
    • for otherwise it is impossible to understand the true laws of
    • When such a circumstance is described from one aspect or another, I
    • own impulses. He would otherwise have remained entirely dependent upon
    • living soul, or, in other words, the yet undeveloped ego, to the
    • self-decision was brought to man by the Serpent, or in other words, by
    • influence, something entered human nature which would otherwise have
    • Atlantean epoch, he made himself worse than he would otherwise have
    • been; he entered a state of lesser perfection. He would otherwise have
    • done less well than would otherwise have been the case. This applies
    • other hand it has to purchase this at the price of feeling
    • The wish that others should have the same as we have is lacking.
    • for another, not merely as a feeling of justice such as is produced by
    • sorrows of others and a sharing in their joy. One who takes in the
    • Christ-Impulse grows to feel what others feel, not only what he feels
    • himself; he immerses himself in the ego of others and in so doing
    • of others, does he stimulate them to feel themselves in him. He will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 4: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • other Divinities related in words belonging to the physical plane
    • within him; but in him work other Divine Spiritual Beings, with an
    • the seven principles of man's nature were present. In other words: If
    • other words it ought to have been able to take up the Christ-Impulse.
    • the outpouring of human brotherly love — which becomes universal
    • sentient soul otherwise feels only in the physical body; it must now,
    • other men, for each of us bears the ego within him — shines
    • difference between the fifth Beatitude and the others, in all of which
    • On the other hand, Anthroposophy may be successful in spreading
    • flesh. Thirty years before, another Messiah appeared in Spain; there,
    • about the same time another new Messiah appeared in North Africa;
    • on another form. ‘He will pass through the world with his
    • months! The Sultan could think of no other method than to have him
    • in the near future. This preparation is necessary. Other events will
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 5: Correspondences Between the Microcosm and the Macrocosm
    Matching lines:
    • understood, light can be thrown in different ways upon other riddles
    • Initiation. In the Northern Initiation, on the other hand, the object
    • in the life of the world. The other, the Christian initiation —
    • among other things, that great fact in the evolution of the world, the
    • such thoughts in the same superficial way as other thoughts and
    • we should try to learn what refers to the other side of it.
    • Father-Mother, of whom he himself is an image. Yes, man is an image of
    • others one characteristic feature of immense importance for the
    • corresponds to another duality in man. We can point to a duality in
    • the same relation to each other as the Sun does to the Earth in our
    • the universe. There are, however, other polarities in man, which also
    • difference between them; for every other polarity, for example that in
    • no other polarity but that existing between the microcosm and
    • another polarity in the being of man. Now we may ask: can we not also
    • other.
    • other polarity. The polarity between male and female in our earthly
    • illusion?’ Some are more so and others less. There are those
    • the Spiritual behind them; these are the head and limbs. Others there
    • others that are more so and quite out of drawing. This does not apply
    • body on the other hand sprang just as far beyond that normal point as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 6: The Birth of Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • so doing we also achieve another object. Next Thursday the public
    • Anthroposophist, among many other capacities which he must acquire,
    • other. With regard to the phenomenon of conscience one might easily
    • years ago, in other incarnations. There is a purpose in these many
    • to another, acquire ever-new capacities and forces; that it should
    • that! Just as we now look back at a time when our souls were in other
    • mother, he was, through the might of the event made to see into the
    • evil deed of murdering his mother, did not, as he would to-day, hear
    • Orestes became clairvoyant after the murder of his mother. He then saw
    • that was to prepare them to receive the Christ-Impulse, others living
    • South European peoples another, — while the peoples inhabiting
    • believe otherwise than that in a few centuries of time our
    • is concerned they pass away, like many another thing in the
    • remained more or less uncultivated, but on the other hand, in this
    • other hand, it waited till the later soul-principles had been
    • the new life, it had also acquired other faculties, which served
    • through revelations from without; but on the other hand we find there
    • Roman culture on the other side, where the strong ego-feeling was
    • still quite virginal and uninfluenced by other civilisations. This
    • peoples of Europe. From thence it spreads its rays abroad to the other
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 7: The Further Development of Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • in other Spiritual movements or unions of any sort, — of one or
    • these ideals, trying to enthuse other people and to induce them to
    • Holy Rishis. Then came that other stream of Spiritual life that flowed
    • find another stream of like nature in that which came to the old
    • prove that none of the other records of a purely historical nature
    • spiritual way. In what other way can this fact be expressed?
    • world, and that among other things, Christ Himself can also be found
    • Society. That is the one side of the question. The other is that this
    • of the historic Jesus being discovered in any other way than through
    • possibility should be given to humanity — on the other hand the
    • this we realise, apart from all other considerations, the weight of
    • in, as well as others which certainly will come. This one thing we
    • other founders of religion. It never occurred to Blavatsky to deny the
    • who was the Christ; but you see that other peoples also worshipped an
    • give it any other name, it is a man's own fault that the outer world
  • Title: Lecture I: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • philosophy depends not upon defending one and refuting the others
    • tolerance and understanding of other people and their opinions.
    • triangle with three acute angles. But I will draw you another.”
    • And he draws a right-angled triangle, and another with an obtuse
    • another. There are these single lions, but there is no general lion
    • are related to one another. Let us take this triangle that we have
    • other.
    • into another. “Form”, I say; rightly understood, this
    • continual external and internal motion; otherwise one does not come
    • “being”, i.e. existence, for otherwise there would be a
    • otherwise than existing, if one thinks of Him as the most perfect
    • a hundred actual thalers on the other, there is a difference. On this
    • other side there are exactly a hundred thalers more. And in most real
    • the matter from yet another side, a third side.
    • another spring; the water from it would like to leap down in the same
    • the masses of water are continually pushing one another forward, so
    • other forces are active besides those that push from behind —
    • work — and these influences cross with other forces, just as
    • and impulses of thought. Otherwise all sorts of grotesque things can
  • Title: Lecture II: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • philosophy depends not upon defending one and refuting the others
    • tolerance and understanding of other people and their opinions.
    • a great many. We find that one philosopher is after this and another
    • can think again what those other fellows have thought out, and feels
    • attitude in other realms of life. No one feels committed to belief in
    • first sketched, but there was another one who knew how to set about
    • chemistry, in physics, or in physiology — no others are
    • reasons for everything), while another has equally good reasons for
    • another is convinced about the right path by what is taught here or
    • not recognise the current world-conception) depends on other things
    • other. Realism. Both are right. One must only apply these methods
    • deer to exist, and another deer, and yet another, without there being
    • Realism in the other.
    • they have grasped one standpoint, to grasp another as well. When in
    • Again, there may be other persons who speak as follows. Around us are
    • distinguish this Idealism from other world-outlooks:
    • be real in the world, why should not other ideas have equal reality?”
    • from one world-outlook to another.
    • are fields where Psychism acts illuminatingly, and others where
    • Now there is still another possibility: someone may not take the path
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture III: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • philosophy depends not upon defending one and refuting the others
    • tolerance and understanding of other people and their opinions.
    • endeavour to recognize for what domain of existence one or other
    • incline to let one or the other of these varieties have the upper
    • another that they form a mental copy of the Zodiac with which we are
    • Zodiac, and as other planets apparently do the same, so it is
    • planets stand in one or other of the Zodiacal signs. In the case of
    • their inner life, on their scientific, philosophic or other mental
    • were, by Idealism. Other souls are open to be shone upon by
    • Materialism, others by Sensationalism. A man is not a Sensationalist,
    • about world-outlooks, and why, on the other hand, they ought not to
    • or the other world-outlook, we shall have to explain in the next
    • outline before his inner sight. The other man not only speaks of
    • enables them to say much, very much, to others about the world. They
    • a picture-gallery and understand nothing about it, whereas others who
    • in Spiritism. That is its true home. In the other world-outlook-signs
    • There is another world-outlook-mood. Here I speak of “mood”,
    • whereas otherwise I speak of “signs” or “pictures”.
    • ideas with one another. As when in looking at an organism one comes
    • belonging to each other, so Hegel arranges all the concepts that he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • philosophy depends not upon defending one and refuting the others
    • tolerance and understanding of other people and their opinions.
    • person comes under other influences, under other spiritual signs and
    • also under other moods of soul. Let us suppose that a man so changes
    • stood in the sign of Idealism, this will pass over into another
    • disturb each other in the course of time; they influence each other
    • each other. In physical astrology this a favourable constellation; in
    • otherwise these configurations must work back unfavourably upon the
    • (We will leave aside for the moment other aspects of the soul.) The
    • reflection may appear is some part or other of the brain. You, with
    • that when he wants to think something or other, he has first not
    • other varieties of moods and signs worked in upon men from out of the
    • ourselves; so that even when, for one reason or another, we have to
    • up for it in other ways through Spiritual Science.” To such a
    • Otherwise he could probably do something greater, much greater;
    • bring into a right relationship other so-called spiritual streams,
    • could otherwise do in a thought of Fichte's, where he says:
    • place or another I could not understand something, I will still say
    • which could throw endless light on much other physiological knowledge
    • one category to another, so that this in turn may think me in my
  • Title: Lecture I: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • in philosophy depends not upon defending one and refuting the others
    • tolerance and understanding of other people and their opinions.
    • triangle with three acute angles. But I will draw you another.”
    • And he draws a right-angled triangle, and another with an obtuse
    • another. There are these single lions, but there is no general lion
    • are related to one another. Let us take this triangle that we have
    • other.
    • into another. “Form”, I say; rightly understood, this
    • continual external and internal motion; otherwise one does not come
    • “being”, i.e. existence, for otherwise there would be a
    • otherwise than existing, if one thinks of Him as the most perfect
    • a hundred actual thalers on the other, there is a difference. On this
    • other side there are exactly a hundred thalers more. And in most real
    • the matter from yet another side, a third side.
    • another spring; the water from it would like to leap down in the same
    • the masses of water are continually pushing one another forward, so
    • other forces are active besides those that push from behind —
    • work — and these influences cross with other forces, just as
    • and impulses of thought. Otherwise all sorts of grotesque things can
  • Title: Lecture II: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • in philosophy depends not upon defending one and refuting the others
    • tolerance and understanding of other people and their opinions.
    • a great many. We find that one philosopher is after this and another
    • can think again what those other fellows have thought out, and feels
    • attitude in other realms of life. No one feels committed to belief in
    • first sketched, but there was another one who knew how to set about
    • chemistry, in physics, or in physiology — no others are
    • reasons for everything), while another has equally good reasons for
    • another is convinced about the right path by what is taught here or
    • not recognise the current world-conception) depends on other things
    • other. Realism. Both are right. One must only apply these methods
    • deer to exist, and another deer, and yet another, without there being
    • Realism in the other.
    • they have grasped one standpoint, to grasp another as well. When in
    • Again, there may be other persons who speak as follows. Around us are
    • distinguish this Idealism from other world-outlooks:
    • be real in the world, why should not other ideas have equal reality?”
    • from one world-outlook to another.
    • are fields where Psychism acts illuminatingly, and others where
    • Now there is still another possibility: someone may not take the path
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture III: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • in philosophy depends not upon defending one and refuting the others
    • tolerance and understanding of other people and their opinions.
    • endeavour to recognize for what domain of existence one or other
    • incline to let one or the other of these varieties have the upper
    • another that they form a mental copy of the Zodiac with which we are
    • Zodiac, and as other planets apparently do the same, so it is
    • planets stand in one or other of the Zodiacal signs. In the case of
    • their inner life, on their scientific, philosophic or other mental
    • were, by Idealism. Other souls are open to be shone upon by
    • Materialism, others by Sensationalism. A man is not a Sensationalist,
    • about world-outlooks, and why, on the other hand, they ought not to
    • or the other world-outlook, we shall have to explain the next
    • outline before his inner sight. The other man not only speaks of
    • enables them to say much, very much, to others about the world. They
    • a picture-gallery and understand nothing about it, whereas others who
    • in Spiritism. That is its true home. In the other world-outlook-signs
    • There is another world-outlook-mood. Here I speak of “mood”,
    • whereas otherwise I speak of “signs” or “pictures”.
    • ideas with one another. As when in looking at an organism one comes
    • belonging to each other, so Hegel arranges all the concepts that he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • in philosophy depends not upon defending one and refuting the others
    • tolerance and understanding of other people and their opinions.
    • person comes under other influences, under other spiritual signs and
    • also under other moods of soul. Let us suppose that a man so changes
    • stood in the sign of Idealism, this will pass over into another
    • disturb each other in the course of time; they influence each other
    • each other. In physical astrology this a favourable constellation; in
    • otherwise these configurations must work back unfavourably upon the
    • (We will leave aside for the moment other aspects of the soul.) The
    • reflection may appear is some part or other of the brain. You, with
    • that when he wants to think something or other, he has first not
    • other varieties of moods and signs worked in upon men from out of the
    • ourselves; so that even when, for one reason or another, we have to
    • up for it in other ways through Spiritual Science.” To such a
    • Otherwise he could probably do something greater, much greater;
    • bring into a right relationship other so-called spiritual streams,
    • could otherwise do in a thought of Fichte's, where he says:
    • place or another I could not understand something, I will still say
    • which could throw endless light on much other physiological knowledge
    • one category to another, so that this in turn may think me in my
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • connection than the others, that is: Today's upon the origin of
    • another, hardly much later, saying from ancient Greece. It is a short
    • blot out, whereas it looks on the other, knowledge, as one of the
    • intimately bound up with one another. Yet we also see on the other
    • yet another connection of pain and suffering, a connection with the
    • another's pain, to lay the burden of a stranger's suffering upon his
    • derision, draws in caricature what goes on in the soul of the other
    • the other grasps it as caricature. It is not a mere comparison, not a
    • understanding of the other person. One understands the life of
    • another through nothing so much as by taking upon one's own soul the
    • One must not go into what the other feels, one must set oneself above
    • the other personality becomes deeply comprehensible, what appears in
    • with no other being. We see that the “I” arises as the
    • water, water in another form, in a solid condition. This is the way
    • and we see again on the other hand beings which cause the solid to
    • renew again and again the life that would otherwise die.
    • But the blood, has another power as well: it continually creates
    • into reality. Another case is when a person is not in a position to
    • from one another. The organs of will and feeling must suffer a
    • compassion is born when we transform the sufferings of others in our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • give man another kind of sight which cannot be attained with the
    • to another embodiment. The Earth will then obtain a new planetary
    • one another. If there were no plants then in a short time the breath
  • Title: Lecture: What Do We Understand by Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • other question — the nature of life. Frequently we hear it said
    • The other thinker is
    • is not so fortunate as the other sciences as to be able to speak in a
    • their abstract similarity to one another, but each one has his own
    • essentials we shall be speaking about men, and other things will be
    • the other three members are working as formative principles and
    • works only in part in physical man, in another part is active
    • essentially the etheric body, yet in another the astral body, again
    • other hand all the organs connected with growth, propagation,
    • birth of a child, the forces and substances of the mother's organism
    • of the human being as enclosed within the mother's body up to the
    • mother's body works on the human embryo, up to the change of teeth
    • arising out of original tendencies, and the other which the ego
    • forces strong to transform his astral body; another will soon grow
    • free of the wood and then to consume the mother-ground from which it
    • in any other way. Then what is a poison? Water is a strong poison if
    • healing forces; he grows strong, and so strengthens others to resist
    • swing over to the other side like a pendulum. The possibility is
    • difference between the world movement of spiritual science and other
  • Title: The Earth As Being with Life, Soul, and Spirit: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • twenty-one others, is entitled:
    • earth expressed. In this way, among others: that certain
    • spirit in another form, spirit that has passed into another form as
    • from other points of view, work on men in different ways, which
    • results, among others, are obtained.
    • peoples who at one time or another have inhabited the Italian
    • It can be asked: how is it with the other nation-spirits? What means
    • national characteristics, if we look at other regions of the earth?
    • from the head there proceeds another influence. Only through the
    • described for other regions that these come through air, water, what
    • warmth. The other ways of working are not so closely related. Will is
    • so closely related to the metabolism of the head, or the other
    • way into everything, including other national characters. If we study
    • in other peoples, have adopted another element.
  • Title: The Earth As Being with Life, Soul, and Spirit: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • twenty-one others, is entitled:
    • from another cosmos — really from another cosmos — than
    • event from another point of view. For example, he would look into
    • would have father and mother, a native country and everything that
    • that he had seen from another point of view. And if he was a
    • the other — for with the other way of looking at things one
    • instance the Orient appears otherwise than the American Occident. It
    • course not of itself provide this — it is another way of
    • seeing, from another point of view. For him who has this point of
    • earth-organism shows itself outwardly otherwise in its eastern half,
    • otherwise in its western; in the east it has its blue covering, in
    • gets to know — it is on one side bluish-violet, on the other
    • there are other definite qualities, many others. For the present I
    • shades of blue and violet, on the other side burning, sparkling red
    • violet — the western earth, sparkling reddish-yellow. But other
    • world, as there is mathematics. But from the other point of view,
    • golden, shining heavenly Jerusalem on the one side, and on the other
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas VII: The Creation of A Michael Festival Out Of The Spirit (Extract)
    Matching lines:
    • otherwise designated in writings as Michael, has become the
    • something that is seen from the other world. It is only we on earth
    • continuous, that every hour is just as long as another. We determine
    • is not like another, but shorter or longer than another. Hence we are
    • ourselves to experience other things also in a spiritual manner. It is
    • spiritual. He will then be able to experience other spiritual things,
    • death, so we are able to acquire another feeling when we have lived
    • time we give each other presents and do certain other things as well;
    • which has the spirit at its source. Far more important than other
  • Title: Deed of Christ: Lecture 2: The Deed of Christ and the Opposing Spiritual Powers. Lucifer, Ahriman, Asuras.
    Matching lines:
    • the many others now existing. It may be argued: The riddles of
    • another philosophy of life — whether calling itself materialism,
    • knowledge on a par with other modern world-conceptions. But this is
    • bring clearly before our minds to-day that Spirits and Beings other
    • In our own epoch, as time goes on, other spiritual Beings of whom we
    • measures; they inculcated into the being of man what would otherwise
    • balance; the one does not outweigh the other — so many passions and
    • desires on the one side, so much illness and pain on the other. This
    • would otherwise have been the case. If evolution had proceeded
    • desires, conditions were different from what they would otherwise have
    • not in a position to rectify them; in other words, we could not reach
    • when other Beings will draw near to man — Beings who in the future
    • blessing of karma? From a Power none other than Christ.
    • himself and every other soul. And this feeling of isolation would have
    • bridge to the others. And egoism, already intense, would have
    • There would have been no prospect of brotherhood on the earth or of
    • possible for the mighty force of brotherhood to pour over all humanity
    • ultimately to good account, in other words to give karma its true
    • other beings, entirely self-enclosed, driven into that condition by
    • none other than Christ Himself. Karma has come into humanity through
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Deed of Christ: Lecture 1: Mephistopheles and Earthquakes
    Matching lines:
    • and in several other places about the interior of the earth and have
    • from yet another side.
    • revealed in the scene of the “Passage to the Mothers”, where
    • nether region where the Mothers dwell. Mephistopheles himself may not
    • figure of Mephistopheles. In other lectures I have said that the
    • the other question — and here we come into a realm of serious fallacies
    • the other question is: Whether Mephistopheles can be identified with
    • Lucifer and his hosts? In other words: Are the effects of the
    • impulses earlier than would otherwise have been the case; he became an
    • not taken effect in the Lemurian epoch; but on the other hand, the
    • transparency before him, revealing behind it those other
    • of which man is born and who would otherwise have remained perpetually
    • epoch — an influence from quite another side and not to be confused
    • made it possible for man to come under the sway of this other
    • to become denser than it would otherwise have become, nevertheless it
    • was necessary for yet another influence to approach man in order to
    • the illusion: There is no other world than the world of material
    • other side of divine existence are brought to our notice for the first
    • distinguished from each other. For Lucifer is a Being who detached
    • may turn, and, on the other, of the malefic power of Ahriman and his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - I
    Matching lines:
    • this way does not differ from that of other Initiates. You must
    • whatever they may be called) do not differ from each other. Strange as
    • differ from that given by another. Two Initiates will not give
    • physical body, the etheric body, the astral body, and four others. We
    • the Beings who came as the highest Intelligences from other realms to
    • in which he can behold those earlier stages of evolution. Other organs
    • our Fifth Root Race to an end. It will be followed by another, higher
    • Root Race, and that again by another. This evolution therefore
    • at the expense of others. An individual who strives for higher
    • the word is “brotherhood,” brotherly love. That is why the
    • Theosophical Society has taken Universal Brotherhood as the main
    • expense of others. That is true morality.
    • is the free religious principle of the next race. Brotherly Love,
    • different forms of life, of which we will speak on another occasion.
    • sub-race was preceded by the three other sub-races in which the
    • has to offer. But on the other side, the Indian peoples lapsed into
    • have kept their “first love,” and on the other, those who
  • Title: Lecture: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - II
    Matching lines:
    • say, what forces made it possible for Christianity, like the other
    • John, who also am your brother and companion in tribulation, and in
    • spirit.” In other places he speaks a little differently. At the
    • respect from other profound writings of Initiates. The standpoint is
    • Christians, not a man as other men. For them He was the Word made
    • other religions. This was what brought him to the core and center of
  • Title: Lecture: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - III
    Matching lines:
    • appearance of Christ as compared with other appearances. (If you have
    • man among men as other outstanding human individualities. Even before
    • the Manus to those who are “Human Brothers,” “Brothers
    • Other passages, too, indicate that the Word was an Angel, but
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 1: Spiritual Science and Language
    Matching lines:
    • the other hand, anyone who can enter into the inner life of significant
    • hand our individual spiritual life and on the other the spiritual life of the
    • up another theory which his opponents in turn called “mystical”
    • consists of the ego working on the transformation of the other three members
    • before man became an individual soul another soul was working in the three
    • than froth if they were anything other than what lives in outside things and
    • organ and connected with the other vocal and speech organs, was created from
    • only half the truth. The other half is that we would have no eye if
    • in another respect that the air is full of beings which were able at certain
    • face each other in the astral body on a level of imperfection.
    • outer stimulus face each other in the ether
    • which we find in the child, for example, when the other soul members are
    • its inward experiences, pleasure and pain, joy and sorrow and all the others,
    • mother, for example, comes, the child notices how its inward feeling of
    • correspondence with the coming of the mother. The inner experience of
    • satisfied when the father or mother responds. Every time that the human being
    • just as an example, and insert an a and then another a, then, whilst the word
    • cannot be understood in any other way than in an artistic sense, which must
    • artist expresses by other means paint, sound, etc. Creative feeling alone can
    • The other task is
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 2: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • relation to the outer world. Many other examples could be given of how the
    • lives with other people in an affectionate relationship: then it feels happy
    • the astral body, which would otherwise expend its energy on the physical
    • relationship with this other person, our soul has good reason to suffer from
    • acquired by heredity from father, mother, grandfather and so on. All this is
    • another.
    • between some other organs. We must look for man's essential
    • There is one other
    • in another the commonplace or philistine qualities that he regards as right
    • and proper, he may think he need not try to understand the other person and
    • In other lectures we
    • through laughter and on the other hand to search for itself through tears.
    • can swing over as easily to one extreme as to the other.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 3: What is Mysticism?
    Matching lines:
    • own inward life. In other words, a mystic of this type believes that by this
    • and other mystics of that century, leading to
    • with its realms of light and colour and all the other impressions it makes on
    • the soul has other possibilities, so that when it banishes not only its
    • possible if one has no personal experience, because another person's
    • is mysticism?”, we must throw some light on the other path that can be
    • the unity of soul experience. The other path is the one that the human spirit
    • world to the foundations of existence. Here, in conjunction with many other
    • of one mystic may not agree entirely with those of another. But if two
    • another sees it from the left, and each describes it from his own point of
    • There is another
    • the other, I have to say that this objection is valid and applies to all
    • rightly understood or assimilated by another soul. The most intimate aspects
    • gained can be imparted and assimilated by other people. Mystical knowledge
    • find other paths than the two just mentioned.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 4: The Nature of Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • foundations of existence. In other words, it leads a man along the path of
    • research. And how could it be otherwise? After all, the aim of the spiritual
    • sectarian or other influence.
    • anyone who surveys the soul will find numerous others to contradict the
    • something that might be called humbleness in one sense or another; we are
    • what will come must come and that in one direction or another it must have
    • on the other hand it leads us to look towards the future and shows us how
    • On the other side,
    • there are two modes of prayer. One leads to inner warmth; the other, imbued
    • methods is unfruitful compared with another kind. Anyone who knows what
    • of meditation and concentration. This could be said of many other
    • of devotion that leads to inner warmth, and not the other kind that leads to
    • illumination, then the other side will take its revenge. If I look back over
    • feeling for the knowledge of spiritual science, that another point of view
    • be said of many other intellectual occupations.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 5: Sickness and Healing
    Matching lines:
    • facts and consequences of human existence. In other words, what can spiritual
    • sense the other two members of the human being, the ether body and the bearer
    • body and the ether body on the other. The forces which are at work here are
    • the “ability” to write. All the other things have sunk into the
    • knowledge, wisdom of the world. Others transformed them into a deep wisdom,
    • certain relationship with another person over a period of time? These
    • experiences with the other person descend into the night-time consciousness
    • and re-emerge from night-time consciousness as love for another person,
    • experiences. The feeling of love for the other person has come about in such
    • achievement is that his experience of the other person, which turns into love
    • which can be compared with another one which became established for mankind
    • furnishes the proof. Our life between birth and death leads back to other
    • the other. What can the human being do between birth and death in relation to
    • another.
    • also talk of the giant's little finger is another matter. Things by
    • another. That is also the reason why in life as we can observe it the outer
    • breached also in other ways, namely that the human being as inner being does
    • been created by no other intellect than the one we have today; for it is
    • healing as the other.
    • with those things which he could not otherwise bring back. The healing
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 6: Positive and Negative Man
    Matching lines:
    • another, we find the greatest possible variety. In these lectures we have
    • fully in keeping with my other lectures — has nothing in common with
    • the other hand, can be described as one who readily submits to changing
    • from other people.
    • this or that and he will stick to them, whatever other facts may be brought
    • The other type of
    • interest to another, so that the character of his life will be quite
    • transformed as time goes on. Compared with the other, “positive”
    • passes by one work of art after another, at most consulting his Baedeker to
    • soul. He is a very negative person, the exact opposite of the other
    • sceptic with regard to life and knowledge. Another man might absorb just as
    • characteristics and ideas throughout. In another life he will have to catch
    • person meets another person, he will be easily carried away by hearing all
    • be influenced not only by what the other person says but by what he does. He
    • may imitate the other person's actions and examples, to the point even
    • he is in a large assembly of others, especially if the assembly is active.
    • itself artificially into a negative mood. Otherwise it will make no progress.
    • threatened by one danger after another.
    • conditions have a seriously weakening effect on us in relation to other
    • clearly-defined character. A negative tendency, on the other hand, does make
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 7: Error and Mental Disorder
    Matching lines:
    • the other hand in no literature does it become so clear how little the
    • from the current scientific point of view. As in other fields, we will again
    • the one is fundamentally different from the other. Nevertheless, the exact
    • degree from error committed in some respect in a life which is otherwise
    • that it is extrapolated to cover other areas, when it is carried too far and
    • directly a symptom for mental disorder. But on the other hand, who would deny
    • where someone says: “Some person or other said this or that about
    • me” and no trace can be found that the other person actually said that.
    • account, for otherwise one can quickly become side-tracked and does not see
    • Paris. And now the image of another man appeared before him who also had a
    • proceeds further and contrasts this with another case by which he hopes to
    • had then proceeded with his other work. Later he wanted to remember the
    • attention is fixed on the other person, that the whole of his conscious
    • soul-life is taken up with holding the conversation with the other person and
    • the background of conscious soul-life as shadows. Numerous other examples
    • physical body which we can see and feel. Then there is another member which
    • three-membered sections of the human being which correspond to one another:
    • other. But in the sentient soul the hardly noticed images follow one another:
    • difference between the experience of the ego and all other experience. Such
    • often seen as comparable with another truth which the great natural scientist
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 8: Human Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • more of art than a mere appendage to life or a mere pleasure among others.
    • reflected in one or another human mind? Because a conception of art was to be
    • are ennobled. In other words, when “conscience” is spoken of, the
    • case, as in so many others of wide human concern, he will find that the
    • There are other
    • impulses. If anyone suffered at the hands of another, the instinct for
    • another person had by necessity to be followed by something that had
    • be requited by other deeds. In the course of time, this conviction gave rise
    • On the other hand,
    • earth; in other words, that conscience is in some sense eternal. Since
    • treated as quite separate from one another. We named these three members the
    • any other conclusion, even without clairvoyance, if we simply look
    • other. Thus we look back to a primordial past where a spiritual power endowed
    • sheaths as though in the darkness of a mother's womb, we find that
    • the advice of the gods, kills his mother. What, then, is the consequence for
    • told me it was a just act for me to avenge my father upon my mother.
    • Everything I have done speaks in my favour. But the blood of my mother is
    • frontier between East and West, with one eye on the East and the other on the
    • played into each other's hands. We see the sun of the Christ-nature
    • outside, and on the other by the divine light within us: the light of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 9: The Mission of Art
    Matching lines:
    • and other friends he believed he could hear in Spinoza
    • which would otherwise remain forever hidden.”
    • the findings of cognition in other fields of investigation. If now we turn
    • a revelation from another world something quite different from anything we
    • realm, where the gods and their powers are set against one another.”
    • strong ego-feeling came to the fore while other soul-powers and faculties
    • who in Homer acts with full power, incites Orestes to kill his mother, but
    • Mysteries. On the other hand, the story goes that at Syracuse, in Sicily, he
    • truths living on in another form in art, and the achievements of ancient
    • further giant stride over several centuries, from Dante to another great
    • setting one poet above another, but solely with facts that point to a
    • other hand, creates an abundance of all possible characters — a Lear,
    • himself in his own personality? No — Shakespeare has taken another step
    • became a world. With Shakespeare, it expanded so far that other egos became
    • to patronise cockfights and other similar spectacles than to go to this
    • other souls. With Goethe, the ego goes out and immerses itself in the
    • out from itself and understand other souls only if it develops its own
    • soul-powers and sinks itself in another's spirituality, so it is in
    • to light the hidden laws of nature which would otherwise never be found. And
    • hear revelations of another world — a world which a mainly intellectual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: I: A Retrospect
    Matching lines:
    • the events related in the Gospels or in other parts of the New
    • contradicts in one way or another what has been imparted to us
    • Now among many other
    • life within which he lives. From another point of view it is
    • most is not what one or another desires to know, but the warmth of
    • possible side. Therefore we no longer shut ourselves off from other
    • opinions, other paths leading to the highest things, that may differ
    • and again, “We approach it now from another point of
    • Truly, we cannot say otherwise!
    • path leading to mathematics, to botany, or any other branch of
    • more difficult than that leading to any other science. We say this
    • another investigator, one or another initiate, has been able to
    • another has seen!’ Why do they not tell us how we can attain
    • communicated them to others, then these communications must be such
    • world, what he sees is of no value to him and to others so long as he
    • them on to others. This brings blessing to our day, for our age has
    • results of spiritual research from others? How do spiritual truths
    • others, spiritual beings, and so further their development.
    • stands higher among the hierarchies of the spiritual world than other
    • others. Anything that serves egoism is absolutely excluded from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: II: Some Practical Points of View
    Matching lines:
    • another as we compare four pictures of the same object taken from
    • “Theosophy” by another view which I described as the
    • even the world of the senses can reveal another world to us when we
    • “Psychosophy,” these are important in other ways from
    • this in many lectures from me and others — when we are in the
    • difference between the experiences of the ego and all other
    • ego-experiences. All other experiences approach us from outside; we
    • one time or another, and on surrounding conditions. This is why the
    • all other conceptions. It differs from them in this, that other
    • all other conceptions, from all other experiences. It differs from
    • them profoundly. For all other conceptions and all other experiences
    • understand it? Only through other ideas that you have previously
    • comprehends a new idea that comes to him in one way, another in
    • another way. This is because one man has within him a greater,
    • another a smaller sum of ideas which he has assimilated. The material
    • Put in another way
    • ego-perceptions differ from all other perceptions by the ego? They
    • other perceptions make this direct impression. But we receive
    • Think now of other
    • experiences differ from those other pictures we received from the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • of another great catastrophe, so that we have to reckon in all seven
    • accepted as a little world, and can be compared with another, a
    • from having his evolution injured in one way or another, because his
    • communicated it at the moment he passed it on to others. In former
    • reproduce and impart to others in the same way as he had received
    • what passed in a living way from one soul to another should not be
    • strengthened by the fact that in quite other ways than is the case
    • treated in this way. But it is also possible to proceed otherwise.
    • otherwise the work of occultism could not progress.
    • and effect” and the other ideas we have to-day with logic in
    • the physical part can be grasped as a triad. Other conceptions had
    • other words: when we place Aristotelean logic, this weaving of
    • direction. If this is to be changed another impulse must come to give
    • itself, for this science has a better opportunity than any other of
    • astral part of us on the other hand flows back towards the past.
    • future. Otherwise this is quite impossible. We must be able to form
    • happens the other must die, truly die. We gaze prophetically into the
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • we have described them in other connections on many occasions. Thus
    • forth and teach others of this world. This had always been carried
    • You, know that in our studies of the other Gospels great trouble has
    • this language compared with others was that behind the expressions
    • As a matter of fact, one translator has merely copied another in this
    • certain part of me and stimulate and bring life to another part of my
    • become void and empty. On the other hand the astral body, the body
    • secret, say of Capricorn, another to those of Cancer, of the Balance,
    • and so on. I have explained on other occasions that there are twelve
    • and the special constellation. In other words, his glance had to be
    • replaced by another, one by which men would be able to understand the
    • through John the Baptist. On the other hand I have shown that in the
    • to each other in a certain way; when this relationship is changed it
    • into us from one side, other forces from other sides, these forces
    • heart. It is the same with our other organs: they are fragments of
    • When you move from one place to another you say “There is an
    • of Mark otherwise than merely as a document, which provides him with
    • strokes, there another;” he has no conception of what is
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • it than from the other Gospels concerning the great laws both of
    • the case of mathematics, for instance, or any other science, that
    • teaching of that great leader, Zarathustra; and the other is one that
    • of the world formed by a horse, a dog, or any other animal. If a
    • mother appeared to him — he beheld her in her spiritual
    • Naturally this was not the real mother of Buddha. But his temptation
    • vision he was confronted not by his real mother but by a mask or
    • was the case with Buddha, the insight into other incarnations goes
    • another path that personalities, such as the first Zarathustra for
    • it has. But it had also other leaders. Of these Zarathustra was one.
    • development as that of Buddha; while the other I am now about to
    • otherwise happen in the individual evolution of this human being. Now
    • otherwise should; though, naturally, people who follow the life of
    • — that Zarathustra could do at birth which otherwise only
    • objective, otherwise it is subjective, and we take our fantasies with
    • other. Those who do not understand that external things indicate more
    • This is the other way
    • other, which took a more northerly course, passed through Europe and
    • have just described in Zarathustra; the southern, on the other hand,
    • ministration of spiritual Beings. Luke was initiated in another way.
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • other Gospels, but the full meaning of which can be best studied in
    • other writings that spring from inspired sources are not to be
    • Hierarchical order of nine kinds of Beings one above the other, the
    • Archangels on the other hand, we speak of Spiritual Beings whose
    • similar members of one group of people is to another. As regards
    • Angels, do not differ much from each other. Creative influences are
    • time and for speech, but human nature is influenced also by other
    • other hand, we have to recognise those higher Beings affecting
    • grows in one region, other kinds in other regions — in short,
    • on the other hand from the kingdoms of nature, cannot be preserved in
    • “Folk-Spirits” and others had communicated to them.
    • not teach as those others, but so that His words were a revelation of
    • in these like an echo of those others (the Hierarchies); and if we
    • other event spoken of in the Bible as “the first
    • differ greatly from each other; only this difference is not noticed
    • itself as others; it does not say:— “I will,” but
    • son of his father and of his mother. And if in communal life he has
    • father and mother by which he can be identified nothing is known of
    • mother.
    • each other were different from what they are now, they have therefore
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • another line of study has been pursued, and what connection these
    • another. Naturally there are all kinds of intermediate stages between
    • these two types; between the one just described and others whose
    • other reflections springing from thoughts which transcend our
    • On the other hand we
    • thoughts transcend their various experiences, and others whose
    • idea of how an apple, or any other fruit, is related to the universe
    • only people who act instinctively, and others who act idealistically,
    • follow, and others so that thoughts and ideas have a wider range than
    • causes is gradually prepared for death; and another set of forces
    • science do compared with other sciences?” We answer: —
    • observe things in ordinary life with sufficient care; otherwise they
    • other things it can be very harmful for a man's whole life,
    • some other part. Different spiritual parts act differently. It is
    • they wash their hands more often than any other part of their body?
    • more gladly than others. This fact so apparently trivial is really
    • hands, they are for him wonder-fully different from all the other
    • sensitive natures, finer powers of observation than others. They know
    • kindly nature. Whereas those others who endure dirt on their hands
    • value of natural laws, Other connections can cancel them. If we throw
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • with others that are comparatively new. This is why I have spoken
    • another which they think necessary to introduce into our culture.
    • thence into the external astrality. To accomplish this another seven
    • World-Spirits, and then emerge when they are ripe. Other laws of a
    • emerges in another form from that in which it first appeared.
    • happens to them, and they wish to communicate this to others, they
    • this Gospel — not with the other Gospels.
    • found in the other Gospels. But one passage found in this Gospel is
    • remarkable just because it is not found in the other Gospels. This
    • found in the same way in the other Gospels. When we realise that the
    • found in the other Gospels, one notices spiritual scientific
    • differences here also; we find in it things not found in the other
    • exclusion of many sentences found in the other Gospels, that many
    • in certain things being omitted that are found in the other Gospels.
    • live John the Baptist.” But others say this ‘I’
    • ‘I’; others again say, another of the Prophets must
    • divine guidance of earthly evolution. Those who say otherwise do
    • other hand, will be gradually to fill the whole of humanity with the
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • From other lectures you know that for those who enter deeply into the
    • space, and following each other in time. Those who have to speak of
    • perfect stage. There are many such impulses, and also others,
    • age will reappear in the seventh age in another form — yet so
    • There is another way
    • spite of other factors being present, had an effect on these later
    • introduced that had come over from the other side — from the
    • other hand, we see it taking a more southernly route which, leaving
    • other paths. Even those who only observe the external course of
    • Renaissance, the influx of another stream to which we can quite
    • spiritual science. To question Buddhism or any other pre-Christian
    • other elements, not by solving in any way the central mystery of
    • Buddhistic stream of thought is another far removed from it, which
    • flowed one into the other in the hidden worlds. And Salaam is that
    • other.
    • they are incapable as yet of accepting and making use of other lines
    • facts, for the understanding of which other kinds of ideas are
    • facts, well known to-day concerning heredity in man and in other
    • which comes from the mother for example — is received directly
    • intercourse of the sexes, and another part as received directly by
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: IV: The Path of Theosophy from Former Ages until Now
    Matching lines:
    • affected other souls at the present time. It is only on certain
    • more in one place, less in another. When I was in Triest a short time
    • thoughts nourishment for other souls. This depends upon the whole
    • remained even if in another form: — “There seems to be
    • bequeath these truths to others who are unable to travel the path
    • over from other planetary conditions and has experienced the Saturn,
    • here to-day) were born in past centuries into other surroundings and
    • into another world than that of the nineteenth century. Let us look
    • waking time. But thou must go still further to another mountain,
    • there lives the dragon's mother. Through her thou will reach
    • mother, the archetype of all ugliness. But he knew it depended on her
    • then saw near the first, seven other dragons who all desired to watch
    • to the dragon's mother: — “O, I know that I must be
    • found the horse, and he was able to lead it back to the mother
    • was able to restore it to the dragon's mother. She then said to
    • mother then gave him as recompense a mantle of gold as his third
    • own fortress. And round this fortress which all the others wished to
    • Thou shalt only have her for half the year, the other half she must
    • the year; during the other half she was with her mother. This and
    • other stories entered into very many souls. They listened to them,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I - Lecture I: The Eternal and the Transient in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • from creating a better life here. Others say that only in this way existence
    • holy temple sites, had another avenue to lead their pupils to truth.
    • eternal. What I was fulfils other tasks. Also the substances which today
    • form my body do not remain the same; they enter other connections and
    • one of the ways to preserve the permanent. There are still other types
    • ones. They change their external constitutions; they receive other organs,
    • it also lets arise one type from the other under given circumstances.
    • not derive his genius from father or mother; otherwise one would have
    • his physical body. How did anybody want to explain, otherwise, the difference
    • soul must have been there once in another form and has developed from
    • to another type, depending on the law of transformation. However, like
    • up a lot in itself and has improved itself. We carry into another incarnation
    • of constant activity. He carries this activity over to another life,
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I: Lecture II: The Origin of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • the other hand, also by the adherents of the various confessions.
    • mental pictures are also subject to the physical laws like all other
    • other side, the religions are against it, which rest on tradition and
    • little more intricate; however, it is no other procedure.
    • not only with the healthy human mind; it turns to other forces which
    • in other way the soul increases in the animal up to something similar
    • truth of the senses lose their validity under other circumstances. May
    • qualities in itself which point to its origin from other animal species.
    • of the genus; a tiger is on a par with the other tiger in any essential
    • same kind as the other human being. The soul of every human being differs
    • from that of the other human being. In order to arouse the soul element
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I: Lecture III: The Nature of God from the Theosophical Standpoint
    Matching lines:
    • is another way than the western one try to attain wisdom in quite a
    • different religions. Apparently they are contradictory to each other;
    • each other. The one has this; the other has that character, this or
    • other; the one stands above the other. We have the obligation to ascend
    • also that we have other opinions in distant future which are higher
    • can form no other concept of the divine being as such which is adjusted
    • This can be compared with a religious level which exists, otherwise,
    • If we go back to other levels
    • on the other side there are souls which have advanced beyond the ordinary
    • were on a lower level, the other reached a higher level earlier and
    • theosophical concept of God distinguishes from all other that we have
    • other.
    • Cusanus says — and also still some other predecessors: we have
    • from our experience. We say nothing other than: God has a quality which
    • more or less. Among others also Goethe who was much more theosophist
    • with the light of theosophy. Among many other truths which rest covertly
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I - Lecture IV: Theosophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • other hand, if one follows the theosophical movement, as it has developed in
    • last decades, that it has tried more and more to explain all other religious
    • investigated in every way whether the one or the other evangelist says the pure,
    • Also still others tackled this task
    • only as a human being, who is of a higher rank, indeed, than the other human
    • respects to the other human beings. Thus also the theologians want to pull down
    • presented by David Friedrich Strauss, on the other side, the simple man from
    • anyhow on the ground of the Gospels if we take the one or the other of these
    • than the three other ones. Somebody who checks the procedure clearly sees no
    • man from Nazareth. But nobody, neither I nor others who look into the old confessional
    • all. You do not really understand the other Gospels if you do not take St. John’s
    • Gospel as basis. What the other evangelists tell is getting bright and clear,
    • like other human beings. David Friedrich Strauss also had this as an objection
    • being.” It is said that the Word was always there in other way that it
    • to be connected with each other. — Already only this contradicts those
    • he appeared to over five hundred of our brothers at once, most of whom are still
    • on which the higher faith of the other apostles was based. He equated it with
    • sense needs the spiritual deepening on the other side. It needs that knowledge
    • go another way with the whole humankind and also to let become blessed those
    • speak in other words than the old priest sages had spoken; a message which is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course II: Lecture I: The Epistemological Basis of Theosophy I
    Matching lines:
    • with theosophy directly. There are enough others. It should be a discussion
    • not have been possible in another age to explain in the same way. But
    • Locke, Schopenhauer or at other writers of the present, we say at Eduard
    • the centre and made another body, the sun, to the centre which was once
    • Now another example: we
    • that one fact follows the other. If we experience that the sunbeams
    • human being sees a ball pushing the other, he sees that a movement takes
    • inclined to turn to anything other than to the ways of thinking?
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course II: Lecture II: The Epistemological Basis of Theosophy II
    Matching lines:
    • that the human soul is in relation to others that they have effect on each other
    • and receive impressions from each other. The human being is not aware of that,
    • however, as long as everything is good.” Then another passage: “Indeed,
    • it does not matter whichever ideas of the other world we have, and, hence, any
    • processes in me. They follow each other in time. The oscillations follow each
    • other outside. Physics does not go so far as Kant. Whether the “things-in-themselves”
    • are space-filled whether they are in space or follow each other in time, we
    • Let us go over to another sense,
    • who ask now why we can assume other human beings besides us whom we, nevertheless,
    • also other worlds, is beyond the field of my experience.
    • of experience whether there is another world, it also beyond the field of experience
    • whether there are still other human beings with other consciousnesses, because
    • nothing of a consciousness of the other human beings can get into the human
    • being. Nothing of the world of images of another human being and nothing of
    • the consciousness of another human being can come into my consciousness. Those
    • it is generated like any other. Dreams pass me, illusions pass me — this
    • that goes beyond reason in other way. He wanted to achieve it on the way of
    • Today it has these mental pictures, yesterday it had others, tomorrow it will
    • have others again. What is this ego? It meets us and is fulfilled with a particular
    • image world. At another moment it meets us with another image world. We have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course II: Lecture III: The Epistemological Basis of Theosophy III
    Matching lines:
    • point of view and then compares the points of view with each other and says
    • of view that it is impossible to have an overview of another standpoint. I want
    • beyond the sentence: the world is my idea. There is still the other sentence
    • Schopenhauer gets to it in no other way as the theosophist. He says: everything
    • any other thing, a sensory impression if we want to recognise the outside world.
    • nihilism. One has to find another point if this conclusion leads ad absurdum.
    • There is no other possibility to
    • to me, the others — I am not interested in them ...” A thought which
    • me information about other things exists only if I accept the information? —
    • other beings. The ego and the atoms are for him the antipodes. — Everything
    • criminal. The one judges from the one, the other from the other point of view.
    • if only the ego were on one side and the world on the other side. I have to
    • about the world. All thinkers already presuppose this sentence; otherwise they
    • the other less. They are on the way. However, it always concerns how far they
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course III - Lecture I: Theosophical Teachings of the Soul. Part I: Body and Soul
    Matching lines:
    • searched for them, nevertheless, only on another way than others, on the way
    • other members of the human being, with the body on one side and with the mind
    • on the other side. Hence, this first lecture has to deal with the relations
    • to two points of view: the first informs about the corporeality, the other point
    • centre of speech, another part of this soul activity, another part of another
    • he could be killed. Also the Vedantists, also Plato and others are clear to
    • the body, behind the feelings and ideas? Is that nothing who does others a few
    • There Nagasena answered using another metaphor: how have you come, great king,
    • wants to understand the being of the soul academically, there is no other access
    • the knowledge of the soul. There is no other method. It is as important for
    • kind the access to the soul can be found. In other talks I tried, on purely
    • if it is free of sensual phantasms and sticking to sensuality. Otherwise, it
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course III - Lecture II: Theosophical Teachings of the Soul. Part II: Soul and Human Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • in another way. I was present once, as two young students discussed this question.
    • remaining physical functions work. The other replied: but there is a simple
    • chemical analysis of a cerebral part. Other methods are necessary for that.
    • on the eye of the one and has an effect on the eye of the other. The desire
    • completely different from the desire and pain of the other. What one feels as
    • dear experience that he often felt joy when he saw this colour. Another thinks
    • other, that being in which nobody is the same as the other. Already this should
    • his birth. There is the other who appears as a child of luck whom desire and
    • with bigger, more excellent talents than another. How destiny and the individual
    • but compares this animal with other animals and observes how these organs came
    • explain these species and genera by means of their relationship among each other
    • and origin from each other. You are satisfied if you have understood that a
    • a lion or another animal species according to the character of its species.
    • with each other. The researcher is content when he has understood any specimen
    • absolutely clearly in its significance. If one compares it with the other fact
    • relationship and origin of other beings.
    • distinguishing him from the other beings who leaves this being unexplained is
    • is created into any single human being. There is only one other way, and this
    • other way out is only an apparent one. It is the way which Herbert Spencer,
    • never be harmonised with the facts. What should be explicable from another area
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course III - Lecture III: Theosophical Teachings of the Soul. Part III: Soul and Mind
    Matching lines:
    • as exactly as one knows of another object if one knows its qualities, he knows
    • the events which cause harm or joy otherwise do no longer cause harm or joy.
    • sense of immortality that it tries to prove this immortality like another matter.
    • the human soul in another form than one normally hears it. He puts the question:
    • Which human being could treat other
    • way as mathematical truth also speaks in another sense. Mathematical truth namely
    • can be hit, his limbs can be moved to other positions — he perceives nothing,
    • a tickle, we want to say, to him under other circumstances, with waking consciousness.
    • the thoughts of the other. If you face another person in normal condition, his
    • to the will actions of the other. If the soul is silent, if the soul is eliminated,
    • then it does not position itself between your body and the mind of the other,
    • is found right from our desire and our harm that, in other words, our mind speaks
    • itself between him and the hypnotist. There the thought of the other becomes
    • other similar abnormal states. We have transported the person into an unconscious
    • person from one room into another and let him sleep there some time. Impressions
    • before then he has been in another room without knowing it, then he has not
    • perceived anything of the other room. It depends on the fact that we perceive
    • of the hypnotist as the sleeping person who was transported into another room
    • thought which would be, otherwise, independent of time and space because what
    • otherwise, only serves the self, such strength enables the human being to heal
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV - Lecture I: Theosophy and Spiritism
    Matching lines:
    • each other. This contrast between faith and knowledge, between religion and
    • life had received another physiognomy. Great naturalists postpone the dawning
    • age. Our otherwise so perfect science limits itself to natural science, as far
    • the others on the liveliest, a counter-current exists which one calls the spiritualistic
    • and leaders could not say anything about the soul, one turned to other researchers
    • are scholars who could not be content just as many other people with the concepts
    • who takes a position in science like few other people — this man concerned
    • we believe on the other side that we have to doubt his researches in spiritual
    • Another naturalist is the English
    • and he found — independently of each other — the great thought of
    • two parts. He fights on one side for his scientific view and on the other side
    • later under other conditions. This with regard to this kind of psychology while
    • the differences which exist between the spiritistic movement and other attempts
    • others which grope in the dark and also hear et cetera, there are in the spiritual
    • an ideal brotherhood which joins the hands together through times, but a real
    • and calls it the great brotherhood of the so-called adepts. Who believes honestly
    • science can seize with its means. Those brothers who knew how to interpret the
    • those older brothers could lead the spiritual humankind in concealed mysteries.
    • to foresee this otherwise. This is a matter which must be discussed in other
    • could be built in the course of world evolution, other forms of the brain developed
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV - Lecture II: Theosophy and Somnambulism
    Matching lines:
    • those which the human being accomplishes, otherwise, in the course of his life.
    • Greece towards the end of the Middle Ages, we find another view and interpretation
    • In newer time on the other hand
    • cannot perceive with the usual senses. Others looked at these conditions as
    • they are, over abysses over which they would never jump, otherwise; we see them
    • because a person exerts a particular influence on another person; they can appear
    • help of particular manipulations of another person that the concerned person
    • can transport another person into the somnambulistic condition a mesmerist if
    • matter which does not resemble to the other phenomena of the everyday life?
    • the day, and perhaps of other things which are due to our physical condition
    • state, also has other dreams beside these irregular and arbitrary dreams, dreams
    • she would go with another woman to the city on Sunday morning. They go to the
    • I would like to mention another
    • is at the door of the auditorium. He is bumped by another. There develops a
    • another ego appears, a kind of dream-ego; because the dreaming person can see
    • Or another example: somebody is in the dream in an overheated room; he sees
    • respect. From there up to the other phenomenon it is again only a step that
    • close our eye. Our everyday life delivers numerous other actions of this kind
    • he has various things in common also with the other worlds which our everyday
    • etheric body leaves the physical body with other higher members which we get
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV - Lecture III: The History of Spiritism
    Matching lines:
    • violent adversaries, on the other side, not only adversaries who combat this
    • everyday sense-perception. We are in agreement on that. However, on the other
    • others who are in the know. Allow me to express it: you can never hear the last
    • to the physical science. On the other side, in the great spiritual movements
    • other adversaries say that the human beings had never needed to combat this
    • One had another view of wisdom and truth. One believed the whole antiquity through
    • Then another way came with our calendar.
    • he had the ability to send his thoughts miles away; another boasted that he
    • could transform the whole sea into gold if it was permitted. Another says that
    • what the church has later found! It is comprehensible that every other way than
    • Thus we see occult brotherhoods
    • of higher intuitive forces. So that within such occult brotherhoods the way
    • mysterious darkness for all non-initiates in such brotherhoods, and that the
    • to that moral and intellectual height. Otherwise one said: without having reached
    • an effect on the human beings as it is not the case, otherwise: certain human
    • that they also tell about other worlds not belonging to our sense-perceptible
    • for it by developing inner forces in the occult brotherhoods.
    • Then another time came in the development
    • is nothing new in this sense. It is new in another sense; in the sense that
    • searching for evidences of another world in these matters, the birth of modern
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV - Lecture IV: The History of Hypnotism and Somnambulism
    Matching lines:
    • of the same form as the string from its eye on the soil with chalk or any other
    • surprise of the spectators and I do not doubt that it also succeeds with other
    • Another German writer, Caspar Schott,
    • However, you can also give him hallucinations of other type. You can say to
    • I could still give a lot of other
    • to the refraction laws of the prism, just like another phenomenon. The visual
    • laws; they still follow other optical laws, but it would go too far if we wanted
    • about which I have spoken. I could also explain with regard to other phenomena
    • out by a human being. Also all the other matters of which I have spoken must
    • be carried out by a human being to another living human being or being. It may
    • beings are very different from each other that the human beings would have such
    • different qualities that they have an effect of quite different type on other
    • living beings, above all on other human beings. Thus it could probably also
    • being, whereas another person has them. We not needed to wonder if this were
    • are so different from each other that the one can cause particular effects like
    • the magnet, and the other can cause no effect like the wood. The purely rational
    • is like the other. The average scale is put onto the human being, and one does
    • in a human being who wields such a power on the other that such phenomena happen
    • who follows the course of history finds another view of science than we have
    • at all. However, methods are given to us which enable another person, the hypnotist,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V - Lecture I: What Does the Modern Human Being Find in Theosophy?
    Matching lines:
    • On the other side, we see other researchers tracing back the origin of the religions
    • state a lot of other similar researches which should teach how religion came
    • a work of Michelangelo or of Raphael (Raffaello Sanzio), or to something other,
    • another view about the things and beings with deeper consideration. Look at
    • These forces which cannot be compared at all with other forces, but are on a
    • understand how a lily comes into being if not another lily releases the forces
    • other writers could still be mentioned. What these modern spirits induced, on
    • one sympathy is justified the other is not. This spirit is the guide of our
    • You can still pursue that in other
    • world of the figures and forms, on the other side, the world of the imperishable
    • and on the other side, people live apparently in happiness who do not deserve
    • I want to mention another phenomenon,
    • in ourselves. However, only that who regards the other human being as a brother
    • understands the spirit in the other human being; he understands him only if
    • he completely appreciates brotherliness.
    • calls brotherliness the ideal which the spiritual development of humankind wants
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V - Lecture II: What Do Our Scholars Know about Theosophy?
    Matching lines:
    • who wants to get to know something about theosophy also not from the other similar
    • Also, otherwise, it does not look
    • There a lady said to another: how
    • contradiction to that which other people think. — She was silent for a
    • by Büchner, other books by Vogt, Moleschott and the like who considered
    • the other case. However, we have also to understand where from this could come
    • the present-day human being. — If we take another book which should inform
    • In other words: everywhere something that I have called factual fanaticism in
    • natural sciences, the other is said to be history.
    • cannot investigate this. In no other sense theosophy speaks of objects and matters
    • with his reason — and the other human being who lives in this bodily human
    • talks or can be heard, otherwise, somewhere within the theosophical movement
    • the other comes and says to the first: this is not the right thing what you
    • so that we understand each other precisely. Somebody plays a sonata on a piano.
    • what takes place here. However, another way could also be the following. Anybody
    • true which the other investigates about the paints, just as little that who
    • has a musical ear will say that that is not true which the other investigates
    • other qualities; does it maybe have the quality of heat? There the physicist
    • religions; depending on how the one or the other people needed it according
    • others as great spirits if this materialistic scholarship has brought it so
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V - Lecture III: Is Theosophy Unscientific?
    Matching lines:
    • everything that other millennia produced is error, superstition and unscientific,
    • life. You see that the Darwinist Preyer transformed the view, which other naturalists
    • and other significant physiologists expressed first. Helmholtz
    • our physical consciousness. Why can we not perceive the other reality, which
    • anything of the other worlds only if he sees, perceives and is conscious in
    • with any means of science, no other world comes up than that which comes up
    • world view than the physical research. Other experiences are underlying it —
    • dark groping the way and perceive touching, and as another impression originates
    • whose eyes are opened, in new activity, in another light. This researcher did
    • moves in another field. It is a strange ignorance if one wants to deny the scientific
    • Concepts of Theosophy. Another human race, the Atlantean one, has led the
    • differently lived, and developed other forces than the humankind of today. Who
    • kind of thinking. This spiritualised kind of thinking contained all the other
    • express it in the sense as others demand that one must confess to it. Have a
    • beings unite in brotherliness to a common big goal; they unite in the Theosophical
    • the theosophical movement basically from all others. Others combat each other
    • — but we unite. Others are monists and consider dualism as wrong; however,
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V - Lecture IV: Is Theosophy Buddhist Propaganda?
    Matching lines:
    • intended for quite different circumstances, for another people, for quite different
    • spiritual force had an effect, and that these words had another life then, as
    • brotherhoods of sages who have the real guidance of the human development. They
    • own experiences, who have the connection with the advanced brothers of humankind,
    • connection itself by which the word of the spirit speaks to the co-brothers
    • and co-sisters from within through the advanced brothers of humankind is esoteric.
    • From such a brotherhood of advanced
    • advanced human brothers were also the communications which form the basis of
    • from the oriental world. They belonged to a brotherhood which is rooted in that
    • which one calls the profound Buddhism of the East. This brotherhood has its
    • great world views come from envoys of these great brotherhoods of advanced human
    • times there were great sages also in Europe; and there were also such brotherhoods.
    • century could only accept little from this Rosicrucian brotherhood. Thus it
    • happened that the last Rosicrucians had already united with the oriental brothers
    • to Buddhist springs or origins or other oriental influence. It is noteworthy
    • Hinduism or any other oriental religion. As we meet there a prejudice of the
    • most unbelievable kind, one could also prove with regard to countless other
    • deprives a human being of his life, holds a eulogy on death or stirs up others
    • another relation to Buddha, Zarathustra, Christ than to the great teachers of
    • it flows out from one being to the others. However, we stand to Jesus, Hermes,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Novalis: On his Hymns to the Night
    Matching lines:
    • would not meet in one or other of the most important
    • German intellectuals more than a hundred thousand others could
    • Once again another feminine individual crossed his path: Julie
    • worlds is linked to a penetration of other secrets of
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 1: Whitsuntide. Festival of the Liberation of the Human Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • in the souls of men and are often in conflict with one another. The
    • of that. But in our European culture, on the other hand, this has
    • been intermingled with that other current which is to be found in
    • spirit. It may possess other members, but we are unable to find them,
    • The other intuition was the basis upon which the
    • them. Some others were opposed to the process of incarnation for a
    • Had these other ones also incarnated at the earlier period, mankind
    • listen to his brother, but accepts the gift. The gift which
    • brother Prometheus.
    • spirituality — they search for it in freedom nevertheless. The others
    • in the Astral Light, and otherwise only to a few initiates. The path
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 2: The Contrast Between Cain and Abel
    Matching lines:
    • father on the one hand, like the mother on the other.
    • Seth two others were born, who were important representatives: Cain
    • a decidedly female character. Cain, on the other hand, means almost
    • masculine and feminine principles confront one another. Not yet on an
    • (And she again bare his brotherGenesis 4, 2)
    • playing and other arts
    • (4:21 And his brotherGenesis 4, 21–22).
    • another.
    • to the others. They dedicated themselves to the worldly things of
    • question: ‘Where is Abel, thy brother?’ Cain answered:
    • ‘Am I my brother's keeper?’ No man would have said that
    • egoism is born: “Am I my brother's keeper?”
    • on the other hand there was Christ Himself who was a purely spiritual
    • the close of the nineteenth century a Hermes Brother will come from
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 3: The Mysteries of the Druids and the 'Drottes'
    Matching lines:
    • emanated from a mother lodge in Scandinavia, ‘Drottes’
    • our present practice, not one stone was laid upon another in the
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 4: The Prometheus Saga
    Matching lines:
    • interpretations, however, five others can be found, for every saga
    • brother, Epimetheus, are the sons of one of the Titans, called
    • likewise his brother, Epimetheus. The youngest of the Titans, Chronos
    • was himself dethroned by his son Zeus and, along with the other
    • Titans, was cast into Tartarus or Hades. Only the two brothers,
    • Zeus and fought against the other Titans.
    • Prometheus gave man writing and the other arts and, more especially,
    • mankind, but in the first place to Epimetheus, the brother of
    • Prometheus. Indeed, Prometheus warned his brother about accepting the
    • Brotherhood. Its members, however, had not undergone their previous
    • development on our Earth, but on other planets. They descended to
    • who is a brother to earthly man. The earlier masters, the Manus from
    • other worlds, are handing over their leadership to a fellow human being.
    • The causes of lightning and all other natural phenomena connected with
    • brother of Prometheus is Epimetheus. First let us translate these two
    • from the body of its mother in the way it is.
    • hand, progress takes place, on the other hand, a retrograde step
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 5: The Mystery Known to Rosicrucians
    Matching lines:
    • other people into such matters as he himself had learned through
    • time. This small brotherhood called itself ‘Fraternitae Rosae
    • Crucis’, the Brotherhood of the Rose Cross. This small group of
    • various brotherhoods. It was told in larger brotherhoods, but was
    • After this, another Elohim, named Yahveh, created Adam. Adam also
    • Elohim, and the other race which had human
    • that had been learned by the others of his line in technology and
    • a legacy of the other Elohim, not Yahveh. They are the hardworking
    • latter wished to do something or other against Hiram, but he was
    • apprentices, and therefore another one was devised. The first word to
    • desire. The other Elohim, those in whom wisdom was combined with the
    • Christ would not be born within man as his brother, but only as
    • This Christianity has another
    • the Brotherhood of the Rose Cross will arise the Christianity of the
    • Temple Legend through the Brotherhood, the Rosicrucians have made
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 6: Manicheism
    Matching lines:
    • one another, we must start from a spiritual tendency which first
    • is connected with others, for instance with Rosicrucianism.
    • another strives to be preserved, to become rigid and thus curb the
    • divine, for, at that other time, what is evil
    • intended to bring about. But, on the other hand, we still have to explain
    • brother to his fellow men, whereas all earlier Manus were superhuman,
    • one of his brother men as his Manu, who has passed through all stages
    • was always known as the ‘mother’ in all esoteric
    • Father and mother, Osiris and Isis, those are the two forces present
    • itself, she is the mother. During the fifth Root Race, the father
    • St. Augustine, on the other hand — in a
    • hand the Faust saga, on the other, the Luther saga.
    • Faust, on the other hand,
    • him to be evil he thrusts aside. And on the other hand we have
    • harmonisation of form and life that other problem is expressed too:
    • through other channels — but rather the cultivation of the external
    • who will be gifted with great love and goodness; but, on the other
    • one another, Faust and Augustine: Augustine, who based his work on
    • those, however, who are on the other side, who lead the battle in the
    • (belonging to Augustine) and Freemasonry (Manicheism) confront one another
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 7: The Essence and Task of Freemasonry from the Point of View of Spiritual Science - 1
    Matching lines:
    • creative spirit with Eve, Cain was born. Then another of the Elohim,
    • Jehovah and everything which is derived from the other Elohim and
    • others — the free humanity — are those who till the soil and labour
    • for the first time, he is led into a remote chamber by the Brother Warden
    • all metal he has about him, such as gold, silver and other metals,
    • brethren who are assembled in another room, a cord is passed round
    • the heel and other procedures are explained to him. There are three
    • human being from another, then you must leave this house immediately.
    • from the one side, bitter from the other. This drink is handed to him
    • staircase. Then the Brother Warden is asked: ‘Brother Senior
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 8: The Essence and Task of Freemasonry from the Point of View of Spiritual Science - 2
    Matching lines:
    • regard to Freemasonry than to the other subjects we have spoken
    • this, but this is for other reasons which it is best not to discuss.
    • whom you all know well by name has addressed his brother masons in
    • manner of occult brotherhoods — they really represent something other
    • illuminate the others. He must needs be the cleverest and has to have
    • masons of the Fourth Degree recognise one another. And then, before
    • temples and other great buildings according to cosmic laws and
    • through masonic training but through other occult institutions, and
    • is indebted to the occult training of other schools.
    • responsibility for taking another Freemason through these
    • conditioned Brother with the practical means of erecting the true
    • Brother with practical means enabling him to gain proof of pure
    • ‘Those brothers, the discoverers
    • brother with certain proof of the immortality of
    • which otherwise is only accessible through the portal of
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 9: The Essence and Task of Freemasonry from the Point of View of Spiritual Science - 3
    Matching lines:
    • other people it is a real happening, which signifies a great division
    • for the others who can observe the adept and say that he is dying. He
    • the body of the person concerned, which otherwise takes place at
    • one from another. When someone says: physical body, etheric body,
    • schools in Paris, Belgium, St. Petersburg and a few other places in
    • obvious that it will lead to a state of affairs in which the brothers
    • in one or other direction. They will not always be able to take part
    • same thing as electricity, viewed one time from the inside, another
    • one side, the physical scientist from the other. Just as Freemasonry
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 10: Evolution and Involution as they are Interpreted by Occult Societies [The Atom as Congealed Electricity]
    Matching lines:
    • You have heard of Hatha Yoga, Rajah Yoga and other exercises of
    • different kinds by means of which societies and brotherhoods
    • help others attain
    • On the other hand, everything that is introduced into the work for an
    • another, helps to conserve our consciousness for future evolution. So
    • be taken from us into the other world.
    • you build a church for others, not for yourself. You can take into
    • This higher self will be united with all other higher selves, so that
    • particular form at some other place. This will be within man's power
    • with one another. Humanity will destroy itself in mutual strife. And
    • the despairing thing — more desperately tragic than other
    • The others will make use of every [imaginable] skill and subtlety in
    • Freemasonry had no other aim or purpose, originally, than to be an
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 11: Concerning the Lost Temple and How It Is To Be Restored - 1
    Matching lines:
    • to excavate away until one emerges at the other side. Everyone can
    • see that it would be foolish to think in this way. But in other
    • effect of one soul on another, and draw near to the spirit. That is
    • another in the belief that a house will thereby come into being of
    • the chaotic interaction of one human being with another. Each
    • individual pursues his own aims. This epoch was preceded by another
    • the old priestly culture, which held other views about truth and wisdom,
    • epoch by the fourth. That is represented in still another symbol, in the
    • robbed of his throne by his brother Amulius, his son was killed and
    • other hand, are the higher bodies, which have
    • the building of the state, just as for any other building in the
    • laying one stone upon another. This demand must be made if our world
    • laid down, one after the other, in the course of the game. Even in
    • that Cain was born. Another of the Elohim, Adonai or Jehovah-Yahveh,
    • communities. Another of Cain's descendants was Tubal-Cain, who worked
    • things as they are, the other wants to create new life from the
    • inanimate, through art. Other nations have portrayed the ancestor of
    • living into a living force, in contrast with that other Elohim who
    • occult brotherhoods, the thought lived, that man has a task to
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 12: Concerning the Lost Temple and How It Is To Be Restored - 2
    Matching lines:
    • itself as a thing. Just as it gives names to other things, so it even
    • a sacred thing to utter the ‘Name’. Whereas other names,
    • to this: one is Noah's Ark, and the other is the Temple of Solomon.
    • comes into the world. The other current is that of the children of
    • Rosicrucians are none other than the successors to the Order of the
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 13: Concerning the Lost Temple and How It Is To Be Restored - 3
    Matching lines:
    • other side, for crossing over the stream. So then, the Cross on which
    • the Cain current [of evolution] and on the other hand with the
    • general; on the other hand we have the Sons of God, occupied with the
    • could be united with each other, Christ Jesus united these two
    • current of the Sons of Cain, and on the other that of the Abel/Seth
    • The other tendency worked alongside, presided over
    • another kingdom above that which man has immediately and physically
    • chemical laboratory. Other substances are introduced into [the body],
    • other hand similarly akin to the earth. Earth and sun are the two
    • plant, while set against each other, are mutually akin; whereas the
    • flow into each other, the Christ, is Himself joined to the living
    • on the other, have become united in the Redeemer hanging on the
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 14: Concerning the Lost Temple and How It Is To Be Restored - 4
    Matching lines:
    • killing and devouring other animals. Only with man, only in our phase
    • keep speaking of Races. There were other forms that manifested
    • cultural epoch]. Four other Sub-Races have gone before. The first
    • Son Principle; there is no higher development without other
    • continually thrust others down, as he develops himself upwards. That
    • of other beings. Only he who would raise up those who have been
    • other cosmic bodies, the evolution aiming at endowing the etheric
    • thrusting down of other beings connected with the earth's
    • there; which has to be endowed with other forces. This endowment,
    • this impulse without that other weft, which we have named as the
    • thrust down, and wander other paths. This is expressed in the
    • become evil, but on the other hand this potentiality for evil was the
    • flowing apart [from each other] in the world.
    • festival is connected with the other two Christian
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 15: Atoms and the Logos in the Light of Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • another: What is the purpose of our human existence, of this
    • from one to another at the vernal equinox. Eight thousand years ago
    • higher plane and in another form.
    • each other, that weave from person to person, forming continually
    • here. All other associations are only subordinate branches; even
    • spiritual influence passes from one planet to another, how therefore
    • relationship [with one another], which would arrange them in the
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 16: The Relationship of Occultism to the Theosophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • theosophical movement and about a few other connected questions. On
    • That means that the members of such a society, of such a brotherhood,
    • generally about the tasks of such occult brotherhoods. The honoured
    • heard me speak about such things. Occult brotherhoods are the guiding
    • brotherhoods of mankind. They have the task of preparing the things
    • Therefore, there have always been advanced Brothers of our human
    • future is actually prepared in the occult brotherhoods.
    • but otherwise occult power that penetrates these great world thoughts
    • the physical plane. If the leading brother of mankind perhaps has
    • is the other way round. The consequence is that even the position of
    • formerly guarded within the occult brotherhoods, and people only came
    • spiritual, if occult backgrounds did not come into play from another
    • as such. Hence, in certain brotherhoods, it was resolved, as the
    • brotherhoods.
    • brotherhood, for it is formed on a democratic basis by which each
    • member is as worthy as the next. Nevertheless, it is another matter
    • question, whether a society is an occult brotherhood, or whether it
    • says to itself: We are, indeed, no occult brotherhood, but, in our
    • higher worlds without finding the way there, yet another installment
    • the etheric body, as the other pole of the etheric body, which on the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 17: Freemasonry and Human Evolution I
    Matching lines:
    • and brotherhoods. Such secret societies — at least in the form in
    • through the separation of the physical organs, and the other sex was
    • appeared, one with physical femininity and the other with physical
    • the Elohim impregnated Eve and Cain was born. Afterwards, another of
    • Cain slew his brother Abel. That too comes into the Temple Legend.
    • opposition to one another, the descendants of Cain and the race of
    • be necessary for two sexes to unite with one another, but will again
    • out. The male must then have the power in itself to produce another
    • then [procreative] force. The power in the larynx is indeed the other
    • made to express beauty. Cathedrals, temples and other significant
    • wisdom in theosophy. In this wisdom both sexes understand each other.
    • more asexual is working on man. Male and female meet each other there
    • Freemasons confront each other so sourly.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 18: Freemasonry and Human Evolution II
    Matching lines:
    • women, because the occult brotherhood, whose task it was to nurture
    • with each other, it would be very foolish if the general of one side
    • arose in the Freemasonry brotherhoods, for a particular reason. To be
    • the two sexes separated from each other. As regards spiritual
    • Another Elohim, Yahveh, countered by creating Adam, who united with
    • (4:21 And his brotherGenesis 4:21–22),
    • hand, the female image-wisdom of the priests, and on the other, the
    • run parallel to each other, we will now also understand the
    • that one prefers one or the other current; therefore the two currents
    • will run parallel to each other for a long time yet. In order to
    • the Mysteries, and nevertheless, in another sense, is in contrast
    • without the roses. However another Order added roses to the Cross,
    • present and seeks to check progress with all its might. The other has
    • other, the one order having a Cross without roses, and the other,
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 19: The Relationship Between Occult Knowledge and Everyday Life
    Matching lines:
    • which would not be possible through other concepts. We shall then see
    • will mention another question as well. This question is: How can
    • they have first been drawn out of another realm, that of everyday
    • people confront each other, then it is above all the astral bodies
    • which confront each other in love or hate, in kindness or
    • body conditions and relationships. When I confront another person, my
    • which stream towards me from the other person.
    • something still more everyday. Two people are talking to each other.
    • other.
    • with each other. One of them has cultivated rigid, fixed concepts,
    • astral substance. The other talks to him and tries to explain
    • clear to another? He must inject his own concept into the other
    • into the other person's astral substance. Once there, it must first
    • us assume that the one is trying to explain to the other something to
    • do with, say, reincarnation. The other has however already formed a
    • dissolves itself in the intermediary astral substance of the other,
    • understand the other people he encounters. This is why it is so
    • take yet another situation, that of a person who encounters someone
    • you yourself conveying this reverence to the other person as
    • another person, one thereby offers him the opportunity of allowing
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 20: The Royal Art in a New Form
    Matching lines:
    • superstitious notions in existence about it. On the other hand, I
    • gentlemen more erudite than many others, well-known people, who nevertheless
    • is still another opinion, which has little to do with real
    • Others
    • differing totally from each other. Some claim — and they are no very
    • the other opinion considers this to be a childish and naive
    • have two tendencies confronting each other: the Craft Masonry, and
    • from each other. Wisdom is essentially contained in what we call
    • which sounded harmless. Among other names they called each other
    • the other hand, how necessary it is in the present time for the pure,
    • separately on these matters until [just] recently. On the other hand
    • is expressed by the female [principle]. On the other hand, the male
    • Freemasonry terms as the priestly element, though [there are?] other
    • the spring at Lourdes? On the other hand, what doctor would not
    • another to Lourdes, but both for the same reason. Whether you call it
    • great piety on the one hand, or blatant superstition on the other, in
    • Cain, on the other hand, offer? He sacrificed what he had obtained by
    • have been awakened in human nature, there is no more unbrotherliness.
    • level; the facts must decide that. In that all men are brothers,
    • the Freemasons] is without doubt a bond of brotherhood which in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture I: Where and How Does One Find the Spirit?
    Matching lines:
    • way, the other person in that way. The one may feel sore just
    • about a sober consideration; whereas the other thinks that the
    • without spirit. — With faint, another spiritual activity
    • say only that the other had this face which is dependent,
    • other. Then we have created a basis to know that all bases of
    • which it has formed like from a fine mother substance.
    • ice is another form of water. However, the etheric body is not
    • other hand, if the human being feels: something is in me that I
    • the other hand, one could say, there the human being sees the
    • still in another way. As we get to know by the botanist, the
    • physicist, and others, what they fathom of the secrets of the
    • Another development is only necessary to research. I would like
    • roses. Become engrossed in this symbol excluding any other
    • Thus, always other pictures are added to this picture. These
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture II: Goethe's Secret Revelation - Exoteric
    Matching lines:
    • and got into conversation with each other. Besides, the younger
    • we look now at another philosopher, at Schopenhauer, we see
    • brothers; at least Schopenhauer was a rather hostile brother to
    • he works the way up to the other side where he gets into
    • research had, so to speak, another physiognomy. Even more than
    • researchers can oppose each other inimically, both believe,
    • that works on the others so that they find something own in
    • Goethe although they do not understand each other. Maybe some
    • each other and join them to a whole. If you position yourselves
    • other and the monks found themselves enclosed in between at
    • plates, mugs and other devices are imitated to those, which the
    • combat each other. Thus, we have to project our thoughts in
    • works. However, today we want to approach Goethe from another
    • be ferried over by him in a small boat to the other riverbank.
    • When they have been buried there, another strange being
    • you back. If you want to go back again to the other side of the
    • Alternatively, you use the second way. There is still another
    • the fourth corner. This figure is joined from the other metals
    • another resort if she stood security for the supplying of the
    • controlled by sensuousness, on the other side, his reason is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture III: Goethe's Secret Revelation - Esoteric
    Matching lines:
    • other about it, it is good if we bring up the spirit of his
    • these two worldviews differ absolutely. However, on the other
    • the abilities contained in him and to experience other, new
    • science differs substantially from other, one-sided worldviews
    • understand each other the easiest if we start from the view
    • to develop ideas, concepts is a human soul quality among other
    • soul qualities, and you all know that this other soul qualities
    • wanted also to show that in the human soul force also the other
    • knowledge only. The one wants this, the other that, according
    • that one cannot distinguish them from each other. This fourth
    • mixed. He is, with other words, that representative of the
    • to freely present himself in his nature. In other words, if he
    • is no longer difficult now to admit that we have to see another
    • will-o'-the-wisps coming from the other river bank and showing
    • other things round it are illuminated. However, to the
    • relation to the other soul properties, how it is harmful, and
    • one or to the other side, it becomes detrimental.
    • in another way in the human soul. If the human being strives to
    • mutual consent of hostile brothers as we have seen the day
    • the river. Over there on the other bank lives the beautiful
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture IV: Bible and Wisdom I
    Matching lines:
    • Bible gives me this or that; whether it gives the same to other
    • another authority than to any authority of a human writer was
    • that single parts are not in accordance with each other; we
    • them. The one may come from this tribe, the other from that
    • similar and other contradictions appear.
    • clerical council in relatively late time. Other parts of the
    • ourselves, it must cause another relation to the Bible as it
    • of Copernicus, Kepler and Galilei and all the others up to now.
    • human nature, other abilities take a backseat. That is why we
    • thoroughly from the other. We deal with the basic and original
    • meditation in the course of the winter. These are other methods
    • mother of substance, the spiritual in which the sensuous is
    • generally certain things remain behind and other advance, the
    • pictures. We see in another condition of consciousness, what
    • that this being or force differs certainly from other beings
    • another name for these basic beings, and he finds really that
    • second chapter have another name of God. It complies exactly
    • author may ask himself, why should this God not assume another
    • because our soul has put itself in another state of
    • other: who does not have it, this “die and be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture V: Bible and Wisdom II
    Matching lines:
    • happen other than that people recognised clearer and clearer
    • John Gospel, on the other side, contradict. The result was that
    • evangelists — even if they differ from each other in many
    • very late whereas the other evangelists wrote earlier, still
    • viewpoint. If one must say on the other side that Christian
    • Socrates, Plato, or others. Indeed, we have to admit that Jesus
    • However, there emerges another question from spiritual science.
    • another historical event.
    • what has to appear? On the other hand, I would like to point to
    • Christ Jesus? He does not take it, as for example the others
    • other phenomena, because he says to us, after death, Christ
    • others, and in the end to me as a mistimed birth. — With
    • already after its name, from all other beings round us, that he
    • with the earthly development and the other things that belong
    • word development seriously, it is the case with no other
    • from other forms of consciousness. If we go back far to the
    • another soul force for it: he had developed a universal memory.
    • development that a force takes a backseat, so that the other
    • something especially miraculous what I say now. For the others
    • centuries, memory survived in the old far-off past, and another
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture VI: Superstition from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • of superstition. On the other side, one can easily understand
    • The fact that the one or the other party regards this or that
    • other forms of superstition are, he states that astrologers
    • that anybody can call it other than superstition, because,
    • otherwise, he would have to say that many astrologers cast
    • insanity. On the other side, the tendency of physical illness
    • on the other side, new forms slip in that are not just simply
    • children of two to five years at that time to others who got no
    • offered this opinion like any other superstitious opinion. Now
    • we can refrain from all that and go over to some other fields
    • others run after certain idols in other fields, and we realize
    • in one field, it changes over to another field. If the human
    • expressed in another field where one does not notice it so
    • thought — in the one or other way. Let us try to bring a
    • once, and on the other side of the street a person was walking.
    • Richet wanted already to go to the other side and greet him
    • office, and the other would probably also come there. At the
    • behave to each other if they have two different lines of
    • seemed to him brainless to have taken another person who was
    • that he colours another person whom he faces in such a way.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture VII: Issues of Nutrition in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • certain diet — and could it not be that by another diet
    • what is real in this field. On the other side, I ask you very
    • substances in their interaction with each other. One traces
    • the decay. It gives the substances other directions and forces,
    • other connections than they would have if they followed only
    • know from other talks that the human being still has a third
    • member. These always work in each other and with each other.
    • on all others. Thus, the physical body — I say once again
    • Among other things, the nervous system is, in the physical
    • to the other side, let it become negative, then you have an
    • astral body being a negative light body is the other pole that
    • assume that three or four other persons have already worked on
    • Another picture: somebody has a balance with two scale pans.
    • each other originates from the animal food. However, the human
    • are more spiritual, while other people develop more bravery,
    • the other hand, we want to describe the influence of a luxury
    • is to take over that which should happen, otherwise, from the
    • questions can also be answered on other occasions. This talk
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture VIII: Issues of Health in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • different from the other, and that that which is salutary to
    • the one is noxious and disease causing to the other, that it
    • not so widespread. For example, a mother finds out that her
    • prescriptions often contradict each other so that one cannot
    • the other side, then one can be rather saddened possibly. One
    • show how one view resists to the other because it is one-sided.
    • opposing each other concerning these questions. Everybody knows
    • — is on one side and homeopathy on the other side. Then,
    • medicine that often has another view about illness and health
    • other side says often overshoots the goal and do not want to
    • other.
    • or the other side, how the one or the other side emphasises
    • other side the investigations have led to the fact that the
    • Those reasons, which the one or other side alleges, are
    • However, one cannot deny on the other side that either the
    • However, on the other side, we can see that justified demands
    • is not transferred from a sick person to another person, but
    • and transfer them to other human beings. So human beings who
    • others who bear germs do not fall ill.
    • him from this or the other side.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture IX: Tolstoy and Carnegie
    Matching lines:
    • to somebody: on one side Tolstoy, on the other side Carnegie,
    • and on the other side the steel tycoon, the rich man, the man
    • time before ourselves. The one like the other expresses the
    • whole striving on the one side, the work on the other side
    • of life and work in our time, on the other side, nevertheless,
    • the other side, a personality that has grown out of hardship
    • mother, the father in the ninth year. Then he grows up under
    • had to flow in his soul like by itself. However, on the other
    • side, another relative who wants to build up him out of the
    • knowing. Only oriental languages can occupy him. In all other
    • However, this soul was weird in other ways as well. Those
    • that has different effects on the one soul and on the other
    • indication. Another example is that the boy imagines that the
    • compensates one another by an 18-hour sleep again. He proved
    • other side, also by the misery, poverty, the tortures, and
    • shades in his mind, how he realises completely on the other
    • extreme to the other. A superior says, he is a golden human
    • that pours out goodness only and, on the other hand, has the
    • ability to amuse the others in the most difficult situations.
    • come. At the end of the fifties, one of his brothers fell ill
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture X: The Practical Development of Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • applies, in particular if he — like many others —
    • and otherworldly anywhere in the cloud-cuckoo-land and wants to
    • insists that every other who is active in this field must do
    • Another example, which can show us whether progress originates
    • from those who call themselves practitioners or from other
    • adjacent fields regardless of his own activity. Otherwise, it
    • have recently stated in other connections that one wants to
    • that on which he has not yet worked, the other time with that
    • ourselves also another answer, maybe also a third one, or a
    • you see such persons in other situations, for instance, at
    • pots than other persons if you work in such way on your inside.
    • observes with other plants that certain insects are attracted,
    • being cannot ruin it perpetually. However, it is quite another
    • other side — also in the everyday life. What one gains
    • because of this, and another view of life praxis would make
    • world back to atoms, and others who lead them back to
    • movements; others deny any movement. On the other hand, the
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XI: The Invisible Human Members and Practical Life
    Matching lines:
    • useful to him by all appearances? On the other hand, is such a
    • we keep on studying the human being, we get to another member
    • other. There is one thing that can be never called from the
    • inexpressible for all others.
    • only one is visible. The three others are real, are the primal
    • the other hand, we can find — if particular states of
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XII: The Secret of the Human Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • on the other side, that any human being is a riddle to the
    • other human beings and to himself. We all feel that at any
    • qualities which he has inherited from father, mother,
    • mother, the ancestors can give him. With that which flows down
    • that continues that could go over to other rock crystals. The
    • the other being. If we go up to the animal world, we realise
    • not only from a shape another shape arises, but that any young
    • development, in the body of the mother once again which its
    • mother, to combine with the bodily-physical, how can it dress
    • currents unite, one current colours the other. They colour each
    • other. As well as the blue colour and the yellow colour unite
    • human members originates, and one controls the others, so to
    • controls the other members, the choleric temperament prevails.
    • If the astral body rules over the other members, we attribute a
    • other, the relationship of the members occurs. I have already
    • densest member of the human being, controls the others. If the
    • opposes to the other members. The human being feels this as
    • other members, the astral body and the etheric body, does not
    • disclosed quite externally that the other members were
    • other members. Of course, it does not concern that one states
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XIII: The Riddles in Goethe's Faust - Exoteric
    Matching lines:
    • soul penetrated Goethe's soul. Still various other things had
    • other sciences, in particular in natural sciences. Goethe never
    • other, geologic products on it, took a little aromatic candle
    • other words, as one reads there: “How the heaven's
    • him from the one and from the other side. He got to know
    • existence by the development of peculiar forces otherwise
    • Goethe's mother, about whom we know that she rejected all
    • on the other side to feel the deepest grief of a dissatisfied
    • everything was connected with each other.
    • approached fraud and charlatanism. However, the other could
    • Sponbeim, Agrippa von Nettesheim and some others, who looked
    • Copernicus, and others. One calls various times “times of
    • whose forces penetrate each other, so that one really sees the
    • other signs that join more the immediate human life. In
    • another time. It is like a self-confession of Goethe that he
    • another power. If the human being had never been grasped by
    • see, otherwise, in transparent spiritual clarity. If one wanted
    • him, as it were, like another ego of the human being striving
    • (The Mothers).
    • works and lives in the other how heavenly forces rise and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XIV: Riddles in Goethe's Faust - Esoteric
    Matching lines:
    • others think, one should not understand that
    • Otherwise, one would have to hold many talks if one wanted to
    • another meaning than they have, otherwise, in the outer, sober
    • calls, otherwise, folk spirit, spirit of the times in the
    • into the other, everything wanders around like cloudscapes,
    • their mother substances to their crystal forms and lines, the
    • grow out like the crystal forms from their mother substances.
    • the mother substances of the physical-sensuous world. He enters
    • clairvoyant keeps on developing, the objects take on other
    • mothers, the mothers pursue me!” This was a call, which
    • mothers pursue me!” the Carthaginians recognise that he
    • speaks of the “mothers,” Faust shudders. He knows
    • Then Faust brings up the glowing tripod at which the mothers
    • “paralyzed by Helen,” in another state of
    • inheritance that is given by father and mother, which is taken
    • Faust finds the spirit in the realm of the mothers. He already
    • otherwise. He lets Homunculus say:
    • another state of consciousness, in a state removed from the
    • soul as the mother of that which he has born from the spiritual
    • Mother, don't leave me here
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XV: Nietzsche in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • relation is not very solid, with others very close. Now
    • restrained as others are by the gravity of the physical body in
    • are found on earth, are also found on the other planets. Then
    • H., 1834–1919, German naturalist) and other researchers who
    • with Haeckel. Somebody who works on the microscope and other
    • mysteries from each other. They originated from one root. The
    • other human beings was this friendship with Richard Wagner.
    • others came who said: however, history shows us that nothing
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XVI: Isis and Madonna
    Matching lines:
    • mothers, the mothers pursue me!” — that it did not
    • “temple of the mothers” was established in an old
    • “the mothers” meant. When Goethe could put the full
    • meaning of the term “the mothers” before his soul
    • go to the mothers.
    • What does the way to the mothers represent? We have briefly
    • mothers are enthroned. Mephisto is the spirit of materialism,
    • mothers as the realm of nothingness. Faust, the spiritual human
    • mothers where to us is told how they weave and live in a realm
    • wants to penetrate to these mothers. Creation, transformation
    • temporal in dignity, so that this realm of the mothers opens
    • the mothers is the realm into which the human being can
    • calls the entry into this realm the way to the mothers. I
    • of creations weaving and floating into each other in the spiritual
    • However, from this realm of the mothers has
    • the mothers of all physical and earthly things, the realm which
    • mothers” works so fascinating, so eerily-beautifully with
    • recognised that if anybody calls “the mothers, the
    • mothers!” he does not see like a maniac in a senseless,
    • speak, the mother problem of the world faced Goethe when he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XVII: Old European Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • developmental stage. Another consciousness preceded in the
    • development of humanity and another follows. If today one
    • ascends with a danger, another vision with a useful object. If
    • other remainder belongs to another category. The dream is not
    • itself. The other heirlooms are vision, foreboding, and
    • another student would bumped him leaving the auditorium, an
    • the other on pistols, the seconds are determined, one appears
    • picture would rise before him, another with vinegar, sugar,
    • three other remainders are different: vision, foreboding and
    • being had to be connected even deeper with the other members of
    • appear to him in their true forms otherwise, lead him to
    • he was still closer to the plant stage, he had another form of
    • However, while breathing changed, some other things changed
    • There another legend has survived as an heirloom that lives in
    • otherwise, in cold, stormy winter nights above the earth, then
    • clairvoyance, but it was instilled into him by other beings.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XVIII: The European Mysteries and Their Initiates
    Matching lines:
    • back to clairvoyant abilities, only in another way. They do not
    • able to start the “way to the mothers.” The
    • mothers.
    • mother out of whom the soul is born that retains the forms even
    • the student was shown: death is a process in life like other
    • the ability of thinking, another the feeling force, a third one
    • danger. It is a much bigger danger than in other areas. The
    • Baldr, but for another Baldr, who accomplished the Mystery of
    • Lohengrin, which still has many other meanings, as an
    • in another mythology. However, it is very difficult to illumine
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture I: The Spiritual World and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual science establishes on some old, Oriental or other
    • any tradition. From another side one misunderstands spiritual
    • just as little a confession like any other science of the
    • However, another weighty objection
    • each other possibly in the following way: if a farmer harvests
    • distinguishes spiritual science from other branches of
    • soul beyond the viewpoint which counts, otherwise, in the
    • develop this deeper sense first. To put it another way: as true
    • faculties are not able to penetrate into it. Others are more
    • other respect attention, interest is important in this human
    • soul forces, otherwise dispersed, in one point as it were, to
    • happens, otherwise, in sleep naturally. In sleep our senses
    • become completely quiet. Everything that, otherwise, the human
    • his consciousness from everything that it is otherwise directed
    • that remain hidden, otherwise, in the everyday life, and now
    • which soul and spirit, which are, otherwise, in unseparated
    • mental-spiritual that one can easily doubt, otherwise, becomes
    • what it separates from the body, to another way of experience
    • expresses itself, otherwise, in our thinking and imagining, and
    • other words, as you experience yourself in the usual life
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture II: Theosophy and Antisophy
    Matching lines:
    • result; since there is another viewpoint, which one can take up
    • other constitution of his soul, he enters into a real spiritual
    • the other part is rejected as it were, cannot find working
    • the region, which, otherwise, the human being experiences only
    • with this self-consciousness which one experiences, otherwise,
    • other region where his roots are.
    • what he can experience in the one or in the other region, he
    • Is it surprising on the other hand that the
    • development and on the other side just in that what presents
    • take part as fighters in the games; others come to make profit
    • pleasure, the others follow their profit; however, there are
    • its knowledge is true or wrong for others, this worldview of
    • with the other sentence that one must recourse to
    • of the other. This state, related to fear, produces what I have
    • hold fast onto something, because, otherwise, I fall over! This
    • which, otherwise, sticks to the matter. Give me something that
    • another says, if I dedicate myself to theosophy, the fun of
    • himself connected with that in which he is, otherwise, an
    • This word comes from a theosophical mood. On another occasion,
    • And my brothers and sisters
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture III: Spiritual Science and Denomination
    Matching lines:
    • among others that spiritual science allures the human being
    • other points of view with respect to the scientific way of
    • confession. Hence, Ritschl and his followers look for another
    • because the soul must be, otherwise, completely doomed to a
    • Gospel again on the other side, takes up the truth which is
    • divine in nature. Other researchers think that the religious
    • again by an increase of devotion, so that now from another
    • reject other things. —
    • originate, as if the word climax means that the one or other
    • another idea. Goethe pronounces it especially nicely when he
    • others, he wrote home: “The lofty pieces of art were
    • or the other time: it is untruthful without
    • another side anything could come into this soul. Even as the
    • inwardness by another world, these contents are the religious
    • spiritual world that stimulate, otherwise, only what ascends
    • other point of view concerning their logic, as if one only
    • where he can experience Him in other regions. For Kant it was
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture IV: On Death
    Matching lines:
    • as some other scientific fields. Spiritual science depends on
    • However, there are some other obstacles. I
    • concerning that what we can do for love, devotion and other
    • contradict what we notice, otherwise, everywhere in the
    • himself. However, this work has another aim, another character
    • otherwise, always in life without which you are not there while
    • side, from the other side. Whenever a thought can appear and
    • other side if the body sleeps if it lives within the brain and
    • thinking from the other side this way. This is the one part how
    • Now the other part, how one gets to know
    • may be content with that. You get to know another part of the
    • to speak about the latter another time. Suffering seizes the
    • everything that one likes, otherwise, in life. Hence, one
    • straight away in a way, as you are not used to it, otherwise.
    • Otherwise, you are used if you have an impulse of will to bring
    • the other side. You impose duties upon yourself in life, or the
    • heredity by father and mother, while we combine with the
    • to speak about all the other fields of life very brilliantly
    • attempts a solution of the square of the circle in another
    • I have already mentioned in another context
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture V: The Meaning of Immortality of the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • that geology, biology and other sciences investigate is the
    • While the everyday life proceeds, otherwise, in such a way that
    • behold spiritually what happens, otherwise, in the everyday
    • point of childhood up to which we can otherwise remember.
    • that that what one has, otherwise, in memory gets out of him
    • like out of a cover. That with which you are one, otherwise,
    • experienced morally or, otherwise, in the fields of your
    • one day; so that he had another retrospect after the first
    • find no other expression in the usual language than that one
    • which descend then to combine with that what father and mother
    • not only to our own soul at first but to the other human
    • You learn to observe the other human soul,
    • so that you start observing and pursuing the other soul that is
    • Let us take another case. If a young human
    • life is carried off by a pneumonia or another illness in the
    • of course, as every other human being. As someone who mounts a
    • other points again that a healthy soul life comes up to the
    • Another example: I felt highly satisfied
    • questions of life. Indeed, also others did this. Nevertheless,
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture VI: The Evil
    Matching lines:
    • Be sure to compare this with another version of this lecture,
    • On the other side, you can study significant, excellent
    • order, then the other question arises: how can the wisdom of
    • other thinkers who come close to that what spiritual science
    • him one has a big number of other thinkers at the same time who
    • widespread. I want to refer to a thinker from another region,
    • We could still state other things that
    • Lotze and other thinkers said about the problem and riddle of
    • There are other thinkers, who wanted to go
    • divine being can be such a being that stumbles against others.
    • into other worlds and not in the world of the only sensory and
    • knowledge and to attain another knowledge. We have often spoken
    • Now beside this result another depressing
    • abilities that bring him together as altruist with other human
    • the rise of the soul, into the other world to something else
    • you let those qualities as cruelty, insidiousness and other
    • can make him bad; otherwise he would never be able to enter the
    • like Lotze or other thinkers do stop if they consider the
    • one is declined from the start to advance to another world in
    • great and perfect into another world as it were where it is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture VII: The Moral Basis of Human Life
    Matching lines:
    • differs, nevertheless, radically from the other physical
    • recognise all those principles of formation and other
    • in the same sense as the other physical beings. Since deeply
    • to the human being like the other physical beings if he
    • concluded one like the other physical creatures. Yes, one could
    • his formative forces into being as the other physical creatures
    • formative forces. The other part projects in the human
    • could be expressed. This other part of the Kantian worldview
    • understand it? In such a way, that it speaks from another world
    • human being from all other physical beings? Then the people say
    • the religious or other systems with which one can then preach
    • the human being can develop no other cognitive forces than
    • another direction by such exercises than they have in the
    • everyday life and strains them in another way as they are
    • spiritual world. While you are, otherwise, at a point of space,
    • enclosed in your skin, and all other things are outside,
    • are otherwise used to call outer world. You live in it as far
    • and facts appears in which one is also in sleep, otherwise; but
    • seized by other beings as it were into which one
    • yourself. There we have no other choice but to be antipathic to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture VIII: Voltaire
    Matching lines:
    • other. If we look back at ancient epochs, we realise that the
    • human soul experiences other things, that it searched its
    • ideals in other things than in later epochs. We can say as it
    • differ sharply from each other by the character of that what
    • builds itself up one after the other, what the souls gain from
    • distinct from the sentient soul we speak of another soul part
    • the body that he faced in such a way as he faced other
    • On the other side, we see the need originating in him to exert
    • if I mention another work that appeared almost at the same time
    • can arise from another side than that to which the outer
    • natural sciences. The other matter was that he adhered to God,
    • age, when the human soul struggled out of the other
    • on the other side that he feels restricted in his action
    • view at it, and who grasps the other human life only as
    • To Moloc's shrine, the frantic mother
    • into each other, —
    • searches the birth of the consciousness soul in another way
    • the spiritual worlds in another way than Voltaire did. Voltaire
    • first; when another political current got the power, it was
    • of tolerance, on the other side, however, is denigrated so
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture IX: Between Death and Rebirth of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • Another attitude concerning truth and
    • results need another mind-set saying to himself: in order to
    • this expression in an ascetic or other sense — you feel
    • otherwise I would spoil it maybe because I am not yet ripe for
    • With these and other words with which I
    • owes other human beings, all that appears as the feeling of
    • experiences the other world which one lives through after death
    • like to repeat, I choose the other way today. Someone who
    • same what I have characterised with other words in the
    • light has awoken; it enables me to experience certain other
    • when this has tired, another condition comes into being. In
    • internally what it has brought from the other condition where
    • a smaller horizon, the other a larger one.
    • experiences that are mentally passive, otherwise, in the
    • externally objectively as it were, and then that other time
    • other words: if we pay attention, we have to admit that we do
    • would have it in the other case and would grasp life
    • misfortune. That has such an effect on the other life between
    • otherwise, for it. As strange it sounds, as paradoxical it
    • all forces that can be ours by other conditions we can maybe
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture X: Homunculus
    Matching lines:
    • soul forces. On the other side, one can understand that from
    • understand all other worldviews and can completely acknowledge
    • the human knowledge of all fields of life, and that all other
    • worldviews. However, one cannot say this of the other
    • that, as any other being is composed according to the
    • on earth to another which experiences an existence in a purely
    • standpoint of spiritual science to the other worldviews, I have
    • otherwise, as belonging to your ego, your body, as you face the
    • it adapts itself to the inherited forces of father and mother.
    • and mother, and that what comes from the former embodiments,
    • other two. While the materialistic thinker believes to put the
    • spirits speak in his sleep, like Ariel, and others. Therefore,
    • I want to refrain from all other things and
    • mothers, the everlasting forces of spiritual existence. Now a
    • attitude by Mephistopheles face each other. Mephistopheles
    • everlasting of Helen in the realm of the mothers. He brings up
    • processes caused a clairvoyance to be produced by other means
    • others invented him exists as a spiritual being and is a
    • that break on each other and shatter and
    • Keratin, mucin, and other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture XI: Spiritual Science as a Treasure for Life
    Matching lines:
    • world that one accepts or refuses like other theories. No,
    • on something quite different from any other research in our
    • time. I have mentioned that with any other research it matters,
    • or that sense. On the other hand, we face life in such a way
    • On the other hand, the position of
    • especially emphasised this. What we apply, otherwise, in life
    • that a development of the soul from another viewpoint is
    • soul transforms itself into another instrument of knowledge and
    • of truth approach you. What flows out, otherwise, from our soul
    • slumbering, otherwise, in the soul. I draw your attention to
    • the other side, one dedicates himself to a certain dogmatism of
    • facts. It signifies the same like any other dogmatism for the
    • direction. Except various other reasons that speak for the
    • I have repeatedly pointed in other contexts
    • another way. Everything that the spiritual researcher
    • spiritual science in the same way, as one deals with other
    • one can unfold as well as in other sciences in spiritual
    • become this. While one receives the truth, otherwise, like a
    • events. As we look, otherwise, at the things in space, we learn
    • memory does not develop, otherwise, because it has a reserve
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human History: Lecture I: The Relation of the Human Being to the Supersensible Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • appearance and make a claim to place themselves beside other
    • However, on the other side one
    • summarises the scientific or other as scientifically approved
    • from its totality. Others say against it, indeed, we can
    • can point on the other side to point also to the fact that at
    • to bring to mind then in the other talks by the
    • other hand, one can also already say for the expert of the
    • I would like to mention another fact. Who
    • of the present? On the other side, one brings the achievements
    • otherwise, to a spiritual, supersensible world this material
    • human being gets goose pimples who stands, otherwise, in the
    • which appear too sober, dry and abstract to the other human
    • consequences. You find all other details in my book
    • The other side is an experience of the spiritual researchers:
    • spin, otherwise, only webs of thoughts. Then that not really
    • inner experiences of thoughts. This is one direction. The other
    • point to another side of the relation of the human being to the
    • characterise how one gets to something by another direction
    • The other direction gives us the mystic
    • others. This is an immediate mystic experience.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human History: Lecture II: Death and Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • other objects of our knowledge? Since if we abstain from the
    • unusual point of view regarding these as well as other
    • parents or other ancestors.
    • fools, musicians or other artists, so that one can find all
    • or other books which are written in the
    • However, another question arises there, is anybody able to
    • lot. On the other side, observe a human being who has dealt
    • sleep, it must be somewhere to put it another way. The big
    • being falls asleep? We see also other processes stopping, we
    • his experience and can exclude all the other thoughts, also
    • physical corporeality. As he frees himself, otherwise, in sleep
    • of a soft drink to himself, but it is another question whether
    • being who otherwise does not consider his thoughts and mental
    • bound, otherwise, to the tool of the brain and submerge with
    • where we submerge in our bodies that we experience, otherwise,
    • from father and mother and from the other ancestors as
    • the other side we have our emotions which we get to know by the
    • supersensible what must remain, otherwise, a mere assertion it
  • Title: Human History: Lecture IV: From Paracelsus to Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • remembered another picture which I already had many years ago
    • cones do not understand each other well. This is why someone
    • other call it drill.” He is of such a type, he thinks, as
    • life: “Let no man belong to another who can belong to
    • SÄ«nÄ, ~980–1037) and others. The lecturers
    • concepts and ideas. Hence, he wanted to go through another
    • school. He went through this other school thoroughly. We soon
    • wanted to get to know not only how the plants assume other
    • Galen, Avicenna and others only and removed from the book that
    • put only intimately into words. Hence, he wanted to use another
    • felt the urge to express in his mother tongue what he wanted to
    • deep insights into nature where others had no success where
    • debates became heated. There, for example, the others talked in
    • wants to assess how all phenomena which happen, otherwise,
    • cerebral systems and in the interactions of them. In the other
    • single things are related in nature with each other and with
    • nature of the other human being. The second what had to arise
    • Paracelsus and on the other side, how he had to experience the
    • with the surrounding nature. On another occasion, I have
    • Also in another way, we see a lot of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human History: Lecture VII: The Prophet Elijah
    Matching lines:
    • actions. At many other places we can also prove that human
    • another way. To reach this goal I would like to go forward in a
    • ask the other listeners to accept what I say about the true
    • put it another way. Now those who belonged to such paganism had
    • if, otherwise, life proceeds easily. — One had also got
    • mystery sites with other peoples belong to it. Some pupils who
    • the other human beings did not know where that man was in whom
    • Then the other experience comes: now I must
    • no other impulse than the others starved, not only to take part
    • the destiny of the others, but to take part it even to an
    • soul, another than you have been up to now. You must overcome,
    • dance, in other words whether by the divine power of these
    • the hands and other parts of these priests were scratched with
    • in other words — now his outer
    • explain such a statement of Jezebel with other means than with
    • other one, which followed. Thus, Jezebel gave a kind of fake
    • But in reality another heritage is meant which he does
    • person too. With the others, he would have easily coped.
    • mature. But he matured in another way. The disciple has it
    • life to the other. One called this process Gilgal.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human History: Lecture VIII: The Origin of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • sciences, and spiritual science would face each other with the
    • anatomy, by palaeontology and geology and the other natural
    • nuances also with others, namely, because they have a basis in
    • that, actually, our earth must have had another figure in
    • across the physical principles. If on the other side the
    • such a material independence of each other and to understand a
    • spiritual dependence of each other only.
    • long before not only our apes but also the other mammals
    • for it; he had to form this foot from other conditions that
    • compared with that what other researchers state as facts. That
    • not necessary that the salt cubes which all resemble each other
    • construction of the other organs reminds of the relations and
    • from our brothers and sisters how we were there before this
    • earlier and under other conditions, and that caused
    • conditions appeared in other forms in the animals. Hence, we
    • the other thoughts are formed from the surrounding relations.
    • yourself, otherwise, as a reasonable person if you can form
    • and other sciences, but one works with facts which face us
  • Title: Human History: Lecture X: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • point of view. However, on the other side more and more
    • ways of thinking and feeling which prevail in an age in other
    • released by an especially deep painful event or by other trials
    • not of something as it descends, otherwise, upon the human soul
    • ideas. However, other sections, also scientific-theological
    • being,” indeed, who excelled all others. Thus in the
    • other way.
    • the Great, otherwise, with historical means. Not only this, but
    • in another direction the research in this field has been urged
    • our time has got on by precise study of biblical and other
    • of biblical and other documents, but the documents showed, in
    • yourselves that the Gospels and the other documents talk about
    • example, and others applied it, one has to say that the highest
    • otherwise, inside the mystery temple, about which we know in
    • process, called “baptism,” and another, called
    • other preconditions of spiritual science, one can understand
    • a way with the other peoples, but with these, only the
    • it in the single human being, not in that what holds brother
    • father, mother, woman, children, brothers, sisters, or his own
    • beyond all other differences away to that what the human being
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human History: Lecture XI: Human History, Present, and Future in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • differs thereby from the other, earthly beings that he
    • (1784–1791) and to show how in certain times other
    • Herder and others stimulated. But the trait of the nineteenth
    • graves or other places of finding, who show less perfect
    • concepts, his mental pictures logically with each other, nay
    • miraculous dens of the beavers and other performances of the
    • weather, earthquakes, volcano eruptions and other elementary
    • that what happens by him can still happen in another way. It
    • considerations out of other forms of consciousness, out of
    • the undergrounds of the soul has to attain another
    • consciousness, so that spiritual research aims at another kind
    • developed again from other forms of consciousness, so that we
    • would discover other forms of consciousness, of the soul life
    • research but also the outer facts show that we get to another
    • other side, is totally different.
    • embodiments of our earth in other, preceding heavenly bodies.
    • We see another kind of soul life preceding it which
    • express this working. Hence, one can maybe find no other word
    • worked with this activity, another god with that activity, and
    • earth than a king in the other world that is uncertain to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human History: Lecture XII: Copernicus and His Time in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • Galilei, Giordano Bruno and others, then one has to ask
    • culture, the intellectual culture assuming another character
    • accomplishes good actions, and another with someone who
    • area and easier in the other area to familiarise themselves to
    • possible hypothesis among other hypotheses. Now we have to be
    • another destiny. This is known to all world. We realise exactly
    • others of his time, an opponent of Aristotle but only of the
    • other mission to take the thought as a means of education of
    • humanity is too much critical, the other part is too much
    • following way. Anybody could want to show to another with the
    • other. have a look at everything that spiritual science has
    • Bruno and others are also there, even if by those who regard
    • (Somewhat changed translation by H. Collison and others)
  • Title: Human History: Lecture XIV: The Self-Education of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • important than all rules of morality and all other instructions
    • history, and that other human ideals are given to him that he
    • takes over also from the outside, the other educational
    • other side that from this social structure just in our present
    • other human being, so that human being and human being face
    • each other in the social order. Yes, we see even that not only
    • human being and human being face each other, but that the human
    • called in every situation of life in which he faces another
    • other educators. Thus, we see our literature and our public
    • able to work on his thinking. The other prefers physical
    • science that it avoids the one-sidedness of the other attempts.
    • It has as it were these other attempts as small circles around
    • to be educated by others a certain self-education intervenes.
    • experiences of the human being. If we face another human being,
    • us we do not live only in ourselves but also in the other. But
    • sufferings of the other in us. Where we feel his joy, his grief
    • sanctum of the other human being. We need only to imagine,
    • because we cannot penetrate the consciousness of the other with
    • soul of the other when we feel compassion or shared joy in the
    • other soul, then we would be unable to go from the one to the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human History: Lecture XVI: Darwin and the Supersensible Research
    Matching lines:
    • gradually to each other. That is why, he characterises
    • embryonically in itself and has no other life impulses in the
    • each other, and without remembering to bring the idea of
    • everywhere, for example, of the skeleton, but also of the other
    • person with another way of thinking, with a quite different
    • are, otherwise, at the surface of the brain, run more inside
    • murderers who made, otherwise, the impression of good-natured
    • have done research in another age, it would be also conceivable
    • what comes from father and mother connects itself with that
    • for other people that we come to something spiritual if we go
    • to it, that it can take up the pollen from another plant for a
    • these consequences, needs something in another idea that
    • recognised in it which carries the essentials over to other
    • from any other science, but the basic truths remain and settle
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture I: Spirit and Matter, Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • other in a way. So that already Schopenhauer and others got
    • give way again and another, spiritualised view has to replace
    • can become aware of that which would not dawn on me, otherwise,
    • there; otherwise, the soul could not unfold thinking here in
    • out, he can ascend to other levels of spiritual research. Since
    • then he is able to develop further that what lives, otherwise,
    • world. It is another training of that independence of thinking
    • being, while he regards himself, otherwise, always as a
    • him; then another world is there which is not the world of the
    • senses but a spiritual world. While he enters into this other
    • otherwise, only to his inside to the outer world. He puts as it
    • that surround us, otherwise, in the spiritual world. However,
    • otherwise, he would know nothing of it. The body is there that
    • heredity from father and mother, he lives in the natural
    • Thus, you look at a process that remains, otherwise, under the
    • he has experienced, otherwise, in his body he prepares the
    • another. He says, he wanted to do a walk with his wife through
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture II: Destiny and Soul
    Matching lines:
    • that even Schopenhauer who was rather courageous, otherwise, in
    • the exam. Another comes in the dream who gives the answer.
    • in the real spirit man who is, otherwise, always in the human
    • of ourselves that we cannot get to know, actually, in another
    • another relation in the soul to do progress. You have to be in
    • that which we call, otherwise, reflex has to seize our soul
    • thinking, we move from one thought to the other, so that logic
    • you can compare with the life that we lead, otherwise, in the
    • have to carry out the other one.
    • the world in the one or the other way, to dedicating himself to
    • other thoughts that light up certain things from the one or the
    • other side. Then, however, the human being must not search mere
    • other logically, but destroys the other. This inner life arises
    • forbid themselves, fight against each other. A living
    • the one swallows the other, from every single one a living life
    • his soul, another thought could also face a human soul which
    • However, the thoughts begin interplaying with each other in the
    • described way; one thought destroys the other partially or
    • have, otherwise, in this intimacy if you do not prepare
    • lives with each other and you are given to this unfolding.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture III: Immortality, the Forces of Destiny, and the Course of Life
    Matching lines:
    • go; it is on the other hand in full harmony just with the
    • scientific results of our time. It has to go another way than
    • trained as it were, so that that which appears, otherwise, in
    • the other hand, spiritual science says, if one refines the
    • repeat it from another viewpoint.
    • other memories of life do not appear, and then experiences
    • as memories just as the others after months, years, but that
    • They have developed their power and appear in another figure
    • reality. You awake in another world that throws light on the
    • first to attain another consciousness from the depths of the
    • had to get used to having other mental pictures than those were
    • with the form that one gives this question, otherwise. One
    • another outer means shows just that he is completely permeated
    • emotionally dulled for the other twists of fate; he may fully
    • of others if he has also experienced the higher twist of fate
    • twist of fate which he can otherwise experience. However, the
    • Another series of events thwarts the first. You just get to
    • each other, but the human being has not become different. Just
    • sensations do not exist as one has them, otherwise, of
    • brings to light. However, on the other side certain outer
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture IV: Human Soul and Human Body Considered Scientifically and Spiritual-Scientifically
    Matching lines:
    • the bodily phenomena. On the other side, one has to say that
    • different languages and cannot understand each other. Today
    • it can happen that another has the view that walking, movement
    • associate with each other, how the nervous organism works.
    • nervous system if we connect one mental picture with the other,
    • with the other.
    • itself. One must distinguish except imagining other soul
    • sugar bowl than the other is, and this goes forward externally
    • for the naive human being that one person says to the other:
    • give me the sugar bowl, please. The other person gives it. How
    • another mental picture associates with this image “I want
    • something that looks like another person because one cannot say
    • caused in the air go over to another person whom one again
    • again in the consciousness of the other person like “I
    • processes which oscillate through the air to the other person,
    • place outdoors that is witnessed in the soul? On the other
    • eye, a special organ of blood vessels, why do other animals
    • interprets the outside world, otherwise. One can recognise by
    • reality; on the other hand, the soul considers the events of
    • inside world lives just the other time. Namely, once, as the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture V: The Riddles of Soul and World in the German Cultural Life
    Matching lines:
    • having the habit, otherwise, in ideological questions to put
    • forth this and that as affirmation of the one or the other view
    • prejudice, he gets to another viewpoint compared with such a
    • nerves, the things thereby penetrate each other at these
    • certain border, only from the other side. The spiritual
    • body which is present in all visible materiality. The other
    • he dealt with the question of immortality like others, while he
    • as it were from another side. Let us examine what takes place
    • outer etheric processes meet each other in the sensory
    • human sensory life has no other significance than to be only
    • other. This happens mostly unconsciously. It becomes conscious
    • same applies to the other pole of the human being. Just as the
    • other side, the etheric can emerge irregularly with the will
    • one side hallucinating and on the other side, for example, the
    • the other pole is the whole current that flows there from the
    • What on one side the dreams are, are on the other side those
    • material world and imagination, they do not manage at the other
    • mental on the other side.
    • or by other processes, but in the subconscious, they live on.
    • worldview, namely from the one or the other side. However, the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture VI: Life, Death, and Immortality in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • the single bodies, but also many other things. Thus, Professor
    • penetrate into reality. While other mental pictures announce
    • there is on the other side spiritual research which claims,
    • in another context: Franz Brentano. You know that I refer very
    • other difficulties are there. Hence, Brentano means that one
    • is handed over to any other sphere of world existence, this
    • consciousness with the other exercises, as they are described
    • The mental pictures run rather to the other side than to the
    • consciousness is accompanied by another soul life.
    • working in this unconscious. Another soul life is perpetually
    • life; things of another soul life.
    • also gets to know that the course of the other current is
    • this body follows other principles. Then it follows the
    • each other: this co-operates and lives, but it is something
    • individualistic concepts, the others to concepts that are more
    • anyway. As sometimes the doctor must indicate another kind of
    • talks about another object in Helsinki (at that time:
    • those days this has another significance. If one wants to get
    • other side, would be a leader for him. I do not want to explain
    • I do not want to tell the other things, because they are, even
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture VII: The Beyond of the Senses and the Beyond of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • observation. On the other hand:
    • soul. That applies also to the other examples that Hartmann
    • also another in comparison to the usual day consciousness, as
    • is only another form of that what Goethe meant with his
    • consciousness, we enter another world in which other things and
    • there, the forces are which are active, otherwise, in my
    • connected with that which lives, otherwise, only in us as a
    • has the other organism, is a very strange being.
    • to perceive ourselves as spiritual beings among other spiritual
    • consciousness, and cannot look at yourself from the other side
    • one side; from the other side natural sciences are digging in
    • others said: we consider him as one of ours. Then the second
    • myself knew with his brother Richard (1850-1937, zoologist) as
    • others as great philosophers. Therefore, one can state that
    • in his rage that the others are frantic.
    • another, the famous Jodl (Friedrich J., 1849-1914). This
    • big progress of natural sciences on one side, but on the other
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture I: The Nature of Spiritual Science and Its Significance for the Present
    Matching lines:
    • that one calls humanities, and probably also by other fields of
    • knowledge of the present. In another sense than one normally
    • another sense, one speaks about humanities here assuming a
    • another side. If it had expressed itself only in such a way
    • applies the mind to what the senses say is only a base of other
    • soul experiences. Other soul experiences arise if the soul
    • applied only to the one or the other person, and that only a
    • way, for the other that way. Someone who has a healthy
    • can see in the laboratory what the other has found, but in such
    • as well as all the other things is born and developed out of
    • other: How Does One Found Theosophy? For a test, this
    • important? This is another question, which answers itself maybe
    • the other side in our present a deep need, a deep longing
    • reached another viewpoint in the nineteenth and our centuries
    • fertile if one person communicates them to the other.
    • evidence. However, it is another issue how much of this
    • others against it are strong and tremendous. Hence, the last
    • human being could say to himself. Other researchers who tried
    • prospect of the habitability of other heavenly bodies and of
    • the human soul living on on other planets? How do such
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture V: The Nature of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • Be sure to compare this with another version of this Lecture,
    • spoke of the sleep as “the brother of death.” We
    • touched repeatedly in the last talks concerning other fields
    • pictures that we would call our mental pictures, and another
    • works cooling now and again, or becomes noticeable with other
    • that what goes there into an uncertain darkness. In another
    • also with other soul activities.
    • himself, attains other cognitive organs, and experiences as it
    • completely as well as another person at first and is
    • unconscious exactly the same way as any other human being.
    • sharply about something that also another human being could
    • if he is not able to do anything. Then he feels other than it
    • must say to himself, you are that! On the other side, he can
    • which present themselves, otherwise, for example as symptoms of
    • the heart muscle and other muscles had to rest. We get tired
    • concerned meant: the Greeks saw the Scythians or other horse
    • and there is no other possibility — that we open our
    • in the consciousness one way or the other, because everything
    • have exhausted it at first. Then we must start the other
    • life. However, while we perform the other activity, restoring
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture VII: How Does One Attain Knowledge of the Spiritual World?
    Matching lines:
    • riddles; but there is no possibility to enter another world
    • imagination, in its workings. On the other side, he did not
    • another realm than only in that of imagination, namely in the
    • comprehensible process for whose realisation no other outer
    • spiritual world. On the other side, we see beyond those circles
    • other things; they are beyond the limits of human knowledge!
    • However, there is another point of view, which goes beyond it
    • transfer what applies to a special field on another
    • another being.
    • Our soul has to become another organism of feeling and willing
    • science, however, on the other side, immediately beside this
    • being is otherwise too weak when he is left to his own
    • otherwise, which are paralysed in the soul, so that the human
    • explain from another side what the soul has to do with itself
    • another side.
    • lead the other human beings directly to knowledge become simply
    • such a way that it differs completely from other philosophical
    • or the other but that the thoughts which are combined to an
    • the triangles, quadrangles and other figures. Nevertheless, why
    • symbol of the triangle, the quadrangle, or other symbolic
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture VIII: Predisposition, Talent and Education of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • another light than they can be considered if one only eyes what
    • like a book in a library, we are allowed to ask on the other
    • being has learnt ballads or other poetries of great heroes with
    • takes up in this life. It is organised one way or the other,
    • abilities are to be expressed one way or the other. However, we
    • the qualities, virtues et cetera of the father and mother, of
    • the fatherly and motherly ancestors to build up something new.
    • Indeed: the fatherly and motherly qualities are not used by the
    • stupidly. The other is the general direction of will and
    • motherly qualities. You already find this exceptionally
    • to father and mother was described wonderfully in the Goethean
    • the soul of the daughter, the soul qualities of the mother, the
    • can develop live on in the son. Goethe's mother was a woman who
    • ability to give humanity what lived in his mother. Thus, we see
    • how the motherly qualities are led down one level with the son,
    • from the mother of the Maccabees in this respect who allows her
    • How often just the motherly element is shown in history: from
    • the mother of Alexander and the mother of the Gracchi brothers
    • significant men: everywhere we find the motherly qualities
    • 1743-1794, German poet) mother and father from whom he had
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture XIV: Moses
    Matching lines:
    • linked to the other great men. This makes it easy, on one side,
    • were. On the other side, however, we can say that just the way
    • tradition or the other that everything has been brought
    • and not of criticising only compared with the other sciences.
    • tells there about journeys and other outer experiences which we
    • continued from one place to the other, and as if the further
    • happen? Then this “why” can be answered in no other
    • we also have difficulties on the other side because of its kind
    • the ancient mythology is taken from another state of human
    • characteristic, which lies in its temperament, in its other
    • humanity had to change to another human element. Indeed, this
    • the ancient clairvoyance other views of the single soul forces
    • development that comprises the others to a uniform
    • the same value that work in other soul forces. Moses should
    • imagine, because no other information could intermingle
    • life, but he cannot realise it as the various other soul
    • itself in the innermost sanctum of the human being other than
    • not understand each other. The portrayals should show that
    • out of the other people within which it prepared itself, and
    • continue what is given you in the clairvoyant thinking, another
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture XV: What Has Astronomy to Say about the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • different suns, in the nebulae and in the other things that
    • planets, minor planets, with nebulae and other things and their
    • intertwined movements and their lawful affecting each other
    • one has an effect on the other. If we visualise, what it means
    • visualise it comparing it to any other physical effect that we
    • atoms, they relate to each other in a certain respect and move
    • around each other. If the atoms relate to each other and move,
    • impression of light, another kind the impression of warmth.
    • with another movement yellow would happen.
    • not need to suppose that they attract each other, because
    • difference. The forces, which one assumed, otherwise, as
    • transformed into other natural forces according to particular
    • changes into motion or compressive force into heat, the other
    • into another. We have a certain form of movement in the
    • movements change into other movements, one system into another
    • colour red another — then we have satisfied our need of
    • know if he did not know it from other things that this
    • certain atoms in my brain on the one hand, and, on the other
    • movement to another material with which it is used and can
    • asked, namely, is there any possibility to penetrate in another
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture I: Haeckel, the Riddles of the World and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • overcome manifold opposition. On the other side, we may not
    • briefly to the real riddles of the world. On the other side,
    • German naturalist), a man of freedom unparalleled also in other
    • penetrate into the secret. Another time, when the teacher and
    • others were the leading men. One regarded it as an expression
    • other way than that the human being is descended from the apes.
    • one another in him, could never find a brotherly agreement.
    • origin of the human being. In another speech, Du Bois-Reymond
    • Theosophy has another view. It says, you are right, naturalist,
    • that no spatial obstacles are there to see the sun on the other
    • intellectually insignificant; the other is morally of high
    • other fact that both persons are related; they are brothers.
    • nor to the other brother. One of the brothers became
    • degenerate; the other has worked his way up. The materialistic
    • higher developed brother.
    • and what pushed the other down to the apes? Theosophy or
    • also had other abilities and forces than the present human
    • present human being. The other part of this host atrophied,
    • to the ape existence, again leaving behind the brothers
    • apart from each other.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture II: Our International Situation. War, Peace and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • opinions and the views of the everyday life. On the other side,
    • Petersburg. In this circular you find, among other things, the
    • This is one range of facts. The other is this: the Hague peace
    • nevertheless, so much blood has hardly flowed in other times on
    • our judicious fellow-men who assure us, on the other side,
    • reason that we call idealism, the other is the human desire,
    • on the one side, leads deeply and allows us, on the other side,
    • could touch eight days ago, from another side. There we have a
    • all will remain and the others pass. So that we do not need to
    • teach us in another manner. Nevertheless, we ask ourselves
    • contrary, the individuals of a species help each other and
    • not contain what the other can know about the being, but what
    • any single other human being like an animal group soul fights
    • against other group souls. Let us now have a look at the
    • struggle for existence against each other. However, consider
    • sub-race set the tone; then other sub-races followed, and now
    • atrophied the vision of a compensating Otherworld, and has
    • according to the logic, but according to other principles. One
    • principle: to found a brotherhood on the whole earth, without
    • other, and it was the strongest who prevailed, while the slogan
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture III: Basic Concepts of Theosophy. Soul and Spirit of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • ideas to understand it. However, on the other side, the idea of
    • mindful — in contrast to some other talks I have held
    • being is a bodily being for another sensory-gifted human being.
    • the least that the other human being can see with his eyes and
    • human being may stand before you and another beside him. What
    • being a sad soul lives and in the other human being a joyful,
    • existence. If you put a blind person before another person,
    • other person at first. He may be tempted to state under
    • of touch or in another way — that nobody is in the room
    • perception by the others. We have now to soar a view that the
    • — a discernible entity perceptible to the other human
    • make himself able to experience other things except the
    • round itself, where, otherwise, darkness was, it is also true
    • the achievements of our civilisation may be. There was another
    • become another human being at first. He did not get a book, not
    • and what is, otherwise, in my soul, belongs to the time and the
    • to a person in another place and time. It is not much. However,
    • Berlin, but also to other places and other times. If we ascend
    • their relation to each other with expertise.
    • understand must have originated from a thought, otherwise the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture VI: The Basic Concepts of Theosophy. Human Races
    Matching lines:
    • highest cultural level, the other on the most primitive,
    • existence in a lower human race and raises the other to an
    • worldview seems to be more suitable than any other is. For this
    • of the uniform human being as the other worldviews. It has a
    • condemned to live only in a primitive race and the other to be
    • European race today went through other races in former times
    • and will go through others than ours later. The races appear to
    • tried to show that there are other methods and means to find
    • the natural sciences must rely, other methods than the
    • other expressions of the human nature do, indeed, not on the
    • air, which is somewhat coarse in relation to many other and
    • which have lived on another earth area, on Atlantis which
    • had other abilities. A progress of the human abilities takes
    • forebrain. On the other side, other parts of the brain were
    • kind of inspiration. He felt to be connected with other forces,
    • physical matter is created on the other side, which is the tool
    • There was another air saturated with water. There was not yet
    • existence that were adapted, actually, to other earthly
    • different in another way. There are the instincts that tie in
    • Atlanteans and developed higher under other climatic
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture VII: The Core of Wisdom in the Religions
    Matching lines:
    • that still other human beings exist who have these abilities
    • behaves towards other writings which want to bring facts of
    • another field home to the human being, namely towards the
    • is no other relation than that I have just described. Also
    • scriptures, as from any other representation of facts that they
    • biological and other methods of investigation. Concerning the
    • human beings have another concept of divinity than, for
    • have to assume that a usual educated person also has another
    • matters. However, there is still another possibility to look at
    • this imperishable core to other worlds, and carries that which
    • he recognised as the fruit of this life on earth to another
    • spiritual science. Theosophy is not knowledge of other matters
    • of the human being but knowledge of the other part of the human
    • other forces and other abilities and, hence, gets to know the
    • the big brotherhood of the most advanced sages who have
    • white brotherhood of humanity. Those who founded the religions
    • lessons and instructions of that brotherhood in this big
    • and can use them as Haeckel and other naturalists used the
    • world as it reveals itself in his soul, and on the other side
    • These two things, outside and inside, are opposing each other,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture VIII: Fraternity and the Struggle for Existence
    Matching lines:
    • the other represents something that we meet in life at every
    • besides other cultural aspirations — is intimately
    • (1844-1900, German philosopher), has among other enthusiastic
    • other side, we hear repeatedly emphasised that the human being
    • strongest remains as the victor, the others perish. — If
    • out-compete the others, which were there earlier. There is also
    • has an ideal mental power but a feeble body, or the other one
    • struggle the most, but which help each other. With it, it
    • the animal realm. Indeed, they exist, but it is another
    • whose individuals fight perpetually with each other, or those,
    • which help each other? Here the above-mentioned research has
    • where the human beings found their freedom in the brotherly
    • principle of fraternity asserted in another, luminous way.
    • confraternity provided assistance supporting each other in
    • cases of illness. Two brothers were determined from day to day
    • who had to keep vigil at the bedside of an ill brother. Sick
    • Even beyond the grave, one thought brotherly, while one
    • brother suitably. Finally, it also belonged to the honour of
    • way. We have only to understand that there were also other
    • other, because it was a matter of course that those who had a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture IX: Inner Development
    Matching lines:
    • other words, with the question of the inner development of the
    • more and more, demands external sensuousness. In no other
    • supersensible knowledge on our culture. In other cultures
    • himself. Nobody looks for yoga in another way than under the
    • anything that lives in him otherwise. It is necessary and
    • practical life is allowed to appear with you, otherwise you go
    • astray, and otherwise, perhaps, you are not able to distinguish
    • other obstacle is a kind of egoism concerning inner soul
    • repeatedly: on the other hand, how useful are these teachings
    • another experience this or that. Hence, I must meet somebody
    • long as it depends on my lower self, I am separated from other
    • disappears, and the other who is farther than you stands like
    • Nothing is more correct on the one hand and, on the other hand,
    • mother, as deeply as the child in the mother before it is born.
    • being with which he has still to connect his other
    • unimportant, then he has appropriated another of the feelings,
    • we say, for example, postal clerk. If I were put to another
    • work, which has already been performed by others, would be in
    • on his post, and nobody is higher than the other is. Christ
    • impression, there another, and every single one changes the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture X: Christmas as Symbol of the Sun's Victory
    Matching lines:
    • the other hand, does anyone still feel the whole depth of that
    • lives in nothing but children; where is the mother? She is the
    • us. Who does feel the other significant saying by Goethe so
    • part was not yet in him. It descended only from another, higher
    • used. Imagine that the seeds are sown at another time and the
    • harvest may take place at another time than it takes place. Up
    • the other hand, imagine how wisely the life powers are arranged
    • ourselves to think logically. On the other hand, would it not
    • sounds once from our own soul, then we feel the other that will
    • other hand, he lets the everlasting and imperishable, the
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XI: The Christian Teachings of Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • millennia. Science, religion, and other human striving,
    • remind you that another great German thinker whom, admittedly,
    • worldview. Among other things, the theosophical movement that
    • being who comes from other spiritual worlds into this sensuous
    • something that the Bible and other worldviews comprise with a
    • other that way. People developed in the hot zone with a rampant
    • another developed in a cold, inhospitable area where it had to
    • intellect, they faced each other as it resulted from the
    • far without such brothers who were way ahead of their fellow
    • to lead the other human beings. Spiritual science calls such
    • the electrician controls our engines and other electric
    • death appear as an event like other events of life. Only from
    • teachers of occultism, in the Eleusinian and other Greek
    • Only with few words — I explain the other matters in the
    • gate, which leads to the other world with his natural death, he
    • enters another land, the land on the other side of existence.
    • it by another state of consciousness, awakening the abilities
    • in the spiritual world, and he spoke another language. He was
    • those marvellous experiences of another world tell about it,
    • in the mysteries, while the others have still to wait, until
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XII: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • guilt due to the circumstances and facts. The other is born
    • significant in his life. All that and other things embrace the
    • one assumes usually, that one does not put other questions, but
    • passed the gate of death, when we are on the other side.
    • Schiller's nose, Schiller's red hair and some other of his
    • earthworm come from other carbon particles and oxygen particles
    • has from father, mother, and ancestors. The general-human
    • the father, from the mother, from uncle or aunt.
    • perceive as the confluence of father, mother, grandmother et
    • mother expresses itself gradually in the traits. The more
    • you cannot lead back this spiritual core to father and mother,
    • of our soul. On the other hand, compare the soul of an average
    • experiences. We see more precisely if we come again in another
    • speak today. There are indeed still other explanations of
    • is handed over to the earth; other parts are handed over to
    • other elements. However, an everlasting essence is in the human
    • devoted love: this is buddhi. There is in nature no other
    • Assisi, Bernard of Clairvaux (1090-1153) or others. The student
    • Take another example. Once animals walked into dark caves.
    • sight. The food juices move to other parts of the body that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XIII: Lucifer
    Matching lines:
    • life, and on the other side look at the destroying power of the
    • prevail, and, on the other side, life-destroying and hostile
    • on earth. — We must look up at other beings, which we
    • developmental links. In addition, other beings went through
    • between the plants and the minerals or between the other higher
    • are they opposing each other? The esoteric who investigates the
    • animal realms face each other like wisdom, life, and love.
    • wisdom exchange the forces with each other, while the plants
    • and minerals interact with each other. In a similar way, it is
    • other like wisdom and love.
    • younger brother of the divine principle. When the development
    • beside this divine principle another driving force is in him.
    • Who practices true introspection learns to recognise the other
    • the other, the luciferic strength is added. It makes this
    • to the human being in this love. On the other side, that power
    • a mere nature being unless the other spirit, but the spirit
    • well as in the course of the Old Testament the other principle
    • other side, the bearer of light, the bearer of independence and
    • human being — face each other. Soul and consciousness
    • face each other in such a way: the soul glows in spiritual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XIV: The Children of Lucifer
    Matching lines:
    • with particular religious-philosophical or other ideas and aims
    • to find access to the theosophical life from any other point of
    • can find, otherwise, in similar writings, a spirit that has
    • creating and — on the other side — into the mind of
    • fact of the spirit immediately in another way than it is
    • calls his gods older brothers in the entire cosmic evolution,
    • This gives another relation to the divine than that which only
    • On the other hand, visualise once how imperfect the organ of
    • behold into the spiritual environment. What other human beings
    • other human beings. Such personalities could give information
    • Dionysian, on the other side. What did Nietzsche mean with
    • into his works, his older brothers, the gods, put their
    • brothers, and the feeling, which expresses itself in it, is
    • that in the legend he is a son of Zeus and a mortal mother,
    • mother when Zeus struck her with a streak of lightning. Then,
    • however, the mother of the gods, Hera, became inflamed with
    • this maturity, where in him the desire awakes for the other
    • the proclivity of one sex for the other.
    • percipience if one sex inclines towards the other. Then the
    • half has awoken on the other side as the strength of our soul,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XV: Germanic and Indian Secret Doctrines
    Matching lines:
    • can see with the eyes and perceive with the other senses. The
    • human being has the three other members, physical body, etheric
    • onionskins, but they interact regularly, penetrate each other
    • etheric body, he enters another world, a kind of intermediate
    • in former lives. Thus, the one appears happy, the other unhappy
    • Someone, who searches spiritual-scientifically in the other
    • core was implanted, these other beings are also developing
    • of soul and spirit — is just the companion of other
    • human being enters when he has passed, otherwise, the gate of
    • them under other conditions and in another way; for nothing
    • to do this, the Lady leaves him; otherwise, she offends or
    • in another legend forms the same thing becomes more and more
    • exactly — that these things have arisen from another
    • However, dream experiences are only rudiments of another state
    • of consciousness. Someone can attain this other state of
    • clairvoyant, and they experience another astral world if the
    • However, others have a more developed imaginative
    • the worlds which apparently pile on top of each other
    • in truth, they are in each other — all that is reflected
    • another form of human beings, they could not yet think with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XVI: German Theosophists at the Beginning of the Nineteenth Century
    Matching lines:
    • world as Maya in another sense. They always said only, to the
    • read and study, otherwise, about Kant's philosophy, this
    • nevertheless, he can be a sharp logician, and on the other
    • human being differs in its inside from any other being. By
    • perpetual development, and every age has other tasks. That
    • personality. It has still another importance and it has
    • went through. Then we may get other thoughts by his forces in
    • another age. One faces such a spirit in this way. This was
    • to the soul and to acquire still quite other treasures from it
    • Another writing by Schelling is still significant: Bruno or
    • first, and then he worked still at other sites and, finally,
    • everybody, slowly with the one, faster with the other. By the
    • theosophy. Others scooped from such sources, from such currents
    • into each other, you can see this with a poet who interlaced
    • described what he calls a soul body appropriately. Another
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XVII: Siegfried and the Twilight of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • (Friedrich N., 1844-1900, philosopher) up to the other
    • of another. That becomes fatal and leads to his death. You know
    • other spiritual surroundings, but it cannot perceive because it
    • other, at that time the blood still founded relationship. Now
    • there came another time. The common possession that at the same
    • prehistoric time just as, otherwise, everywhere, who beheld
    • true wisdom is. Otherwise, one would also know that it is
    • abilities, the more he passes to another existence, which is
    • After the twilight of the gods is over, another hero appears
    • a certain way to obtain another deepening of Richard Wagner's
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XVIII: Parzival and Lohengrin
    Matching lines:
    • same time. Today another legend type has to occupy us, two
    • Later, other aims replaced these old communities, which were
    • knightly bravery, which were out for possession. Other ideals
    • time. The mother Herzeloide experienced that sufferings, pains
    • King Arthur; the other place is the castle of the Holy Grail.
    • that other tribes inhabited, the Celts in primeval times. The
    • talks about such a secret brotherhood that he considers as
    • This was the one: Arthur. The other is the castle of the Holy
    • there as the brothers of the Holy Grail. Parzival wanted to
    • again. Doubt is a bad brother, but a purifying brother.
    • wants to go the path of knowledge must penetrate to another
    • brother or my brother-in-law any advantage? No! With it, I say
    • hate his father and mother, wife and children, brothers and
    • esteem himself higher than other human beings, who finds his
    • behind: father, mother, brother, sister, and has become a
    • titles, about ties and nothing of father and mother. He meets,
    • gets to know it only by desires. On the other side, he realises
    • Holy Grail and on the other side in the magic castle. On one
    • side by overcoming it, on the other side by deadening it. These
    • others remain human beings, they do not want to ascend to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XIX: The Easter Festival
    Matching lines:
    • sleeps in me and in all the others. — Now, the human
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XX: Inner Development
    Matching lines:
    • However, then the other worlds that are attained by higher
    • other worlds than that in which he lives? If he gives his
    • mind, whereas the other controls not only his whole limbs in a
    • sensations of the other one?
    • these things present themselves with every person in another
    • but to the other worlds, he is not so accustomed. Above all, we
    • nature regulates, otherwise, in him without his aware
    • the object, again excluding all others. Thus, he must be able
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XXI: Paracelsus
    Matching lines:
    • another matter than the charm of historical consideration comes
    • less also to spirits like Jacob Boehme, Paracelsus, and others
    • Paracelsus has to be understood in another way than it normally
    • being, on the one side, and, on the other side, the whole power
    • Paracelsus. Other things still came into consideration in his
    • characters with each other. This personality was uniform. With
    • the old Greek physician Hippocrates (~460-370 B.C.), the other
    • the medical centres was another. It was the intuitive view,
    • other places. One can see in it something similar as it existed
    • other.”
    • took another path. Paracelsus as a doctor wants to know nothing
    • spirit. Paracelsus uses clear expressions what others often
    • in the human being.” — I have often quoted another
    • that time, the human beings also lived under other conditions.
    • with other forces. The entire animal realm is to Paracelsus
    • would like to read out another remark that shows you how he
    • another with Mars and that, which is related to Mars. The
    • the things He calls the other reason a public folly compared
    • to be like the other animal beings, they would not understand
    • teeth of the animal. The other things of such a personality do
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XXII: Jacob Boehme
    Matching lines:
    • Jacob Boehme tells another experience, about a mountain. Once
    • other writings date from the last five to six years of his
    • into Dutch and other languages. Jacob Boehme's destiny and
    • another, more spiritual, finer nature as its basis. Something
    • organism behind the physical being. It is also in all other
    • other. Jacob Boehme calls this the mercurial.
    • are the other one. Now they are separated from each other like
    • differentiated on one side, on the other side the passion. At
    • beings as related, as connected with each other. In order to
    • Another question still entered his scope of view, the question
    • the limbs can turn against each other. If freedom should be in
    • the world, the limbs must be able to turn against each other.
    • other great spirits of the 19th century. Only when materialism
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture I: The Mission of Occult Science in Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • sciences or other knowledge in our time.
    • detrimental ones than others who count themselves among the
    • some talks, you read “occult” science, with other
    • supersensible one. This is one conviction. The other conviction
    • phenomena of the starry sky, and on the other side diving down
    • There are other
    • we not put up other assertions in childhood than in the later
    • has another cognitive faculty in himself that is without these
    • science works, of the other things one can only believe
    • applied, a good preparation for occult science. On the other
    • if one applied the mind only in right way. On the other side,
    • badly in it. Another can see excellently in the external
    • not made clairvoyant to advance further. The others got the
    • what they perceived in the higher worlds. Then others ordered
    • Practise and still some other things are necessary in order to
    • does this otherwise would be very delighted with us. You can
    • other picture. However, we have to search it at another place.
    • despised in former times will seize the others or go along with
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture II: Natural Science Facing a Crucial Decision
    Matching lines:
    • one had assumed and bothered so much.
    • thought, they have thought it for themselves; another may find
    • other and rebound and thereby produce the phenomena of heat.
    • produced by the movements of the cerebral molecules like other
    • bad blood and was only a consequence of premises, which others
    • otherwise, are apart side by side, penetrate themselves. The
    • Then another party came
    • only put this riddle before the world, but six other. In
    • thing that one fixed. The other what Du Bois-Reymond fixed was
    • to science we keep to the determined facts. — The other, more
    • on the other side, spirit comes into being.
    • to be the case. On the other side, what is there? Something
    • we see another scientific attitude slowly preparing and
    • away from one substance and the other gets it. In every
    • to the smallest particles. Others show clearly that for a big
    • that materials can be transformed into other materials has
    • press each other and thereby produce the sensations of light,
    • somebody who believes to find another material world behind the
    • others can realise it. The time will come when a wonderful
    • and, on the other side, he found opportunity to penetrate to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture III: The Knowledge of Soul and Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • to an understanding with each other about the concept of the
    • with others. This daring thinker was Friedrich Albert Lange
    • from Friedrich Albert Lange. Other researchers did not dare to
    • another about those questions in which the human beings are
    • which way he compares the things with each other, how he
    • psychological literature. More than in any other field it
    • secrets of the other souls as he has experienced in
    • spiritual science? It is only another form of the spirit. If
    • is water in another form. Now, however, somebody could come and
    • in life. Even if one says, ice is water in another form — and
    • deny that ice is water in another form would make a fool of
    • matter. It exists; it is only spirit in another form. In which
    • of the other researches. What remains to us of that which
    • are all things outdoors in the world, only in other forms. They
    • we find in ourselves if we properly understand each other.
    • otherwise very meritorious that the plant shows the same
    • astral body if any counter-effect takes place; otherwise, you
    • it shows a change of form or, otherwise, any outer reaction,
    • another stimulus joy is experienced. The outer manifestations
    • only one word, one name that differs from all other names. You
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture IV: Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • another or even a number of other supersensible worlds behind
    • indicates that there are other, unknown and misjudged abilities
    • is elicited. In no other sense, we speak in spiritual science
    • have other physical and social needs today than in past times.
    • the less. However, there are other reasons why, nevertheless,
    • accept another thinking. Nevertheless, another thinking has its
    • people laugh at someone if he says that there are still other
    • and culture for other fields than geometry is Goethe again. It
    • Goethe thought —, the one looks this way, the other that way.
    • each other. They came from a talk of the society of naturalists
    • Goethe answered that there could be also another method where
    • sentence follows the other, a book of a thinking that moves in
    • other future stages of humanity. If we visualise that, we
    • being, which are at the beginning, and other organs are at the
    • another function. It will be the reproductive organ of the
    • human being. In addition, other worlds are round us, except the
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture VI: The So-Called Dangers of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • been mentioned here from the one or the other side, I would
    • in occult science has other sympathies and antipathies than
    • other hand, perhaps they would speak different.
    • their souls, which the world has cut. On the other hand,
    • Admittedly, on the other
    • possible without the other. Now we must realise once to what
    • would be shocked how big the number is on the one and the other
    • to work only for the other human beings. — They mostly do not
    • one side and a shocking phrase on the other side if one says to
    • something is elated once and rhetorical another time. Imagine,
    • is another thing. The imposition to somebody who has not yet
    • human development, the other a fool.
    • sacrifice of personality; on the other side, it is a great
    • fiftieth birthday recently in another country, who had
    • people are surprised that the one or the other writes wittily.
    • dangers where they also exist, otherwise, and where they would
    • spiritual fields. As we are led by all the other considerations
    • And my brothers and sisters
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture VII: Man, Woman and Child
    Matching lines:
    • The basic difference between the human being and other
    • fatherly or motherly side. Thus, the principle of reincarnation
    • another existence in the meantime. Man and woman have to give
    • the child a cover only. Motherly love and fatherly love is
    • enclosed only in a kind of motherly sheath up to the second
    • Another picture results
    • from the hereditary process of the physical, another from that
    • of the etheric body and again another from that of the astral
    • generation a sort of mother soil from which it develops. We
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture VIII: The Soul of the Animal in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • animal life in its entirety. However, as many other things of
    • near as possible to the human beings. On the other side, we
    • experience others not becoming tired stressing the distance
    • love, trust, and friendship. On the other side, we see certain
    • or the other animal. We realise how someone — like from an
    • Other ages, which thought
    • from the mother animals, the qualities which one had taught the
    • judge thoroughly. Let us take another example. Two dogs were
    • used to hunt rats with each other. One wanted to prevent that.
    • able to communicate to each other. Now the smaller one was even
    • and now they were no longer able to meet each other. We see the
    • taking others along to help them taking what is still
    • intelligent activity if an ant takes the other along for
    • in its cocoon, and then he took out it and put it into another
    • another significant example. The sand digger wasp has a weird
    • conditions, which were favourable to him. The others that
    • struggle for existence, the others perished. Hence, only those
    • into it and perish. On the other hand, which favourable
    • animal realm — if weaker or stronger, that is another question
    • one. However, it has this soul in another kind. Already in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XI: Occupation and Earnings
    Matching lines:
    • great ideas has something marvellous. For others both things
    • so to speak, from the other.
    • least the basic sentence of any abstract brotherhood of
    • humanity. This abstract general brotherhood of humanity is a
    • to preach this general brotherly love comprising humanity, but
    • human brotherhood possible and can also be realised.
    • contentment on the other side, and no human spiritual movement
    • own progress, on the other side, with the necessary knowledge
    • otherwise intended to cause joy of life. The human being who
    • express his mood, as it is expressed, otherwise, with other
    • A curse upon the mother who born me,
    • concerning occupation and earnings still in another way. One
    • On the other side, try to
    • haughty as what is spread by the other green tables. Everywhere
    • or had other vices among the diligent human beings who could
    • found another colony. Again, he did it in such a way that he
    • way, the other that way. Who has placed them there? Not
    • being can suffer only by the human being. Any other suffering
    • We ask, is there another
    • hideous! — There are such impulses. Remember only what mothers
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XII: Sun, Moon and Stars
    Matching lines:
    • of the sun, among other things also to the increasing and
    • events on the sun to the earth evolution. In other times, one
    • regarded these matters in another way which science discounts
    • was a childish idea to think that the other world bodies could
    • other stars and, hence, nobody can assume who is not prejudiced
    • the other heavenly bodies. On the sun itself, one has detected
    • other forces shine down from the sun. If the plant only faced
    • would develop leaf by leaf and atrophy, if the other force were
    • persisting lunar forces were effective, any other development
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XIII: Outset and End of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • other beings on earth because he does not arrange his life only
    • at first, of course. As well as already at other opportunities
    • other considerations.
    • also not to other documents, what our ancestors gave their dead
    • other remains of primeval plants and animals that are included
    • the other part in sleep. We see every night when the human
    • Two other members are
    • astral body has its reality outdoors in another world that is
    • round it. I have explained that in other series of these talks.
    • and etheric bodies and lives in another world; not in a
    • physical-sensuous one only by the fact that it requires other
    • common with any other realm of nature. In the present
    • falling asleep, and other do not appear in the world for which
    • the mother substance, the water withdraws, from which the ice
    • has formed. With the other lumps of water, the ice granules
    • precipitate and keep some water, while the mother substance
    • stages form back on earth, while other lumps transform more and
    • last which have transformed all water into ice and whose mother
    • their spiritual mother substance. These are the most imperfect
    • animals that originated once from the human mother substance;
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XIV: The Hell
    Matching lines:
    • Schiller's words about the fire already mentioned at another
    • each other. If we see how in a strange mental image the hating,
    • ancient time, and from another realm, “Muspelheim,”
    • there. And another quotation of Goethe should not go
    • soul, on the other side, however, also rather deeply into our
    • side, from the world of legends, on the other side, from a deep
    • inherited attributes of the parents, grandparents or other
    • connected with the physical or the other covers of the human
    • in another soil that contains small quantities of the
    • origin, we see its sprout, and on the other side that what this
    • show them in another light.
    • spiritual evolution line, while the other, the physical one
    • in one ancestor these qualities exist and in another those
    • also brings these qualities. On the other hand, does it
    • transmit the spiritual qualities; since, otherwise, it would
    • through another life centuries ago developing and using those
    • the human being experiences another time after death that we
    • dishes etc., but there is no palate. On the other hand, it is,
    • where no water is far and wide. For no other reason it cannot
    • supersensible. On the other side, take someone who beholds a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XV: The Heaven
    Matching lines:
    • sciences. You have also realised in the other talks that my
    • applies to the other planets that the space is the heaven, and
    • that the soul does not need to be in another heaven, because we
    • logically, his conclusions stand on no other feet, as if
    • the other sounds exist. Remember what was necessary for the
    • the tones surrounding him. You can also look at the other
    • at another place of our earth. Then we understand how much of
    • is the point. Then another world starts living around the human
    • Then still another world
    • another world is added. The love that the physical objects
    • being developing gradually to another world. Here is nothing
    • I cannot perceive does not exist, and if another states that
    • the border of existence. Otherwise, the dumb one could regard
    • flashes in another state. The only difference between the
    • disembodied one lives in another state of consciousness, and
    • example: we assume that a mother is attached to her child with
    • transformed into a spiritual motherly love, the human being
    • the other side how little the predominating part of our
    • another iron and you have a magnet — another may come and say,
    • monists, the utilitarians, and others are the true daydreamers.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Concerning the Nature of Pain, Suffering, Joy, and Bliss
    Matching lines:
    • demands on the etheric body, and then another man who likes to eat as
    • Many other things might still
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • and on the other to his own inner experience.
    • to confirm this from another aspect he said something like the following:
    • so to speak from a spiritual world otherwise unknown to him. He put
    • consciousness soul placed next to one another. In the Central Europeans
    • upon as great figures will appear rather puny and others, quite different
    • they cannot satisfy. In other words there are human beings whose forefathers
    • Schelling, Jacob Boehme and other mystics whose view
    • a medical man or a well educated person. In other words thinking is
    • If his genius takes other forms people are nowadays apt to vent their
    • one a Croatian, the other Russian, discussed in particular the relation
    • of the first revolutionary Russian Government. In other words he was
    • has such excellent concentration is because he simply repeats what others
    • turning his thoughts to anything other than external phenomena. Many
    • from all the many other ills that beset mankind, nothing less than a
    • have an inclination towards one or the other of these two tendencies
    • on the other hand, living in concepts that are completely abstract,
    • understanding by rubbing off their one-sidedness on each other, and
    • which contradict each other are also complementary.
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • to family life, to larger and smaller corporations and other bodies
    • the start for otherwise it would not be capable of life and would be
    • to make another statement based on the first: “A comparison of
    • In other words, because the amoeba, the lowest organism, is already
    • — thoughtlessness on the one hand, superficiality on the other
    • another. But the relevant point is the way Virchow arrived
    • the animal organism a “cell-State.” In other words, he takes
    • on others, which however does not mean that one kind of cell exercises
    • a power to suppress another kind. On the contrary, cell systems mutually
    • promote one an-other's specific quality in the interest of the social
    • of cells are supposed to be dependent on each other but in such a way
    • social organism of the political State. It reveals to us among other
    • case, one simply gets nowhere. Yet in another statement Verworn carries
    • childish ideas that the brain receives information from other groups
    • and evaluate for oneself what has been said. Take another example: at
    • the minds to other views. In his speech Virchow said among other things
    • otherwise I should forever labor under uncertainty.” Of course,
    • it. On the other hand they look upon those who confess to spiritual-scientific
    • the cosmic all. Another aspect is that the soul feels it has nothing
    • another. At this point investigations come to an end. The 19th Century
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • pointed to other numerical relationships which give evidence of the
    • we shall approach it from yet another.
    • in the rays of light and color and in other sense perceptions. The reason
    • and other spiritual beings within the spiritual world forgot man, just
    • will penetrate with their forces just that from which man otherwise
    • by historic means. To seek for Christ historically like any other event
    • like Plato, Socrates or any other historical personality, through historical
    • of Golgotha among other historical events. Nor in that case would we
    • other occasion.
    • one after the other. And then there are all the self-appointed preachers
    • Christ impulse can in our time be presented by no other means than spiritual
    • other forms. Today it comes to expression in the fact that we have a
    • Other theologians fail to speak of the real Christ for similar reasons.
    • Thus Harnack's Christ has no other attributes than those applicable
    • to a universal Godhead; or he may go to the other extreme and simply
    • the inner battle between powers which must of necessity oppose one another,
    • to find an outlet some other way. Now, when you find in various publications
    • it is not a question of adhering solely to one or the other science,
    • nor can one be substituted for the other. Rather could they be compared
    • of the other ear. What matters is not whether two things can be made
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • in his human relationships with others a cultural artistic quality of
    • one or the other side. His intelligent assessment made him fully aware
    • No man is irreplaceable; if one goes, another steps forward to take
    • to accomplish so much, and entering another realm where we can find
    • to me as something he freely chose because, from that other world his
    • time and advance man's inner progress; and others which arise from quite
    • other mystical striving. Olga von Sivers is an outstanding example of
    • complete understanding and was able to pass it on to others. Whenever
    • knew how to endow the ideas she conveyed to others with the kindness
    • and so cruelly come between human beings who are close to one another.
    • She never thought of herself but was always working for others whom
    • iron necessity decided otherwise.
    • itself brings to light. But we also see all around us other things which
    • others, a most valuable work throughout the Rhine region. One of the
    • others was Frau Maud Künstler who also died recently.
    • death of Johanna Arnold as well as that of another sister; to her we
    • convinced it had been formed in an ancient volcanic eruption. But others
    • was of volcanic origin. The others were equally certain it had come
    • other than those which stem from the lower nature. This thought brings
    • Goethe, Schiller, the Romantics and others, meant by it. He comes to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • or another this question is asked again and again — and rightly
    • way we use the word ‘I.’ All other words are applicable
    • to other things whereas the word ‘I’ can never refer to
    • of the 19th Century practiced in Jena and other cities. We still find
    • us all of a sudden. In other words Fortlage sees the moment of death
    • true sense, all others were souls submerged in mire. — Rather
    • the force of death. In other words, the Resurrection had to occur in
    • The other events which took place at the Mystery of Golgotha are all
    • death upon someone without sin, on the other there is the fact that
    • arranges life accordingly. All civic, political and other arrangements
    • phenomenon, of necessity, accompanies all the others connected with
    • other a shrinking away from such knowledge. Many things show that the
    • Recently I was sent another
    • oneself, how one should live for others, not for oneself and so on.
    • Only one thing bothered the writer: the conversation he had with the
    • and living solely for others? He says: “The image I had formed
    • In other words if Johannes
    • those who are least inclined to sacrifice themselves for others are
    • to live solely for others. There is a definite wish to say what is in
    • say that the purpose of life is to sacrifice oneself for others might
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • perhaps in the form of a dream or some other kind of vision. Much more
    • Another method which is
    • the Chief of the Russian General Staff and other personalities have
    • affairs. He was not alone, quite a few others in key positions were
    • necessity. Nothing can effectively be done in the political or any other
    • as others like him, has a certain fear of the spiritual world, fear
    • now has on the one hand the mystery of fear and on the other the mystery
    • not delude him through the mystery of fascination? There is no other
    • otherwise one is merely wallowing in nebulous feelings. Certainly feeling
    • writings of his had been translated into other languages and much was
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • Yet in no other way is it possible to understand what is coming into
    • maintained anything contrary to this rigid doctrine. He had also another
    • about the processes of becoming whereas otherwise he can know only about
    • to voice one, she tries to treat him fairly. Others usually dismiss
    • They conclude that Luther was superstitious as were others at his time
    • streets complete with horns and tail." However, like others, she
    • use pictures because there is no other way to express spiritual experiences.
    • in pictures in the way one otherwise clothes them in words. Only the
    • own time. He used other expressions which would not be used today but
    • unable to understand each other. It is obvious from the way Soloviev
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • in the case of most other personalities in history. When we study Luther
    • it is replaced by another. However, in the fifth cultural epoch the
    • of the Cosmos in the fourth cultural epoch. And on the other we see
    • direct knowledge of the spiritual world which you can otherwise no longer
    • were the alchemists attempting? They were convinced that there are other
    • appeared to be, that composition could still be transformed into another.
    • that someone, because of family or some other connection, is entered
    • within the fifth had the latter not been influenced by other cultural
    • but other cultural streams make themselves felt. The most important
    • and others. A remarkable phenomenon is the fact that we have in the
    • other cultural stream. Both works stress that man must turn, not only
    • was possessed without knowing it. Luther could not do otherwise than
    • organic causes, agitation, rage or other uncontrolled behaviour. Goethe's
    • through direct contest with the devil. In other words the devil must
    • appear all that great, whereas quite other figures would emerge as the
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • human life, for enabling men to slaughter one another, then, leaving
    • of death with which men mangle each other, causing untold suffering.
    • stage. There are also others who have remarked on this discord which
    • of present-day life no other possibility exists than to attempt to understand
    • on the other hand we seek to understand the foundation of man's moral
    • development has come about under capitalism, in other words during a
    • far up the other side. In regard to physical phenomena these things
    • guarantee that there never will be another. Obviously the best way to
    • If at one time or another the most perfect conditions possible were
    • the socialistic or some other sense, know nothing about reality. If
    • reveal connections of a higher order between the issues. On the other
    • among other things to have the ability to recognize that the repetition
    • as well as solutions to social and political problems by any means other
    • to 1617 Valentin Andrae wrote other works in which he expresses the
    • that what man believes himself to be and what he believes others to
    • to learn to know his true self and that of others. He had in mind a
    • two streams, two possibilities, which must of necessity affect one another.
    • evolution; on the other hand there is all that which has brought about
    • the attempt made by Valentin Andrae was paralyzed is another matter.
  • Title: Olaf Oesteson: The Awakening of the Earth Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • is not the same as what takes place at some other time in
    • And the holy Mother of God —
    • In other worlds I tarried
    • In serene tranquility yet other bands.
    • find what sort of mother this is the son of. Now of
  • Title: Reincarnation and Karma: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • principles of reincarnation, karma and other truths connected with man
    • reading but not arithmetic, one who liked to hit other children but
    • and not smart enough to bully others?
    • death, even if it did not lead to the conviction of another
    • indications, but they are very often interwoven with other facts. It
    • as a schoolboy he simply hated figures, and although in other
    • only because he obtained exceptionally good marks in other subjects.
    • Another case known to
    • incarnation to another; this can be illustrated by the fact that it
    • language; otherwise our school-boys would not find it so difficult to
    • incarnation to another.
    • opinion: “Others are standing between me and this
    • the picture stand twelve persons; another may perhaps feel that
  • Title: Reincarnation and Karma: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • events of another kind — experiences through which in a sense
    • the names Nüszbaumer, Nüszdorfer, build each other up, so
    • concepts, is the same for him after death as red, green or any other
    • passing over into other impulses, this does not mean that the life of
    • concepts cannot be separated from other contents of the soul.
    • evil to ourselves or to others, and what arises in the soul as more
    • conceptions, so there are others who, when they see something, cannot
    • other soul-forces, if I may put it in that way.
    • enables us to develop another kind of memory — one that
    • thinker will say that owing to some circumstance or other an auditory
    • other ways of looking at the event; that at least should be admitted.
    • I only mention this to-day, for these ‘other ways’ can
  • Title: Reincarnation and Karma: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • understanding, whereas others who have no link with such an
    • circumstances—will come in some form or other; for the
    • element that is fundamentally new. And the same applies to other
    • There are also other examples of
    • life as other truths have done. In the near future, reincarnation and
    • is none other than that for a certain period of time men became
    • epoch of superficiality, and the other, the epoch when the human soul
    • beyond certain limits to which knowledge is otherwise exposed. In
    • shall experience the consequences of this existence in another world;
    • that other world, however, is ruled over by spiritual Powers of some
    • kind or other, and they will prevent what I have within me from
    • impossible, and other moral insights will necessarily follow. As
    • another human being with the attitude that has prevailed hitherto, we
    • and the like. The whole attitude of one man to another in the present
    • earth only once. Our attitude to parents, brothers, sisters, friends,
    • between birth and death. Nor can it be otherwise, for habits change
    • begin life in the circle of our parents, brothers and sisters, and
    • other relatives; in our early years those around us are there owing
    • to certain others through blood-relationship? Spiritual-scientific
    • next life as father or mother, or brother or sister.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 1: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • and from others which will follow, you will know through the
    • future yet other stages will be reached in which the conscious
    • that other investigators of late years, after carefully studying
    • in a dream. Let us now consider for a moment this other horizon
    • so do I know that there exists another conscious condition
    • be developed except at the expense of some other attribute; hence
    • Other such outstanding personalities of whom mention will be made
    • other hand, various movements which had been in progress among
    • the peoples of other regions, had given a different trend to the
    • sides. Already in other lectures we have spoken of the path which
    • soul, and thus merges himself in his very essence. The other
    • On the other hand, if we develop those powers
    • and all those other earthly sense-perceptions which hang as a
    • which we may term the ‘Mystical Method’, and another
    • within his very being — in the other, the veil is torn asunder
    • Zarathustra, further North, on the other. All that we look upon
    • entirely based upon the other method above-mentioned. He taught
    • Brahma. On the other hand, Zarathustra counselled his followers
    • residue to which was given the name of Dionysos. On the other
    • material phenomena. Zarathustra, like all other great
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 2: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • civilization is of such paramount interest, but there is another,
    • until we again fall asleep. On the other hand, the ancient
    • things, in other words — the world of spirit. We can say that in
    • period, some other outstanding leader came to revive the ancient
    • other animals by this ancient race was most singular, and went to
    • meanwhile passed into another world. The mission of Horos was to
    • ages. Man’s human state was preceded by another and more
    • dual, the one element being termed Osiris, while the other was
    • On the other hand, the expression Isis-Force was applied to that
    • with reference to the Sun and Moon, so were other heavenly bodies
    • others that are fixed, was to the Egyptians a revelation of those
    • to electrical and other forces, without the soul being moved to
    • On the other hand, we cannot ponder upon feelings
    • be attained, the one is by way of the Portal of Death; the other
    • The other pathway which likewise leads back to
    • in man’s nature, in other words of Isis, or the Isis-Power.
    • world — in other words, he must acquire knowledge of that
    • — the one was closed, the other open; and as he stood in that
    • other; in each case when one of these valves is open, in order to
    • himself and thus attain to Osiris. In other words, he was
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 3: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • regarding Buddhism. But on the other hand it must be said, even
    • of experiencing those which would otherwise follow, can we enter
    • Buddhism, then we must turn our spiritual eyes in quite another
    • whereby the normal state of human consciousness was quite other
    • another form of conscious state. I have emphasized this point
    • many other cases, it can be shown that fundamentally there is
    • On the other hand, the second of the two thought
    • last Buddha brought, shall have waned, then will yet another
    • another baneful element which brings corruption and decay into
    • factor of quite another character, which differs from all wisdom
    • the world. Upon the one side wisdom, upon the other a thirst for
    • desires shall yet know the nature and the aspect of that other
    • that ideal state — Nirvana. In other words, he must learn to
    • indeed, could any other trend of thought underlie a philosophy
    • be characterized other than by representing man as isolated in
    • countries have seen one Buddha epoch follow upon another, only to
    • evolution of humanity in general was of quite another kind.
    • standard, but is so far fallen that mankind has come into another
    • its course man’s soul-quality altered. In other words,
    • other to that which was primarily intended. Now, the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 4: Moses
    Matching lines:
    • with those other great personalities to whom I have referred. It
    • features. But on the other hand there are certain difficulties
    • in another part. Also, that during the course of time the whole
    • as is so often the case with other sciences. In our time its most
    • another nature; and it is often with difficulty that we can
    • for instance, of journeys and other worldly events which we
    • represented as continuing from one definite place to another, and
    • straightforward narrative, but on the other, there are
    • There is yet another factor which underlies the
    • to Peoples who differed very greatly from one another; and thus
    • community passed into other hands. The source out of which the
    • clairvoyance, other views prevailed regarding the nature of the
    • as prompted and maintained by some spiritual soul-power other
    • power in human evolution, reducing all other soul-forces to a
    • experience of inner development; in other words, was especially
    • that Moses should apprehend, was of wholly other character, for
    • soul-state as of many another, for it is lacking in [conscious]
    • otherwise proclaimed than with words which designate the
    • they could not understand one another. The account is intended to
    • weather-forecasts published in newspapers or in other ways, as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 5: Elijah
    Matching lines:
    • many other cases it can be proved that primary causes and
    • have come to our knowledge through other sources.
    • presented both in the lectures of this series and in others of
    • troubles of the Philistines and other similar incidents, and
    • reality, this was none other than he who, in the Bible records,
    • symbolism — in other words a species of heathenism. Such
    • benefits upon the nation. On the other hand, when the people
    • food, and other causes, they cried out that Jehovah had turned
    • in Palestine, and which by other nations have been termed
    • bring rain upon the earth.’ In other words, until the
    • that made him desire to suffer even as others. Not only did he
    • Then came to [Elijah-Naboth] yet another
    • there being other content, it must be regarded as of less
    • subconscious spirit reproached him, in other words, aroused in
    • the multitude. In other words, the people were to judge whether
    • hands and other parts of the body are cut with knives until the
    • had discovered his secret. In other words, he felt that
    • inheritance to which reference is here made was of quite another
    • others Naboth could easily cope, with them he could measure
    • Kings, xxi, 19); and then came yet another dire prophetic
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 6: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • is of a scientific character. On the other hand, there seems to
    • and others of a similar nature, including those relative to that
    • research. On the other hand, it is just in this relation that we
    • Science, on the other hand, leads us directly to previous states
    • wholly symbolical or otherwise.
    • carefully observe the lives of other people, using those methods
    • arise through some deep-lying sorrow or other trial of earthly
    • absolute reality. If it were otherwise we would not find, as is
    • Christianity, by Adolf Harnack, and other similar attempts
    • historical means as may be applied in other cases has merely led
    • difficulties being experienced in quite another direction.
    • research into Biblical and other documentary records relating to
    • other olden sacred writings state is, that in the very beginning
    • and others, we can only say: — The
    • those other rites and observances which were performed time and
    • Baptism, and by others as The Temptation, up to that moment when
    • Judaism. But the people of other nations had heard no such voice,
    • brother and sister, but in that which abideth in each one of you
    • and mother, and wife, and children, and brethren, and sisters,
    • on the other hand, leads us to the direct contemplation of beings
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Fifth Gospel: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • and the mother, of which I spoke here. And I want now to
    • conversation took place between him and the mother who
    • was, actually, his step- or foster mother. In this
    • foster-mother, a force of such power that the soul of the
    • mother who had borne the body of the Nathan Jesus was
    • twelfth year of the Nathan Jesus the soul of his mother
    • of the foster mother. From then onwards, the
    • foster-mother bore within her the soul of the mother of
    • to the other men. Therefore he leers at you from the
    • souls of these others. Do you then believe that you can
    • exalt yourselves by abasing others? You do not exalt
    • yourselves when you abase others; you think yourselves
    • exalted but this is only because the others have been
    • you have abased the others that you imagine yourselves to
    • of Nazareth vanished, and the other being too; and the
    • also described in the other Gospels, namely, the
    • and Ahriman mutually paralysed each other's power, their
    • the conversation with the mother and the Baptism by John
    • son of an adventurous knight; his mother was Hezeleide.
    • mother suffered deep pain and grief before he was born.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Fifth Gospel: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • religion was “'astral” religion. Other
    • Moon-period, namely, Lucifer. In the other religions men
    • to laws other than the laws of those forces which work
    • allowed yourselves to be led astray by what other peoples
    • divine wrath within him— for others too may voice
    • figure of John the Baptist, I am speaking now from other
    • the Spirit of the Earth. The Jews, and others too —
    • for there were others as well as the Jews — were
    • others whose genius was not transmitted to his
    • from another source, what would have been the inevitable
  • Title: On the Fifth Gospel: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • Golgotha to be a kind of interim culmination of other
    • other Jesus boy who had descended from the “Nathan
    • also heard of the conversation with the mother which then
    • Golgotha, followed three other Events as a kind of
    • these other Events had taken place in very ancient
    • others were Events in the spiritual world, as it were in
    • except his mother, who in her heart and feeling was able
    • the Zarathustra-Ego and, as other human beings, had
    • from one earthly incarnation to another, whereas the
    • the eye so strongly as to cause actual suffering; other
    • have been the same in all the other senses. The human
    • Being, with the result that another evil was averted from
    • was faced by yet another evil. This third evil threatened
    • preserved in myths and legends; and as in many other
    • from one incarnation to another to the fruit of the mango
    • Nature’, like any other, in which no moral
    • lightening strikes from one cloud to another, and so
    • absorbed into the other world.
    • relation of heat to the other physical forces is such
    • Materialists are bound to assume — for otherwise
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Toward Imagination: Lecture 1: The Immortality of the I
    Matching lines:
    • physical death. In other words, the festivals are tokens reminding us
    • we bear another spiritual element in us — the I. We know how complex
    • On the other hand, Easter is linked to the
    • would at other times. For how we will extricate ourselves from the sorrowful
    • In fact, here and there other people also realize what is essential
    • in spite of culture, schools, and other educational facilities,
    • faded — you sank down as if dead! Unfree, we parroted others,
    • been able to find, either in this pamphlet or in his other writings,
    • it, before they had in any way digested the visual impression. In other
    • that does not happen in any other German town. Well, the people of Danzig
    • bourgeois — and of course other people too — considered
    • when he was young. He had called all the others blockheads and now they
    • be less right than he had been in saying it of others?
    • described — Goethe indeed knew other things too — is only
    • Goethe. It is very sad to see how happy he is to have found what others
    • that Bahr is beginning to develop yet another burning enthusiasm on
    • the side — all his other passions run like a red thread through
    • of the soul; again it might just as well have been with another teacher.
    • In other words, he not only claims we are
    • and another one called
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Toward Imagination: Lecture 2: Blood and Nerves
    Matching lines:
    • there are all sorts of other substances too, muscle tissue, bone matter,
    • On the other hand, the most important nerves
    • these two kinds of substance are inwardly very different from each other.
    • month — another cosmic relationship! The orbit of the moon around
    • the cosmos and the structure of our nervous system, like many other
    • us; our blood, on the other hand, is meant to be dead in us and receives
    • In other words, the life of our nerves, which we have not been able
    • for unity. These two opposites are in conflict with each other in the
    • often that the contrast I described manifests in one way or another.
    • in any other science. Spiritual science shows you that our nerve substance
    • fellow goes. Most other philosophers do the same, only not as openly.
    • And this truth applies not only to philosophers ut also to other people
    • Immanuel Hermann Fichte and a few others for our age.
    • get when you lace some formulation or other of Buddhism, Brahminism,
    • but others, from American English into German — his earlier enthusiasm
    • of other things to give you an idea of how matters really stand and
    • that I have tried to elaborate the concept of reality. Another important
    • and some of his other plays.
    • We can probably meet again for another talk
    • next Tuesday because it will surely take still another week before my
  • Title: Toward Imagination: Lecture 3: The Twelve Human Senses
    Matching lines:
    • pay tribute to all this will be the task of others, primarily of future
    • speak of what others and history will have to say, but I am absolutely
    • little other people speak about the spiritual side of his life; in fact,
    • and symbolic brotherhoods and societies. In my recent talks I have characterized
    • signs; the others are night senses.
    • of our other senses in our memory and how difficult it is to remember
    • of Libra at night, into the region of the night signs. And thus other
    • when the sun is in the sign of Scorpio or in any other night sign.
    • to find out that the way joints impact on one another — for example,
    • are shaped like semicircles and are vertical to each other in the three
    • consciousness. But just think how little the other hidden senses, those
    • alone. Otherwise we should be just as pleased with remembering something
    • The sense of sight, on the other hand, is
    • that of others. After all, it is an organ of perception, a sense. Our
    • so much knowing about our own I, but meeting other people who reveal
    • their I to us. Perception of the other person's I, not of our own, that
    • of us directly. After all, nobody can look into another's consciousness.”
    • into the soul of another person but can only guess at it by interpreting
    • what that person says. In other words, we are supposed to interpret
    • the state of another's soul based on his or her utterances. When someone
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Toward Imagination: Lecture 4: The Human Organism Through the Incarnations
    Matching lines:
    • to our other parts? How do all the things we do between waking up and
    • There is still another relationship that
    • or Venus cannot be like any other female astral body, for otherwise
    • consuming and depleting astral body than any other woman. We will see
    • in other parts of the body that her astral body basically has a depleting
    • do other people. Now, Botticelli has painted a most beautiful and wonderful
    • Others say these features are the result of Botticelli having painted
    • Now let me give you another example to show
    • exactly like any other, for our skull is the result of our previous
    • out here that this is another area where the conventional natural sciences
    • resulted. Another anatomist tried to prove Langer wrong. But the argument
    • based on the result of our previous incarnation. Granted, other elements
    • of other people of genius this can also generally not be proved. When
    • You see, this is another example showing
    • drawings of people, because Japanese artists, more so than others, paint
    • realm is already taken care of by the other sciences, and there must
    • with a doll, which the child knows has no life of its own. In other
    • he bases his recommendation — in other words, only a mere imitation
    • representations of living beings; ideals, on the other hand, are not
    • another matter.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Toward Imagination: Lecture 5: Balance in Life
    Matching lines:
    • sides and balance each other out. It is the same with everything in
    • did not play a role in the world. On the other hand, we also know there
    • is to find the balance, to fear neither the one nor the other, and to
    • fine but is purely luciferic. Others are striving for diversity and
    • They study how events follow each other and how they are connected in
    • preceded them, and those in turn they connect with other preceding events.
    • events do indeed follow upon one another, one of them may be far more
    • important than another. Sometimes a particular event taking place at
    • than other events happening at the same time. The point is to find the
    • significance than other, concurrent happenings.
    • facts work side by side, each as important as the others and instead
    • Let us take another example. Suppose someone
    • simply must be realized,- there is no other way. After all, quite a
    • latter noticing anything. In other words, they don't have to be Bohemians
    • as the imitation of that gesture by another person in another room does.
    • In other words, there are two poles in human
    • feeling and thinking about a world view, the other, criminal instincts.
    • you about another fact, one sacred to all of us. I mean the fact that
    • and all the others who at least declared themselves materialists.
    • that one event is more significant than another. We understand the Mystery
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Toward Imagination: Lecture 6: The Feeling For Truth
    Matching lines:
    • Last time, in another context, I spoke about
    • of the lines, their relationship to each other, and in their meaning.
    • stanza. In the same way, all the other lines have their meaning. Thus,
    • poems of twelve verses is to be taken seriously; the other, as you will
    • spoke of other people at all, only of “masters,” and she
    • as two people do who pass each other on the sidewalk. I was then just
    • busying themselves with the unmasking of a psychic medium and other
    • In other words, we should not feel obliged to always make a long, tragic
    • to put it mildly. In other words, there are excesses that make it difficult
    • them Böcklin, Uhde, Menzel, Spitzweg, and other famous names.
    • by Wiertz. They are indeed different from any other paintings; they are
    • thunderbolt above it that was striking the word. He later received other
    • painted and signed with his name. The other he had come by in a different
    • but not the other person's painting.
    • There have been other painters, and a newspaper
    • have been just as good as they are with another name on them. These
    • in other areas of everyday life and show how much our age needs honesty
    • the ahrimanic spirit of the times. In other words, good books today
    • by Eucken, Kohler, or Simmel, and I could name many other writers, too?
    • Herman Grimm, on the other hand, was not to be called a real worker
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Toward Imagination: Lecture 7: Toward Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • hypothetical. To build a hypothesis upon other hypotheses is nothing
    • our previous earthly incarnation. The rest of our body, on the other
    • of correspondence between the ego-sense and Aries or between the other
    • I could explain this with yet another image.
    • of paper rolls, some of them standing upright, others at an angle —
    • some rolls are more slanted than others; maybe some are curved, and
    • the paper rolls and unroll it. In other words, something special must
    • Another analogy, one taken from the ancient
    • you look at what is written on a page of some book or other publication
    • the boy was four years old. The day after the mother's funeral, the
    • child suddenly said: “Mother has gone upstairs to the top floor,
    • his mother, who had been buried the day before, was upstairs and if
    • find nothing there. The whole thing would be denied. In other words,
    • and found the mother actually standing there before a dresser and staring
    • we cannot call anything others do not see subjective but not objective.
    • we possess as Imaginations of spiritual reality; otherwise we will never
    • As you know, some people are musical and others
    • were to explain why one person is musical and another is not, if it
    • However, there is yet another difference between
    • hardly touched by what goes on around them. Others go through life with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Jacob Boehme
    Matching lines:
    • depths of his strange soul. Others then have tried to explain
    • formulae of the alchemists, or to some philosophical or other
    • 1575. In his youth he had to tend the cattle with other
    • write. But another experience confronts us even during his
    • When Jacob Boehme was once tending the cattle with other
    • occurrence a “dream,” or gives it another name, but
    • otherwise not active in the soul. The important thing is this
    • thousands of others.
    • Another event of a similar nature must also be borne in mind,
    • much more essential than any other, external biographic
    • the withdrawal into another world, remained to him a phenomenon
    • then came the time when he could no longer do otherwise.
    • rapidly, one after another, a great number of his works, as for
    • other works also, does not understand much of Jacob Boehme. But
    • whoever takes the trouble to go through his other works will
    • thinking with regard to world-conceptions, or any other
    • other words, he arrived at imaginative cognition by just the
    • our soul which rest otherwise in the subconscious, then we feel
    • quite another, more intimate sense. In order to explain this, I
    • regions where an earthquake or some other elemental event is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Richard Wagner: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • across a brotherhood of initiates of the pagan period, a priesthood and
    • faced by the brotherhood of the Holy Grail and its knights, working
    • belonging to these two brotherhoods, representing a pagan and a
    • say, he fulfils his duties just like other men, but he must strive to look
    • therefore appears to us as an emissary of the great White Brotherhood.
    • are still small and humble, but one day you will be quite another
    • another ancient legend-theme in his Ring of the Nibelungs. These ancient
    • the Atlantean period, and all the other Aryan gods are only great
  • Title: Richard Wagner: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • development in the South, four other sub-races developed in the
    • called upon to check yet another onset of the Atlanteans. The peoples led
    • bear in mind this fact. You know that Baldur's mother, alarmed by
    • another evolution preceded the evolution of the earth; namely, the kingdom
    • foundation, upon another living being. The mistletoe is one of these
    • which does not, as yet seek another being outside, but
    • becoming united with another individual being. As long as the two
    • creates the body from outside. The sexes face one another in a
  • Title: Richard Wagner: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • without the other. The female soul, Sieglinde, is captured by
    • in the love between brother and sister, the forbidden element. If the
    • He even agrees to court Brunhilde for another unworthy man. This
    • Descend to the Mother, below!”)
    • The older northern world conception is replaced by another one which
  • Title: Richard Wagner: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • Italy and in other countries. Let us place before you, the outline of
    • cave of Venus, as a contrast to the other paradise which they had
    • which is met by another stream arising in the North, which penetrates into
    • side and Jerusalem on the other” was the battle-cry under which
    • the fifth sub-race had to serve still another purpose, that it had to fulfil
    • experienced. But it is another matter if during a certain period of
    • we have the temple of the Holy Grail with its knights, and on the other,
    • the Holy Grail and the other by Klingsor. Klingsor is the man who has
    • ascetic and is unable to reach a higher spiritual knowledge; and on the other
    • older brothers, the animals. In his violent desire to embrace
    • knighthood he has abandoned his mother Herzeleide, who has died
    • power faces the seducing Kundry. Kundry, the other female element pertaining
    • Herodias, the mother of Ahasver. The force which cannot find peace
  • Title: Lecture: Theosophic/Esoteric Cosmology: Spiritual Cosmology
    Matching lines:
    • other side concerning this subject. Many an astronomer will object:
    • poet's being. There is, however, another possibility — the
    • need to contradict each other at all. Why shouldn't the natural
    • own way? One doesn't have to contradict the other.
    • sometimes support each other. When, for example, scientific brain
    • soul is not dependent on the other. The force that gives us
    • available to Europe. But neither Max Müller nor any other scientist
    • Blavatsky said. But other thinkers claimed that this literature
    • than what any other scholar asserts in his own field, and he demands
  • Title: Lecture: Theosophic/Esoteric Cosmology: Esoteric Cosmology - 2
    Matching lines:
    • And Goethe, about whom you know from other lectures that he possessed
    • through some process or other. It would be an artificial thing, but
    • order for a brain to arise, other organs had to develop first. A brain
    • same energy as that of all other earthly physical systems. If you take
    • other perceptions than those we know today. In the segment of time
    • brain, however, he first had to prepare other parts of his being. The
    • Round”, another evolutionary period in which the astral body
    • now live: the mineral round. Another one preceded it: the astral
    • and making it grow from small to large. To use another expression: it
    • astral body could not have originated if another evolutionary period
    • result of another world, and we had then to be the beginning of a
    • for this to happen another evolutionary period had to precede the one
    • at what followed, but you will understand the analogy. Another round,
    • We see, therefore, that our Earth was preceded by another one millions
    • the three other preparatory realms in advance. Goethe was right when
    • invisible form. As “Pitri” he came from another evolutionary
  • Title: Lecture: Theosophic/Esoteric Cosmology: Esoteric Cosmology - 3
    Matching lines:
    • slumber stage is called a “Pralaya”. On the other hand, the
    • same thing in front of you as previously — ice is nothing other
    • than water, only in another form. Raise the temperature and the ice
    • Round, also only visible to the spiritual seer. Thereafter another
    • to each other. Now, however, as matter became differentiated, we see
    • — we see matter in another form, no longer organized according to
    • looks like a camel, another like a horse. In the third Round the
    • itself into the other, one deriving from the other, like the lower
    • Then another Pralaya occurred, and then the fourth Round. That is the
    • have today as matter is nothing other than the condensed, originally
    • dream-men. It is difficult to describe them. Another stage followed
    • others who are more advanced. These are the masters. They are more
    • being derived from another. With the separation of the sexes during
    • Ocean. During the Atlantean time another important event occurred to
    • selected bodies. Other bodies would only have allowed them to live
    • deeper into instinctual desires, but on the other hand, by this means
    • find spheres placed next to each other, so that it appears as though
    • life went from one sphere to another. In reality only one sphere
    • on Earth on any other planet. Beings, yes — but not human beings.
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 1: The Inner Aspect of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • necessary to acquire still other concepts and views than those that
    • the Gospels and other spiritual documents of humanity would not
    • to describe evolution from yet another side.
    • the other hand those further removed from us in time take on more or
    • alone remains, we cannot say otherwise than that he must learn to
    • can do no other than lose every thought that may come to him, in a
    • impression that he can do no other than come to the condition of
    • accomplished the sacrifice on Golgotha. The other way is to penetrate
    • thought in the world. Whether we take one or the other of these with
    • now approach this dreadful emptiness with the other
    • etc., and other
    • water but in a sea filling infinite space, a sea (there is no other
    • Earth to Saturn. I am now describing the other way round, but it is
    • another. This again can only be described by a feeling that time
    • whom we call the Spirits of Will, come the Beings of other
    • only notice that other Beings here play into it when we become aware
    • relationship to one another; we become conscious of this. And indeed
    • these things are transformed on the Sun, and other glorious events of
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspect of the Sun-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • could not speak of coming from one part of space into another, but only the
    • described in no other way than by saying that the one making the
    • another being through the vision of what we have described as the
    • or other, to send it forth into the world, thus to give to the world
    • acceptance, the one is not to be thought of without the other. This
    • giving must consist of two actions, giving and accepting, otherwise
    • occupied a peculiar relation to one another, for — as time was
    • only distinguished from the other occurrence in that it occurred
    • side as the recipients, on the other the Spirits of Wisdom who in the
    • translated into earthly life; on the other hand the possibility of
    • When I concentrate on the central Figure with those other around Him,
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 3: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth - 1
    Matching lines:
    • to the real conditions of our evolution. Yet another concept must be
    • if, by fasting or other means, we repress and control our wishes and
    • keeping quietly ready to renounce all that we should otherwise wish
    • is, above all things, fond of eating and drinking and has other
    • and out at the other. He will think that this is the fault of the
    • obtain great results, or from some other source of desire for self-
    • with the evolutionary stages of other beings, with a result similar
    • But, on the other hand, if man were incapable of wickedness, unable
    • themselves the heat which flows forth from it. However, another host
    • Cherubim accepting the sacrifice, and beside these, those other
    • subject to Time; whilst others, brought about by the other Cherubim
    • certain Beings of that which they receive from other Beings. It might
    • they interpenetrated each other, to denser substance, to “water,”
    • otherwise have absorbed it, and is now not obliged to follow the
    • following occurs: Other beings, because the sacrificial substance is
    • the Cherubim, self-reliant beings; whereas they would otherwise have
    • staying behind. Through the rejection of a sacrifice, other beings
    • Cherubim, the possibility was given for other beings to separate in
    • other way of doing it!” Why, indeed, should it not be done in
    • some other way? Or again, when a triangle is made use of in building,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 4: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth - 2
    Matching lines:
    • the fact remains that in those other Beings who wished to contribute
    • some other age may have experienced some injustice, to which children
    • put another layer of existence over it, and as far as everyday life
    • it in others: — I refer to what is known as
    • Sometimes it takes one form and sometimes another. One person may
    • undefined want. Another longs for his mountain, or for the river on
    • which we are now speaking. Just as we have inherited other things
    • the other. We can feel this even in our human life, we live and move
    • universal Beings, by others who found their greatest bliss in gazing
    • over into the other Beings. We might, by way of example suggest, that
    • if the earth and the other planets could have made sacrifice to the
    • clearly understood that it is impossible to express this in any other
    • way than by saying that the Beings who were ready to offer to another
    • being, permitted to make sacrifice; such a one lives in the other
    • would have experienced in another, in this case a higher Being. Thus
    • one place to another, for that is only one of the many forms of
    • back upon themselves and bring them into relation with all other
    • with others.
    • longing and would otherwise have been desolate — for boredom is
    • another, is but one form of the more comprehensive movement which has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • we carry these observations further, another idea is necessary. That is
    • that whether we select this example or any other is a matter of
    • other kind of knowledge may be acquired externally and established by
    • intellectual concepts deny what others designate as a
    • beings, that others do not exist. Just as little is it possible
    • something they put away from them; to the other Beings, those within
    • is Death! Death is none other than that which necessarily enters the
    • concerning all our other concepts we could say that there was nothing
    • shows itself in its reality — Death! All other phenomena must
    • be traced back to their reality; all other phenomena entering into
    • what I want to say from yet another side. We can begin by considering the
    • beings of the other kingdoms surrounding us. We may ask: do minerals
    • member of the group-soul, which replaces it by another.
    • a real victory over death. For every other being death is only
    • of actual death. But on the other hand as regards the Being whom we
    • physical plane knows anything of death. In other worlds there is no
    • concerning every other historical event we can only interpret it
    • other historical events. That was enacted on the physical plane
    • not in the other kingdoms of nature. When we wish to study the
    • extremely interesting that another aspect of what has just been said,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 1: The Destinies of Individuals and of Nations
    Matching lines:
    • Karma decreed otherwise and we had to accept this
    • lies on the other side of the border. Not only were the
    • another form in which those who had earlier lived as
    • brothers among brothers and sisters among sisters were
    • transition had occurred to another kind of life for
    • order people knowing themselves to be brothers were at
    • that time, too, facing one another in battle. Yet the
    • soul, they have come to call one another brothers and
    • the one or other of them should not be doing more
    • others, who will unite the suffering person, the person
    • feelings to the pain that lives in another. And indeed,
    • the one or the other of us will often be put in a
    • other, if the pain living in the soul of the other can
    • where the pain living in another does not spare us, but
    • place addressing the other person. The words are:
    • each other in these difficult times and keeping faith
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 2: Nationalities and Nationalism in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • at other times the serious purpose of our spiritual
    • other hand, there is the part that has to do with human
    • other life impulses directly into that world, for they
    • all peoples on the earth in brotherhood. Then a simple
    • different regions of European soil feel about the others,
    • each other on earth by an approach that considers
    • We get to know one another by getting in a position where
    • qualities of the other person.
    • see the members of different nations facing one another
    • another nation and, indeed, may be ranting and raving
    • against this other nation in his own country. What is the
    • subconscious level established links with the other
    • raving is worst, wherever the hatred felt against other
    • that other nationality at their next incarnation.
    • soul, the Fichte soul, the Schiller soul and other souls
    • another. He established a whole system for organisms.
    • national, characters are facing one another. We rise
    • other in a human being so the soul forces incorporated in
    • the folk souls are at war with each other. It is not by
    • another person who is not Italian as a foreigner who
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 3: The Nature of European Folk Souls
    Matching lines:
    • one folk soul or another in these days when human
    • another reality, one he is not conscious of in ordinary
    • toward one another actually makes up the whole earth life
    • into the other folk souls and never our own, that is the
    • the concerted action, the dance as it were, of the other
    • scientist actually joins those other folk souls —
    • not only in his own folk soul but also in those other
    • different kind of objectivity than other folk souls? He
    • in the interplay of folk souls other than the one which
    • those other folk souls, within their dance as it were.
    • as the one of having to live in other folk souls, and
    • We cannot do other than see ourselves linked, not with
    • pendulum in the other direction is in many respects the
    • same way we also grow out of other things. This at the
    • however, be able to enter immediately into other folk
    • know, for it lets us look towards the other element, an
    • individual personality, whilst another is less inclined
    • looks more into his inner life whilst another lives more
    • personalities, another less so. As we belong to one folk
    • spirit or another, this determines the way we relate to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 4: The Nature of the Christ Impulse and the Michaelic Sprit Serving It - 1
    Matching lines:
    • friends, as on other occasions when I have been able to
    • In other words, and to put it more concretely, I want to
    • which we have already considered in another context that
    • considers those two armies facing each other one would
    • our former life. If it were otherwise our children would
    • move on to another fact, one I have also mentioned
    • human freedom, the Holy Trinity and other things should
    • each other, acknowledging each other as orthodox
    • theologians or else accusing each other of heresy. We
    • difference between Joan of Arc and the others was that
    • community to another.
    • 1170–12301 and others. And we need to realize that
    • earlier times. It has not happened with any other people
    • in this culture. It is possible that another deeply
    • way of throwing light on something which otherwise has to
    • where the virgin mother is bringing the
    • virgin mother upwards. That is the birth of the soul in
    • real impulses to say one thing and omit another, looking
    • for the one context or the other, always have their
    • one thing arising from what I have to say. The other is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 5: The Nature of the Christ Impulse and the Michaelic Sprit Serving It - 2
    Matching lines:
    • are directed. In the second line on the other hand, the
    • this intention that reference was made among other
    • come about which again, in some way or other, had to do
    • through the time of the Thirteen Nights in her mother's
    • Ahrimanic demons. It is evident also from other things
    • but also other kinds of Ahrimanic forces. The occultist
    • words for one group of friends or another: that,
    • nor through other occultists. We know what the soul goes
    • epoch, as it were; one regent follows another. Until 1879
    • follow one another. In a way, I said, he is the most
    • powerful of these spirits. The others have been
    • among the metals. Whilst all other metals act
    • other leading spirits act on the soul whilst it is
    • spirit, but he achieved what had to be done by any other
    • Otherwise we live in fear of many of the things that
    • as well as some event or other in the outside world can
    • many marvellous things through prophesy and in other
    • only make in a very external way. Try on the other hand
    • substance gave itself up, to merge into that of the other
    • substance that they flowed into the other nation. Now let
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 6: Spiritual Perception Essential at the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • another.
    • better nerves will win, or, to put it in other words
    • or — as he says— '...in other words, those
    • other. Just imagine someone forming a very clear picture
    • 'put in other words' stronger nerves are equivalent to
    • purely physical nerve strands are, in other words,
    • another comparison I can make — one that really
    • reference to another sphere — that human nutrition
    • telling People one thing or another about conditions in
    • complement the other. What is essential is that all these
    • any external reality. In some form or other this
    • this an article of faith. Leaving aside certain other
    • the belief that some people or other are barbarians. This
    • that some people or other are barbarians. And then
    • other party is accused of having wanted the war. Again
    • to proceed. Otherwise mankind would lack the energies it
    • is how one thing goes with another. It is not that mental
    • the spiritual life of other European peoples has done.
    • nervousness which would otherwise affect the whole of
    • the other side to offer a cure.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 7: Personal and Supersensible Aspects
    Matching lines:
    • one fact or another in the spiritual world. It depends
    • entirely so. On the other hand, there are souls where one
    • to be the same in other cases. This illuminating
    • this we lost another friend, another member of our
    • will recall something I said when another death had
    • Other cares and other joys
    • Others cares and other joys
    • Other cares and other joys
    • so on of anyone, nor ask about one thing or another these
    • mirrors inclined towards each other reflected his own
    • author adds another such comment concerning lack of
    • journey and got on a bus. I saw another man getting on
    • another instance I would like to refer to. one that is
    • was getting some food supplies for his mother and left a
    • left by another door than usual; just on this one
    • occasion by another door! Leaving by the other door he
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 8: Three Decisions on the Path to Imaginative Perception
    Matching lines:
    • tell us one thing or another that can illumine for us the
    • body. Another point is that anyone not able to make such
    • body, as we might put it, and on the other enters into
    • took another approach. Many things will have to be
    • there is another world with different laws from those of
    • other state, the thoughts were producing themselves out
    • of themselves. One thought approached another; they
    • illumined one another; one thought moved away from
    • another—and what we usually do ourselves when
    • another, we float first to the one thought and then to
    • another, when in this other state we are united with
    • in the other state. Space is not like the space we know
    • but able to erase one thought or another as occasion
    • arises and call up another — when we come to a
    • another, and at the same time another feeling arises in
    • suggested by some mystic or other with only partial
    • other people—may on occasion give news of other
    • other things — if you'll forgive my reference to
    • us to digest food and perform a number of other functions
    • for us to digest our food and perform those other organic
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 9: The Sleeping-and-Waking Rhythm in the Context of Cosmic Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • in making conscious what otherwise remains in a state of
    • thinking, in which we are awake, and all other waking
    • other parts of the body ego and astral activity are still
    • thrown back, and absorbed. The heart and other organs
    • they will be fixed. On the other hand their astral and
    • or ether hands on the other hand will be able to move
    • mantric meditation or other and make it the centre of our
    • the subject on some other occasion.
    • within us. On the other hand, someone taking up real,
    • who put the thoughts together, taking one with the other;
    • will be given just half a page whilst another, who is not
    • progressed the 19th century really could do no other, in
    • Another
    • Nibelungen and other works. This man therefore
    • people think they can decide one thing or another, prove
    • one thing or another, without the spirit; yet the final
    • disease or another. He lived at a time, for instance,
    • case that some scientific view or other comes to the fore
    • and the opposite comes up at another time; people are
    • able to prove something just as well as the other side is
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 10: Problems on Spiritual Path - National Characteristics in Europe Moulded by Folk Spirits
    Matching lines:
    • serve to round off one or another of the things I have
    • part of the brain, another idea in another, and so on.
    • head and its continuation. Another memory would also take
    • have. They all merge into each other, they
    • would be that one of them looks like this, another like
    • thought or other, it will merely leave a fleeting
    • there in another form. We come to realize that what we
    • other one I have just described, the one who is another
    • self. These ideas go to the other one. We may experience
    • in the spirit, however, goes to the one who is another
    • function. On the other hand we also belong to spirits
    • those of other peoples. These things relate to profound
    • descends again and others when it ascends again. It is
    • from the nature of other European peoples, and not to its
    • alliance with all kinds of confederates. The other
    • evolution. On the other hand he was prepared to represent
    • able to have these relations because he bears this other
    • one within him, because this other one is alive in him
    • its ascent. In other words, Germans must come to
    • to be found in both these worlds. This is another reason
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 11:Etheric Man within Physical Man
    Matching lines:
    • and other lectures, we arrive at a different image of the
    • concerned, on the other hand, all that is solid in it,
    • the other way round when it comes to the spirit, and the
    • evolution. Feeling on the other hand was already acquired
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 12: The Group Sculptured for the Building in Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • note will always flow over into another. We are going to
    • within this there is a deep cave. Another figure is
    • The other
    • another figure. Again the head appears human; the wings
    • makes his own fetters of this. The other hand reaches
    • pushed in beneath it. Another thing is that particularly
    • of the other hand is downwards. We must make sure no one
    • to the other. That is a Christ who cannot be the Christ
    • Ahrimanic traits on the other. Those are painful words to
    • one hand and as Ahriman on the other, for these ar
    • of balance, and the same holds true for the other
    • the other. We must not be afraid of this; that is
    • hand and Ahriman on the other. The point is that they are
    • opposing forces, like other forces in nature such as
    • to the other. Then the threefold nature always present in
    • is another aspect, another part of Faust, that enters
    • next is really only the earth's spirit in another form:
    • Homunculus and others like him are awarded decorations
    • soul, on the other the opposite principle. It is not
    • one is showing their justification rather than otherwise.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 13: The Prophetic Nature of Dreams: Moon, Sun and Saturn Man
    Matching lines:
    • future on the other. An interlude is what I have called
    • something or other we have gone through in life. It does,
    • other hand I think no one who pays at least some
    • other we have gone through in our lives. It really is a
    • let us say, another individual. The person will know
    • experiences a certain friendly feeling towards the other
    • this other individual. Let us assume he experiences this
    • encounter with an individual, something or other which
    • future lives within us. But there are many other things
    • dreamer in us. We all carry another subtle human being
    • writings, they usually consider the other as a human
    • characterization he had given when involved in another
    • unlikeness to other men.’
    • the writings of others at discretion.’
    • each other's works and that the themes he used in his
    • others. That is the subtle undertone to be found
    • there is another way of reading than just picking up a
    • thing act on us side by side with another.
    • nation on earth, on the other he puts the Germans above
    • other out of the dreamer. It is particularly interesting
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 14: The Cosmic Significance of Our Sensory Perceptions - Our Thinking, Feeling and Will Activity
    Matching lines:
    • have previously considered from one angle or another.
    • of ether and of light-waves. The other boy, who had had
    • mention on another occasion that materialistic physicists
    • other entities. If some entity were to look down on the
    • somehow or other letting our will live in reality. Again
    • it. The same holds true for many other people, except
    • instrument; otherwise he would not feel 'It is I who am
    • gods could take another course.
    • offer to Lucifer and Ahriman what he would otherwise have
    • is quite different from that of another. An utterly
    • in the service of those other powers. The Christ impulse
    • ceded to another power and was now on the move in the
    • the other hand this mystical spirituality must be made
    • part of our conscious life, otherwise Ahrimanic and
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 1: The Present Position of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • human voices speak to-day, other voices are heard too, ringing forth
    • other sources.
    • but on the other hand, it is clearly evident, particularly when
    • certain tragic feeling of sorrow, yet, on the other, fills one with
    • sorrowful, yet on the other he may feel satisfaction in the hope that
    • spiritual life to make its voice heard in the other world — as
    • between the Spiritual Science of anthroposophy and other
    • convinced that something new must come from somewhere or other.
    • Spiritual Science to the other sciences. It was then, of course, too
    • In Zurich I spoke, among other
    • material life and alas, these ideas encountered no other world of
    • other hand, this hidden life of mankind knocks at the door of events,
    • Jung, who has quite recently written another pamphlet on
    • in relation to numberless others. Still he must remain a materialist,
    • — The soul has a body, derived from other bodies which again
    • are derived from others. Then there is heredity, and Jung construes
    • courageous in his thinking than all the others. He says what he has
    • to say according to the assumptions of the present. Others do not say
    • many other things they could only be learnt from the incisive events
    • from Spiritual Science, other than those which have been given during
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 2: A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • with the other to the South; the physicist feels himself compelled to
    • needle is sought in the great universe. Yet this is not done in other
    • living being is formed within another living being, as, for instance,
    • share in the hen's body, — no matter what other processes also
    • true that, on the other hand, the original causative forces for this
    • connected with the line of heredity, with the father and mother,
    • grandfather and grandmother, than with the cosmos outside. Thus even
    • comes to light in the spherical form of his head, on the other, he is
    • schoolmastering, which in other words may be called Wilsonism. This
    • as is here meant, other than the satisfaction of — I will not
    • ‘warmer’ in his knowledge than another. There would be a
    • (other connections we have yet to learn). If we were to approach
    • needs it most. In other respects he was an extremely loveable man;
    • others.
    • — it appears to me that in this sphere, as well as in others,
    • the others already mentioned, but an injurious cleavage which must be
    • life to the end, yet on the other side it is very spiritual. This
    • who turns furiously against Spiritual Science. There are other cases,
    • talked of all sorts of other things. Spiritual Science,
    • religion, endeavouring to reply to many other prejudices
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 3: The Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • dreaming — in the case of one man, more, of another, less.
    • and do not see the chairs and other things. Though we do not describe
    • another here in the world of sense, we speak and the other answers.
    • in the physical world with other human beings. Intercourse with
    • get accustomed to the idea that we ourselves are in the other as the
    • question, and that the other is silent when we answer him. Yet what
    • own beings and they do not pay attention when another being says what
    • is adapted for the question only, the other only for the reply. The
    • space, one point of space here, another there. Time is not past, but
    • question of placing oneself in another place as regards the past. In
    • There is, of course, a difference whether I speak with another with
    • these reminiscences of the other soul, reminiscences which do not
    • relations between one soul and another, then one is specially fitted
    • On the other hand, for the reception
    • especially at the present time, one man passes another by without
    • really learning to know him. What do we know of one another? There
    • either knowing the other. This is so; yet it is possible (not
    • depending on talent but on love) to enter the being of another with
    • from the other. This is a specially good preparation for
    • world; to think otherwise is entirely to misconstrue it. On the other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 4: The Cosmic Thoughts and our Dead
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge of another not by analysis but by harmony. Life is
    • be said thereon follows from other considerations already discussed
    • on the one hand, and on the other hand the so-called dead. This is
    • something which in our mind would otherwise lie dormant. We come, as
    • place changes when he enters it. Other people have an idea of this at
    • strongly there as another; the one is strongly present, the other is
    • in and out. Another's presence is so powerful that he is not
    • sorts of invisible feet. Others do not, as a rule, notice it,
    • can be brought forward for all situations in life. In other words, it
    • as we said, people pass one another by, often coming together in most
    • another. This becoming acquainted does not depend on mutual analysis.
    • It is of no moment to analyse one another. The best knowledge of
    • another is gained by harmony of heart; there is no need to analyse at
    • others are dead in order to receive advice from them! Nevertheless,
    • been done for any other writer before. That is so. Let us, however,
    • requires, on the other hand, a clear recognition of how things stand.
    • other hand, he knows that Socrates was no idiot, and then in order to
    • think clearly, the other must necessarily be firmly rejected. The
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 5: Man's Connection with the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • Science. It defeats another mood that encroaches on Spiritual
    • anything holds us back; the one kind are life-transactions, the other
    • through the street. One of the ladies separated from the others. The
    • into the water, she would be safe from the horse. But the other
    • known to many. Suppose someone makes acquaintance with another who
    • and declare that we ourselves have done nothing to bring the other
    • is quite otherwise.
    • course that at a definite moment it crosses the path of another. A
    • moved with purpose towards his meeting with the other. His whole life
    • arises, which is due to the other part of man beginning to think
    • life in yet another way. For as we have seen — if we do not
    • and so determines it and knows it. There is yet another thing in
    • conscious satisfaction or otherwise in so doing. We can see this best
    • other than as a mere consequence — in this case — of
    • other than one would suppose in the surface consciousness. Again a
    • the two things neutralise one another. Hence the animal can set no
    • that of man. Man has indeed a more perfect brain, but otherwise the
    • — in relation to the judgment of destiny, and on the other hand
    • called ‘another man;’ and this comes to expression in
    • The other element in man is that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 6: Feelings of Unity and Sentiments of Gratitude: A Bridge to the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • in the subconscious. Prosperity at the expense of others.
    • and another to speak of the stronger or weaker consciousness we may
    • difficult to bring to consciousness than our relation to other beings
    • rebirth. On the other hand, the beings of the higher
    • something remains connected with the ego. This cannot be otherwise
    • the other, so there is a connection between all things and all that
    • enriching themselves at the expense of others. Not only do they live
    • lives far more at the cost of others than they had ever realised.
    • Indeed every man lives at the expense of others. Now the
    • others, signifies the same to the community as when any particular
    • organ develops at the expense of another organ, in an unlawful way,
    • do yet another thing, namely, to live with the idiosyncracies,
    • situations, thoughts and actions of another as though they were his
    • so thinking into another that what the other does, thinks and feels
    • of reality if we really have the feeling of unity, otherwise the
    • The other requirement is that we can
    • what I have said in other connections of how the human memory comes
    • some other way tries to instil something into his mind which he
    • incorporate something in the memory; the other, to call it forth. If
    • bad memory; and others whose comprehension is slow but who have a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 7: Confidence in Life and Rejuvenation of the Soul: A Bridge to the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • past are useless both as regards ourselves and others. One must build
    • other egos and astral. In the world after death man is singled out
    • and separate from other men because each one has his own starry
    • One soul may have similar stars to another, but not the same starry
    • a real subconscious feeling in the soul. The other direction of
    • we have anything to do in life. Our actions extend to other beings,
    • wherever our being has been united with another in action, something
    • another feeling alongside of it; for confidence in life consists in a
    • of confidence, O Life?’ he finds much that otherwise he would
    • particular things; that belongs to another sphere. Man has confidence
    • in one thing and not in another, according as the things and beings
    • ‘As the occurrences of life follow one another, they mean
    • from another point of view. Man is a manifold being. We will
    • organisation is, on the other hand, a preliminary condition for later
    • fact that they understand no other philosophers, and have to exercise
    • the greatest geniuses!) they can understand none of the others. It is
    • and the so-called dead. Otherwise the facts which should establish
    • carry through in this life, he will do more correctly in another. The
    • able to wait for another. The right confidence in life is built on
    • Another question in regard to the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Life Gifts: Lecture I: Folk Souls and the Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • Other volumes in GA# 181 are: Earthly Death and Cosmic Life,
    • that relationship, need not on the other hand be alarmed by the fact
    • expressed in manifold ways. Among others it is expressed in the fact
    • many other, more secret forces of the separate parts of the earth's
    • only in another form. It is somewhat like this as regards what is
    • called matter; it is spirit in another form, spirit passed over into
    • another form, as water into ice. Hence in spiritual science we have
    • the different Folk-Souls we have distinguished according to other
    • question: How is it with other Folk-Spirits? If we look around at
    • other regions of the Earth, what methods do the Folk-Spirits adopt in
    • head another activity goes forth. Only through the cooperative
    • as the other, yet the one man may have fought out, conquered things
    • in his soul, and the other may utter them as the result of
    • reason a nation is bound to love certain other nations today,
    • which I have explained to working in other realms for air, water, and
    • intimately associated with warmth. The other ways of working are not
    • the head, nor are the other workings mentioned. But warmth produces
    • or to flatter any other; yet it is true that on the one hand in the
    • an event which, if you study it deeply, you can pair with none other.
    • otherwise if it is to be understood. Look into any sphere whatsoever.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Life Gifts: Lecture II: The Relativity of Knowledge, and Spiritual Cosmology
    Matching lines:
    • Other volumes in GA# 181 are: Earthly Death and Cosmic Life,
    • geographer, who observes the separate continents or any other parts
    • On the other hand an important discovery results from this insight
    • as one gives publicity to other truths, is wrong. Those who believe
    • the idea: One thing is right — and another is wrong. But I must
    • tree, first from the one side and then another, the second picture is
    • Copernican world-conception. That alone is correct, all the other
    • light, one who stands there has this view, and another who
    • many years. Many might object that the one contradicts the other, but
    • sense of view should contradict another; for thereby we get
    • them; for these things, like many others, give offense for instance to
    • as coming from a different Cosmos, really from quite another Cosmos
    • another light.” That was the fancy of Hermann Grimm.‘Man would
    • reincarnated on the Earth. He would have a Father and Mother, a
    • forget everything he had experienced from another point of view. And
    • do otherwise then forget what went before, for one cannot write
    • history with the other concepts.
    • give this; but it is another perception, from a different point of
    • learns to realize that on one side it is bluish-violet, on the other
    • two modifications of color, but there are of course other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Life Gifts: Lecture III: Thoughts about the Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • Other volumes in GA# 181 are: Earthly Death and Cosmic Life,
    • color.” In Plato another conception is found. There
    • something appears which we cannot understand otherwise,
    • be rediscovered in our time, in another way. Since olden
    • Another is very
    • with what men will appropriate in another way for the
    • because it belongs to another stage of being, it must in
    • surrounds him there. Other pictures besides these are
    • entered into some relationship with the others. Did you
    • little. For if you are three yards away from another person and
    • lady sits here and another there. If the one lady does not
    • particularly notice that another is sitting over there and does
    • observe the other at all, does not become aware of her
    • all rolled up — I can find no other expression for it
    • unformed body. Many people (though not precisely the mothers
    • these things — and of course it may also be otherwise.
    • the time which follows on death, the other bodies, the
    • capacity of entering something different and other than
    • lead down to Father and Mother. It gradually feels itself
    • bluish over Asia, India and East Africa; and on the other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Life Gifts: Lecture IV: The Eternal and the Imperishable
    Matching lines:
    • Other volumes in GA# 181 are: Earthly Death and Cosmic Life,
    • to the fact that occult truths, though coming from other
    • must not remain in secrecy any longer; but like other
    • which we have already spoken from other points of view; we
    • many other things also disproves this Maya-consciousness
    • to these, of course, works gravity and other forces, such as
    • direction of these forces. The other process, dispersion of
    • which work against one another in the form. Indeed in a
    • bodies have to say to each other is expressed in a mysterious
    • after-effects coming from the other side. He sees it
    • “from the other side,” as the dead man sees it,
    • see from the other side what is otherwise turned inwards; of
    • development. They do not desire it. On the another hand, just
    • such persons as those to whom I have today and at other times
    • this respect in advance of others which do not enter into
    • particularly at some other time. This is not said from many
    • Spencer and others; their language gives forth nothing by
    • the same as in other wars; there have also been wars in
    • certain relationships, but to go into their depths, otherwise
    • must ever again be taken to heart, otherwise the individual
  • Title: Life Gifts: Lecture V: Thoughts on Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • Other volumes in GA# 181 are: Earthly Death and Cosmic Life,
    • Animal Kingdom,” I alluded among many other things to
    • reaches the age of 35 must have attained some other age
    • however is only the other side of the question: the thought
    • forces we must use in order to grasp this or some other
    • inwardly quick and placed in the Cosmos; on the other hand
    • consider how your own father and mother, son and daughter
    • to the skies and another found fault with; that must happen;
    • and on the other hand where he may find the entrance to the
    • man who had written a book referring among other things to
    • the bottom of all these things. If on the other hand we bear
    • on astrology, and another assails him because he does not
    • thing among others should be specially observed: the tearing
    • what on the other is Christ and Christ-force. If the
    • rediscover, in another way — in a way which entails the
    • century we have to record another spiritual undertaking which
    • its connection with the other Mysteries. We must look at
    • to whether we or others are deluded must not come into the
    • which Lemarck and others have said. It was a purely
    • beings? No notice is taken of this by science. On the other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Life Gifts: Lecture VI: Spiritual Science, the Practice of Life and the Destinies of Souls
    Matching lines:
    • Other volumes in GA# 181 are: Earthly Death and Cosmic Life,
    • the other side of the gates of physical life: which are
    • ‘content’ there is another very essential one.
    • have to be corrected; that much may appear in another form in
    • another department of this Spiritual Science. But what it may
    • objects step into the space of the Ego, which otherwise we
    • present-day science and other activities into consideration,
    • something — the belief in the similarity of all other
    • in Europe and also in other parts of the world has been ruled
    • other examination of the soul. The experimenter has a certain
    • have no connection with one another; for example,
    • “head” and “crystal,” then two other
    • considered to have the best memories, and the others who
    • Yet quite other suggestions are also possible!
    • reflected image for that of another.”
    • mirror, and take his own face for that of another.
    • “Another idea is the discovery of the stealthy
    • supported by scholarships or in some other way; while the one
    • beginning as follows: “More than almost any other
    • there for those wounded in the head or those with otherwise
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Life Gifts: Lecture VII: Whitsuntide Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • Other volumes in GA# 181 are: Earthly Death and Cosmic Life,
    • none other and for that reason comprehensible to all, to
    • “liberty” must be realized. In no other way can
    • liberty be realized in the world; in no other way than by the
    • This should give rise to another thought; how greatly we
    • other task — of really flowing into the social
    • with another which sounds forth to us today at every hour,
    • some other time in history? What would have become of those
    • born in other times. Of course that could not have happened,
    • of whom external history does not speak. Yet, on the other
    • another meaning to this Whitsuntide proclamation, and it is
    • the other aspect to count; viz, that the spirit is
    • the other hand it is of tremendous importance to grasp such a
    • there is among other things an expression which runs thusly:
    • very inconvenient to many who otherwise like the theories.
    • soul nature, and in yet another sense. Our 21st to 22nd year
    • replace it later by other powers, except as you make use of
    • also transformed. For the other years of childhood we may
    • from outside; otherwise we shall become frightfully one-sided
    • otherwise exactly like Faust in external appearance. And yet
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Sound Outlook: Lecture I: States of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • its inner construction, from the other parts of nan's being.
    • some way or other busy with the world of outer perceptions,
    • former incarnation. Another interesting characteristic of the
    • life of soul concerns the other pole in man, the man of
    • streams out, he raises to consciousness what would otherwise
    • other. Through the waking-day consciousness of the head, what
    • other tires of his physical body. Anyone who has learnt to do
    • and other writings of mine) is
    • of man into the physical world. Another period will dawn,
    • itself. The other pole will be in the third millennium, when
    • in others — both ill-founded. But something else might
    • from other travellers in that country. I find much that is
    • afterwards wrote all kinds of other things, does not
    • nor of the other works composed by him at the same period. He
  • Title: Sound Outlook: Lecture II: The Building at Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • been maturing through long ages, and in another form will
    • other, those who pursued, as he said, a
    • another piece of wood, to produce the equivalent of the fire
    • “natural” method with that of to-day, another
    • “magical” civilisation has another special
    • its opposite; never one pole without the other. The Ahrimanic
    • One cannot arise without the other. That is the pattern of
    • at the same time he refers to various other things.
    • other, stronger, and more spiritual forces should play into
    • path which must continue. Others who follow us in the work,
    • domes; but the domes are so cut as to link into one another,
    • short of a small segment in the front, and the other, the
    • another.
    • developed one from the other, there arose, as of itself, a
    • course, some raised surfaces and others hollowed out; these
    • Hence, through yet another means, we have tried here also to
    • and the same applies to other Christian sculpture I have
    • onlooker, is another Lucifer-figure, so that Lucifer is also
    • twice represented. This other Lucifer is marred, and falls
    • extension in front is the larynx; another metamorphosis of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Sound Outlook: Lecture III: East and West
    Matching lines:
    • within it, other states of consciousness exist, dim and
    • from one earth-life to another are hidden, disguised. An idea
    • and life after death similar to one another. Thus will be
    • between one earth-life and another. During this training
    • gradual transition from the one to the other. In the East
    • great. That was really equal to the occasion; but other
    • up; you see one star circling round another, also a star with
    • other. Or I ask you another Question: — has your
    • Science, although in another realm, has to reckon with the
    • still exists belonging to another world, and that this remaining
    • can only be understood by learning something of this other world,
  • Title: Sound Outlook: Lecture IV: History and Repeated Earth-Lives
    Matching lines:
    • back knowing with certainty, in some form or other
    • incarnation to another is possible only when self- knowledge,
    • however, has taken another path, — that of concealing
    • other people. Reading these accounts, one says to oneself: By
    • other words cannot be substituted for them. If these
    • carefully chosen words are replaced by others, from that
    • other things are, involved in this, and it is important to
    • or is connected in some other way with the Father and the
    • well that this is otherwise represented now, but when it is
    • the one hand, with Oriental Gnosis on the other. This aura
    • another picture of the dawn of the Consciousness Soul. How
    • evidence, and many others could be added to it: investigation
    • the East by Venice and other Italian States.
  • Title: Sound Outlook: Lecture V: The Being and Evolution of Man
    Matching lines:
    • future. These I have mentioned in other lectures.
    • other conception — that of outer dissolution and inner
    • from one metamorphosis to another. We should correct any
    • alien to one another. The material organism of childhood does
    • from one another, our substance is organised from within. It
    • be solid and enduring, and on the other at his ego, which he
    • the other hand, they also differ, because from life to life a
    • conceived of as being dense. The other is the abstract ego,
    • being is Ahrimanic and the other Luciferic, we should have a
    • physical-corporeal Ahrimanic phantom, on the other the
    • ages, and on the other, the real soul-spiritual psychic
    • invisible. The other entity remains a little behind the
    • interpretation is possible — “Grandmother, Mother
    • indeed is only a continuation of certain other religious
    • others. What then, was the task of the Church? Its task was
    • Christ, and men could do no other than strive for that
    • no right to declare anything about the Christ from any other
    • longer comprehensible or satisfying concepts with others,
    • reputation for shrewdness — a brotherhood which has a
    • mystical tendency. This other Order reckoned mystical piety
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Sound Outlook: Lecture VI: Problems of the Time (I)
    Matching lines:
    • forces, connected with and related to each other, but
    • differing fundamentally from all others working in previous
    • hand, numerous phenomena of decadence, but on the other, the
    • we have the current of human civilisation, and on the other
    • physical, in “the other world”, their souls
    • these particular centuries. Many other men resembled him; he
    • behind events, he separated the one from the other and said:
    • those days; on the other we have to deal with something
    • is another result of this, the more clearly to be seen the
    • thing arises from another enables one to understand the
    • illusion of being a totality in himself. On the other hand,
    • spiritual life appeared there, too; but on the other hand
    • distance from the super-sensible: in other words Jesuitism.
    • Jesuit movement knows very well how to reckon with the other
    • another, as it were. This is not something to take casually;
    • life, and on the other, the advent of something new. If we
    • other tendency — towards the dark and somber side. The
    • born, a beautiful child; his mother may be charmed. Mothers
    • other. Nowhere does one get a stronger feeling of Catholicism
    • have developed! You know for my other lectures that a science
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Sound Outlook: Lecture VII: Problems of the Time (II)
    Matching lines:
    • another to these considerations, as a final one, it can be
    • which men assimilate in the way I have described, other
    • The other was
    • view is able to speak correctly of the future; otherwise he
    • in one domain or another. Yet the world refuses to take in
    • mother, and goes through all the stages of his embryonic
    • the child existence; and since father and mother are the
    • otherwise be immortal. Parents are called to give death of a
    • Christ-Jesus to invoke Him for any need other than that of
    • another — Schiller, representative of the mind unable
    • we must look for another. Obviously, under present
    • filled beer-mugs. Another time we were in a room like a
    • stable: we had booked another, but that was all they gave us.
    • In other towns I have lectured in places with no boards on
    • this place is symbol for us. We must move into another, but
    • Science, and if on the other hand we accept what has recently
  • Title: On The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • was quite otherwise in the remote past. The primitive human beings
    • intercourse with the highest spiritual beings on other planes. For in
    • in those times in the simplest possible way, but, on the other hand,
    • two thousand years men have been led by another Power, but the first
    • another task. We must not be mere visitor’s on the Earth, but
    • importance on another plane.
    • when everyone will know in quite another light, what the Christ is,
    • writings of Christianity, will bring its own revenge. Another dawn
    • that Christ washes the feet of the others. ..... (sentence missing in
    • the most important and that the other bodies have yet to develop to
    • Divine and not place ourselves above it — otherwise we sin
    • the steps of Wisdom, before our elder, more perfect brothers —
    • us work together as brothers, wherever we may be. No one is too weak
  • Title: Occult Significance of Blood
    Matching lines:
    • by one of the latest commentators, Professor Minor. He, like others,
    • understand the line otherwise. Faust is to inscribe his name in his
    • yet one other question, the importance of which is becoming more and
    • the one or the other is a matter conditioned by its blood — such
    • of blood occurred late in the evolution of the universe; that other
    • for the benefit of others who are here for the first time. Indeed,
    • being, and that, in fact, there are many other parts behind the
    • address another as “I.” This “I” has to sound
    • soul itself can apply to itself. Every other person is a
    • place upon it, the ancient Jewish name of God has no other meaning
    • but, on the other hand, he is now conscious of his inner life, and out
    • Hand in hand with this transformation another change takes place in
    • senses. Yet, on the other hand, the man of today is no longer
    • of his inner organs; but in earlier times this was otherwise. There
    • partook more of the nature of a vivid dream, but, on the other hand,
    • In earlier times tribes held aloof from each other, and the individual
    • civilization can be assimilated by the others. Take, for example, a
    • with that of another not akin to it, the blood of the one is fatal to
    • that of the other. This has been known to occultism for ages. If you
    • from the other. If, again, you mingle the blood of man with that of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Lord's Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • conception has brought to members of the anthroposophic movement another
    • assume that the Deity granted his wishes rather than those of others.
    • One peasant might pray for sunshine for a particular crop; another for rain
    • for another crop. What would Divine Providence then do?
    • Or suppose two opposing armies are facing each other, with each side
    • brotherhood attach to prayers arising out of personal wishes, and the
    • water. It is impossible to tell where one drop of water ends and another
    • the primordial, eternal element of humanity and, from the other, as a drop
    • one another in the sense of spiritual science by their names. An
    • each from all the others. The will, as we have noted is comparable with
    • from one another and separately named, is comparable with spirit self. The
    • (spirit man) — in other words, to life spirit — you would see
    • at another time within us. In the course of seven years, as we have
    • mentioned in other connections, the entire material composition of the
    • have also reminded you on other occasions. You have learned so much,
    • Human beings understand one another through common qualities in their
    • readily out of certain qualities binding him to a common life with others,
    • and the next. On the other hand, faults of a more individual nature, a
    • in English, signifying what one man owes another in a moral sense. Debt,
  • Title: Lecture: On Chaos and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • of the Chaos; the legends and myths of other nations, too, are
    • and on the other hand, the hot Muspelheim. The beginning of
    • only other words for the Chaos out of which the highest Spiritual
    • stealing of thoughts, of the spiritual property of others. Lawsuits
    • any other. Gas and ‘gaseous’ were unknown concepts before
    • passes over into quite another form. This new condition, the
    • Godhead. This ancient idea contains quite another concept of Spirit
    • is cast out; and unless, at some time or other, you mingle Chaos with
    • evolution that come from olden time. It enters in from other worlds
  • Title: Lecture: History of the Physical Plane and Occult History
    Matching lines:
    • for the other side of existence, for that side which we
    • know, the life of man in those other worlds, invisible to man
    • for that other side of existence? Or are we to fall in with
    • conscious of how they differ from one another. Then is it not
    • the other world, and so on, are we not justified in asking
    • whether on the other side of existence “history”
    • one another, beginning from the 4th century before Christ and
    • the same way there is a “history” for the other
    • consciousness of man was darkened on the other side, in the
    • lost to man on the other side to the same extent as this side
    • clairvoyant consciousness of that other world became
    • conquering the physical world, the history of the other world
    • describe for the other side a history of decline with regard
    • supplement one another, or rather to qualify one another.
    • other world if we ask ourselves: What significance has the
    • mystery of Golgotha for the history of the other side? In
    • observe it from the perspective of the other side? — We
    • point of time in evolution on the other side when men had
    • material world, and on the other hand the strongest, the
    • mightiest summons towards the other world in the Event of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Human Group Souls (Lion, Bull, Eagle, Man)
    Matching lines:
    • which can thus be easily misunderstood. On the other hand, however,
    • All the other members
    • ego, however, has another characteristic. It is not so centralized.
    • other men so that they form a ring which again sends its forces
    • the most manifold way. Let us imagine one in west France, another in
    • the four groups passed into each other. They were not inwardly
    • united, but passed into each other. One calls these four group souls
    • Man, however, was at another stage of evolution than the man of
    • from another aspect.
    • already existing physically, in quite definite shapes, another
    • category to enter another. The forms which were below must correspond
    • receive the Lion egos, others the Bull egos, etc. That was in a very
    • soul was drawn to other special forms.
    • They were courageous, self-assertive, sought to overcome the others —
    • ego, had been made strong. In others, the organs of digestion, of
    • relation to the other bodies, was misshaped. They would have reminded
    • because they do not bother much about the physical, have something
    • other two groups. They would have reminded you of the bird nature. “I
    • men. The others had something which, as it were, was mixed out of all
    • (who reminded one of what we see today in quite another way in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Christianity in Human Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • Be sure to read another version of this lecture:
    • rest of humanity but are at a higher stage, there are also other
    • individualities, other beings, who have by no means gone through
    • various incarnations as other men have in the course of their
    • physical embodiment as the other men who have just been described.
    • say, as we can of other human beings, that we trace the soul back in
    • back and find it again in another incarnation, and so on. Instead, we
    • other human beings.
    • quite in vain in an earlier human embodiment, whereas other, lower
    • these three tribal ancestors are intended to represent in another
    • etheric or life body, along with the other members of his being. For
    • himself into it. Although he was not so exalted as certain other
    • other things, in that it contributes to the multiplication of one or
    • other etheric bodies of the Hebrews, Shem's own etheric body
    • multiplied and transmitted as copies to other human beings. This
    • body, and we could find other personalities in this period who had
    • All the strange and otherwise mysterious phenomena of that time will
    • also that other spiritual beings of whom the religious documents
    • Johannes Tauler and all the other bearers of medieval mysticism.
    • This was an important transition in other respects also. We have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Isis and Madonna
    Matching lines:
    • strange cry: “The Mothers, the Mothers are pursuing me!” it was
    • there existed a so-called “Temple of the Mothers,” set up in
    • by the expression “the Mothers.” When Goethe was able to let
    • the full significance of the expression “the Mothers” sink into his
    • to the Mothers.
    • Now what does this journey to the Mothers signify for Faust? We have
    • himself cannot enter the realm where the Mothers are enthroned
    • material existence. To him the realm of the Mothers is the realm of
    • of the realm of the Mothers, and we are told how they weave and live
    • how man, if he would penetrate to the Mothers, must rise above all
    • the Mothers can Faust worthily unite in Helen the eternal with the temporal.
    • understood how in this realm of the Mothers one has to do with a
    • to the Mothers.
    • realm of the Mothers that there is born all that is given to our
    • senses, just as in the mountains metal is born out of the mother-ore.
    • And because this mysterious realm, the Mother-realm of everything
    • in Goethe, the expression “the Mothers” works with such fascination
    • “The Mothers, the Mothers,” he recognized that this was not a mad
    • spiritual reality. The Mother problem of the world stood before Goethe
    • inserted this Mother problem as a mystery into the second part of his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The European Mysteries and Their Initiates
    Matching lines:
    • certain resemblances and on the other outstanding differences, simply
    • the path leading to the “Mothers.” This is the path which
    • universe — the Primordial Father and Mother from whom the soul is
    • Goddess Ceridwen, this is simply another way of describing Initiation.
    • before us in life, with his head, hands, feet and other members. And
    • and others. Each one of these organs contributes to human life and
    • another the power of feeling, a third the power of will. Sub-divisions
    • in other words, he must seek Initiation. And who is Baldur? Baldur is
    • danger likely to be far greater here than in other regions of the
    • (Ceridwen) not only for a Hu or a Baldur but for another
    • ask his name or rank, in other words, what connects him with the world
    • in which the Lohengrin legend — which has many other meanings as
    • another cycle of legends and sagas, but it is difficult to speak of
    • them now. We must wait for another occasion. To-day we will consider
    • others. The rose — Flor or Flos — symbolised the human soul
    • levels. But associated with the outer Brotherhood of the Rosicrucians
    • really cope with life. It could not be otherwise, for the meaning of
  • Title: The Nature and Origin of the Arts
    Matching lines:
    • cold.” The eyes of the other woman wander over the
    • which might easily become fatal; the other sinks into a sleep
    • we are to describe her visions we cannot do it otherwise than
    • circles stood one upon another, much as if one were
    • horizontal, another vertical, the third running from right to
    • on the other side of my life, in the physical world where at
    • attached to one another in the ear. This is my last tiny
    • offspring. They have torn him from me into the other world,
    • foot in front of the other, changing repose into movement,
    • consciousness. And another spirit figure approached her
    • — one on one side and one on the other.
    • by which they move their limbs and other portions of their
    • consciousness, and another spirit figure drew near which
    • attained to something which endows thee with another
    • to quite other forces within them, Thou wilt be allowed to
    • through this act of thine, another individual faculty of that
    • another figure arose out of this tossing astral sea — a
    • the imagination, and another figure came up to her, even
    • nature, otherwise regarded as a mere soulless mass of forms
    • picture representing a landscape. And another picture rose up
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • inception, been confused with various other tendencies in existence
    • to implant one or another of the Oriental spiritual influences —
    • another. Are the hands, and the legs, and the head that which goes
    • another analogy which the sage Nagasena showed to King Milinda. The
    • word, as extending from one incarnation to another.
    • of a carriage, or of any other object, in such a way that the
    • incarnations succeed each other, and there is no idea of evolution
    • another that is utterly different — attain Nirvana!’ But
    • on the one hand a non-historical, and Christianity on the other hand,
    • are those who hear the Law,’ but another sentence is added: It
    • world in ideas and concepts is at hand.’ In other words: ‘Man
    • significance of other deaths. On the contrary, Christ reveals the
    • Christ. And when yet another six hundred years have passed, a symbol
    • against their own Mother. For what they and others, have to say, is
    • on the other hand, portrayed the upward-striving Individuality, that
    • with the Universe, he cannot do otherwise than forge the links on the
    • other side which bind it to the true content of Christianity. He says
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science and Speech
    Matching lines:
    • our environment. On the other hand, those who dare to penetrate into
    • life on the other, are expressed in speech, the so-called ‘Mystery
    • or caused by the impact of one object against another, and that he
    • speculation it was. He advanced another theory in its place which his
    • the other three members of his being. It has also been indicated that
    • being products of the past, so may we speak of three other members
    • Thus before man became an individual soul, another soul
    • worked in the three members of his being. This other soul —
    • the other instruments of speech has been elaborated artistically out
    • light would not exist for us,” is only half a truth. The other
    • In another sphere, it is the same thing as if we were to
    • each other in the astral body. Desire could become a soul-quality,
    • instance, we find imitation when the other members of the soul are as
    • made up of quite other elements than colour and canvas, light and
    • inward element. When the child expresses itself thus, its mother
    • case its mother comes to it. The inner experience of joy, or pain,
    • feels satisfaction when the mother comes, occurs in innumerable
    • what the artist has expressed with other media, — colour, tone,
    • The other thing has its bearing in practical life
    • question of artistic imagery. Then I will describe it from the other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual research. Indeed, how could it be otherwise? After
    • other from the future.
    • in other spheres of life it might seem mere folly to talk of
    • Another
    • inner warmth, the other leading through a feeling of
    • unfruitful compared to this other knowledge. When we come to
    • concentration. This is also true of other prayers.
    • we seek God in our souls and then do not pass to the other
    • neglected other side takes its revenge on us.
    • years during which we have scorned prayer, and another period
    • basis of spiritual science I tell you there is another point
    • maintain that many journalists would do others a better
    • articles. This attitude is equally applicable to many other
  • Title: Lecture: Mendelssohn's 'Overture of the Hebrides'
    Matching lines:
    • ancient Atlantian clairvoyance in its full purity. The others who had
    • others were looked upon as strangers, as belong[ing] to another Group Ego.
    • their clan against other clans, perceived at the same time impulses
    • the past, who more than others allowed these spirits of the past to
  • Title: Astral World: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • those others who were seeking have gradually, so to speak, crystallized.
    • another direction, and with the help of those spiritual Powers, who
    • at what belongs to other worlds in order to be able to form a judgment
    • But think what other and differing sensations, feelings, thoughts are
    • Through these, they stand in connection with other beings of the astral
    • These people may otherwise have the most varied experiences and thereby
    • we stand in connection with another being. Thus in everyone, there is
    • evolved. Each ideal can differ from the others, you have had the ideal
    • of most diverse astral beings. One can also come in another way into
    • a new friendship, and he was then united with another being of the astral
    • the astral world. Thus in abnormal cases, what is otherwise held together
    • everywhere into other worlds and that other beings project into our
    • Other men are different. All those, for instance, who develop a definite
    • form of anxiety or a feeling of love are connected with another being
    • do these beings live with one another? They have no such dense physical
    • physical plane. People who group the different planes above one another
    • even the rule — for beings to penetrate each other, and where
    • already one being is, another presses in. Two, four, hundreds of beings
    • architect, etc. The other party wishes to build a different church with
    • be done. Nothing indeed would be done unless in most cases one or other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Astral World: Lecture II: Some Characteristics of the Astral World
    Matching lines:
    • though they have a different form from the other leaves. Yet, you feel
    • end its existence, begin to be fruitful in order to produce another
    • each other so that they flow along as in a fluid element. But one thing
    • life. To produce the animal nature, it is necessary for still other
    • of the earth or of some other planet, will give rise to plant growth.
    • If, on the other hand, forces appear, which in fact stand at right angles
    • quite well with the plant astrality. They interpenetrate each other
    • astrality can positively stream through each other. If a clairvoyant
    • to the earth's center with others interpenetrating them that are only
    • astral structure, and in quite another part of space, there can be another
    • then find another that belongs to this one. Now you observe the former
    • others thrust out. And while you perceive this in the one structure,
    • other processes going on that correspond to what occurred in the first
    • other hand, it experiences the taste, and although there is no spatial
    • the process in the other structure. Thus, astral structures quite separated
    • in space can, nevertheless, belong inwardly to one another.
    • can take place in one without a corresponding process in the others.
    • of the other. Even where it is a case of plant astrality, this peculiarity
    • make it an organ for taking nourishment. Now somewhere or other, there
    • one astral mass of forces has given you the one, the other has given
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Astral World: Lecture III: The Law of the Astral Plane: Renunciation
    Matching lines:
    • the one hand, and on the other hand our need to bring these into the right
    • fore; for another goal, thinking must retreat, and again for another goal,
    • so, and another feels so, about the same things?
    • one another spatially. We know, in fact, that where the physical world
    • one another. Now the question could be asked, “Well, if everything
    • is in one another, I cannot distinguish them as in physical space, where
    • everything is side by side! If the ‘other side’ is in ‘this
    • world from each other?” One distinguishes them through the fact
    • and the devachanic through Inspiration, but we also know through other
    • its contents would never be able to experience the other parts of the
    • astral world — whether after death or through other means —
    • in no other way than through deprivation! One who comes up into the
    • the other part of the astral world through the development of that which
    • ones that will bring the soul into the other part of the astral world.
    • in some other way; then the physical instruments of the body are lacking
    • We must direct our attention to it; otherwise, its effects pass us by.
  • Title: Prophecy -- Its Nature and Meaning
    Matching lines:
    • sixteen others, is entitled:
    • sixteen others, is entitled:
    • emphatically than other branches of Spiritual Science. If in these
    • other branches of Spiritual Science — in many of them at least
    • perhaps from asceticism, or other experiences leading to the
    • ordinary life. The human being was thus given over to other Powers,
    • controlled by other Powers and in this condition made prophetic
    • other stars and constellations. From this he calculates how the
    • prophets, the Greek seeresses or others who, having passed out of
    • This attitude is perfectly justified but on the other hand there is
    • But let us take other examples —
    • high repute who, among other activities, had rendered wonderful
    • stars, but not as Kepler or others like Kepler had observed them.
    • gaze. In other words he made no special mathematical calculations but
    • heavy loss. Another prediction, made long beforehand, for the year
    • question whether it was out of pity for the parents or for other
    • stand he would otherwise have taken and so was himself the cause of
    • But on the other side it must be
    • father lost his money, or for some other reason. To begin with he
    • to birth, or the other way round. The fact that happenings in human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Hidden Depths of Soul Life
    Matching lines:
    • lecture, among sixteen others, is entitled: Menschengeschichte im
    • life-body. (One need not object to an expression which like others just
    • by our will, and on the other hand what can be said to surge from
    • and the other, our conscious life playing its part in all our thoughts,
    • later taken to Jena, and visited there by Overbeck and others, it was
    • dependent on the physical body. On the other hand, the independent
    • another aspect, that of his inner life, we see how he is daily aware of
    • otherwise we shall not grasp the true dream phenomena —
    • already referred to it in other connections. In the case of a certain
    • at other times this creative activity is discontinued and then it rises
    • who has done something or other has experienced injustice either at the
    • Another child who has been spared this earlier experience may grow up
    • the other child who grows up having experienced injustice in his
    • Attention was focused in quite another direction. So later the
    • and it appears every day into thousands of instances. But other
    • consciousness, we must on the other hand realise that we make our
    • excitements and so on, including all other feelings, we are left with
    • suggestively. In other words, he must not be controlled by the thought
    • in that of warmth. In other words, he must choose symbols that have
    • his soul descends to other regions. If we described the experience open
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Good Fortune Its Reality and Its Semblance
    Matching lines:
    • happenings in the outer world. This verdict sounds as clearly as any other
    • to a married couple. The mother died in child-birth. The same day the
    • not do otherwise — he must see his beloved again although she was
    • compelled, through the vicinity of other crystals, or through other forces of
    • development in the struggle against wind and weather and other conditions
    • in this case does a man usually say that he is fortunate; any other
    • rise before him — his brothers and sisters, each carrying a light. It
    • the darkness each with his own lantern. Or he dreams himself into other
    • wisdom, of knowledge, as a piece of particularly good fortune. On the other
    • different from one another — we can see that perhaps it is possible,
    • to do so were they constantly pursued by ill-fortune. On the other hand, it
    • — work for himself and for others in a beneficial way. So what may be
    • one life determining another, I can easily understand that an unfortunate
    • earth-life by another — must not be accepted in the sense of a merely
    • an interest in him. On the other hand, we have seen that good fortune may
    • learn from it. — No other answer can be given by one to whom fortune has
    • earth-life to another, then ill-luck becomes a challenge to regard life as a
    • another pursuing a visionary happiness; or on the other hand he may see
    • more sublime thoughts than almost any other, thoughts that make it possible
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of the Animal World in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • everything concerning nature and essence of man, so on the other hand
    • existence, and we see on the other side how a research moving in this
    • other hand we can perceive how deeper thinkers who stand entirely on
    • became independent. And on the other hand — so Fechner imagines
    • nevertheless, under quite other conditions than the life processes of
    • investigator thinks he couldn't go in another way if he were to
    • by Darwin or Lamarck or other pioneer spirits exclude any regard of
    • in showing the metamorphosis of one form of life into another, and
    • into it one after another? Whatsoever His Will may have been, the
    • the entirety of evolution, otherwise we have no firm basis at all. We
    • Now on the other hand we
    • or Giordano Bruno (for other things are now in fashion and people are
    • no longer burned), but suffer other fates. It has today,
    • assumed as the original earth organism. On the other hand, however,
    • thinks logically cannot as a result come to any other conclusion —
    • and other organs during sleeping life. In the evening our organs are
    • proclaim. For this reason, in a popular lecture one can take no other
    • transcendental formative principle. In another way, the formative
    • today. At this time quite obviously other, different forms of living
    • other animals, as the saurian species, etc. To be brief: we can meet
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Death in Man, Animal, and Plant
    Matching lines:
    • Nevertheless from another aspect one may stress the point that, if
    • dilettante theosophical or other spiritual-scientific sources. These
    • violent deaths brought about by accidents or otherwise. When,
    • life, just as other natural processes are brought about in the course
    • in one form or another, as poison phenomena making an end of life.
    • instrument in the physical world, might, on the other hand, make it
    • can never be content with knowing the relation to one another of the
    • once in the body of Caesar might go on living in some other being, it
    • substances, while, on the other hand, those students who wish —
    • tiredness of nerves, muscles and other organs is brought about solely
    • gives place to another, the brain becomes less tired than if we set
    • normal — the activities of the heart and lungs and the other
    • come to understand that the great earth mother is a complete organism
    • of the earth is asleep the other half is always awake, so that sleep
    • other. Thus, then, with the earth we are dealing with a vast organism
    • cheerful, or in some way of a phlegmatic or other temperament, easily
    • the human being still another process: we see how out of the whole
    • sickness by our moods of heart and soul, we see, on the other hand,
    • external physical body, we see that this is no other than the victory
    • on the one hand, and on the other the whole structure of our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Nature of Eternity
    Matching lines:
    • this doctrine be less true than many other doctrines which in
    • face. If he looked around him what other reflections would he
    • them, so does another consciousness arise, one that is not
    • feeling over again the pain itself? Many other things there
    • thought on the other, can be seen to change. Thus at a
    • impulses connected with his thoughts, whereas at another time
    • our times, he wins through to what otherwise would be
    • forces are available in a man's soul for other activities
    • another earthly incarnation.
    • other. Buddhism is the last fruit of a primeval culture
    • deed of Karma. Whereas all other deeds are temporal and will
    • the ego. The Buddhist, on the other hand, obliterates the ego
    • to another and shapes our inner life of soul. When we
    • others. Then, at a certain point of time, memory awakes, but
    • however, with what can be learned by other means. When a
    • ordinary consciousness; and these others include a striving
    • to an end, it will be succeeded by another kind of existence.
    • avail him for other forms of existence. In studying the
  • Title: Lecture: Leonardo da Vinci
    Matching lines:
    • completely under water in the floors. Many other things intervened
    • acquainted himself with Leonardo's other works, and tried to
    • lower corner is the drawing of another head so as to catch the whole
    • other an equestrian statue of the Duke's father. This brought
    • other things were going on at the same time. In describing him as we
    • but we also see him working out all sorts of military and other
    • one world-secret after another, in order to construct a work in which
    • falls from the different sides, and how with regard to the other
    • Christ Figure, standing out as it does from the other figures, seem
    • the other countenances but not that of Judas nor that of Christ
    • since the appearance of Copernicus, Kepler and others, natural
    • the time of Leonardo. The other is something that could not come at
    • time; it had to be lost for otherwise the new age could not have
    • from another standpoint and say: No matter what this soul may have
    • being belongs to another world, a world that compared with our own is
    • another, a super-sensible, current and say: Something runs, as it
    • as Leonardo entered it. Born of mediocre father and of a mother who
  • Title: Cosmic/Human Metamorphosis: Lecture 1. Materialism and Spirituality.
    Matching lines:
    • mankind in relation on the one hand to the Ahrimanic, and on the other
    • that meeting with one another here on the physical plane is not the
    • the physical plane of our dear Fräulein Motzkus, and of other dear
    • will be among us in another form.
    • but I am not quite sure as to this. Then came other messages given
    • other statements, the soul of Raymond stated that Myers was with him,
    • through the gates of death. From the other side he told them that he
    • one after the other, and that his position in the groups was such and
    • a soul from the other side, describing a photograph of which several
    • Lodges, all thinking in one way or another about the dead man, and all
    • the case in the other instances. Nobody in England could have known of
    • this is none other than a very special case of Deuteroscopia. The case
    • of another world. In each one of us there is a part which is not of
    • merely a Ruler of men, but their Brother, Who, particularly in the
    • periods and ages of the earth, and of many other secrets of evolution
    • brother, so that our hearts and souls may be strong enough to grow up
  • Title: Cosmic/Human Metamorphosis: Lecture 2. The Metamorphoses of the Soul-Forces
    Matching lines:
    • contrary made in other quarters — the connection between this
    • external sense things react upon us,’ and the other, that:
    • Dead had moreover other and far-reaching results. It was then easier
    • understand the language of the Dead, and this language is none other
    • not have brought into our souls in any other way. If we have the right
    • other respects, however, it may appeal to him; for he is accustomed to
    • before!’ Such is life in the abstract. In other domains, where
    • There are also other moments in life when — as I might say — it is
    • and in-coming of our astral body and ego. This being is none other
    • understand each other, or to try and make them see what is before
    • exercise their imagination in another direction, because they refuse
    • is complicated, and one person influences another. It is ever the case
  • Title: Cosmic/Human Metamorphosis: Lecture 3. The Human Soul and the Universe (part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • for another version of this lecture.
    • universe can of course be expressed and shown in many other ways, but
    • his own knowledge of this phenomenon. Many others also said the same.
    • This genius is none other than the Spirit-Self in process of
    • another very different point of view, but we will now consider it from
    • greet one another, and so on. But when he becomes able to observe such
    • meet a Spiritual process is established, which, among other things, is
    • sympathy and antipathy which the two persons feel for each other; and
    • to meet who could not bear each other: — an extreme case, but
    • other, and that this feeling of antipathy is mutual. It can then be
    • towards each other. A mutual antipathy between persons meeting is
    • each towards the other. When two persons come together who love each
    • other, a similar process can be observed; but then the etheric head
    • himself and his own personal relation to another, but is filled with a
    • a man clairvoyantly, they can see the halo and cannot do otherwise
    • consciousness of every man in some form or other; but the
    • indicated in this connection from another point of view. The life of
    • the Good Friday Mystery — signifies among other things, that the
    • in another form in a like connection, in the book
    • described from another standpoint in the book
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic/Human Metamorphosis: Lecture 4. Morality, As A Germinating Force
    Matching lines:
    • tendency is not only to be found among the unlearned, and others who
    • things good and others evil? What would it avail to say this is right,
    • to gauge the views of the world held by others, ideas permeated by
    • other into the moral world order. Now to timid souls, who often
    • Another, a further meeting — if I leave out the second — is
    • other natural occurrences, but by the natural order of the moon.
    • and by another in March, and so on; but although different nations
    • way with the earth; on the other, although through his nature he was
    • Once this has been grasped, other ideas will become more real than
    • point for the moment, that may perhaps be the subject of another
    • by them as a spiritual marriage, whether with Christ or another. Many
    • represents reality. Any other age would consider whether men really
  • Title: Cosmic/Human Metamorphosis: Lecture 5. The Human soul and the Universe (part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • be observed on the other, when we come in contact with the other half
    • Sleeping and waking in individual human life follow each other in
    • circumstances are the bases of free life). Another rhythm which we
    • fatigue, from within. Now the one is just as incorrect as the other,
    • or rather the one is only partly true and so is the other — for the
    • which we shall speak in the subsequent lectures in other connections.
    • other ideas with this division of the human being. The great Greek
    • often said, is really a baby as compared to the other parts of man's
    • therein. On the other hand, between sleeping and waking, the ego
    • The point is that if, on the other hand, we were now able to develop
    • man which must under other circumstances be strongly exercised in
    • circumstances to learn the proper rules of construction, otherwise
    • is these blind ideas. Another possibility is that instead of being
    • efforts in his soul to acquire spiritual ideas, and on the other
    • us. And these emotions can be overcome in no other way.
  • Title: Cosmic/Human Metamorphosis: Lecture 6. Man and the Super-Terrestrial
    Matching lines:
    • the twenty-four hour period is day and the other half night. Of
    • universe, for the Macrocosm, and at another for man, for the
    • the whole world-order; for, while the sun was at the other side of the
    • the earth that it does not at other times. At this season the universe
    • speaks in a more intimate way to the earth than at other times. This
    • cleverer, of establishing the principal laws and other rules for
    • must be, if on the one hand Christianity, and on the other humanity,
    • of other human views and conceptions, with the sole exception of rough
    • number of others. That is not the purpose for which it was founded; it
    • Now, men are in conflict with one another about many things on the
    • variance as regards their nationality and many other things. This lack
    • another for the Germans. They still believe in the sun being the
    • Now we may ask: well, how is it then with other opposites to be found
    • and in other books and courses of lectures, we shall know, that in the
    • hours; and the three hundred and sixty-five days than any other
  • Title: Cosmic/Human Metamorphosis: Lecture 7. Errors and Truths.
    Matching lines:
    • of Natural Science and other experiences of man into consideration.
    • translate a little, for the exposition would otherwise be too
    • On the other hand we see that standing thus in the twilight, he was
    • explain the bodily nature of man, and on the other to explain
    • within man, at another time in the world outside. In man they engender
    • other with negative electricity — discharge their electricity, a
    • understand!’ He would hardly be able to give any other answer
    • correct on the basis of Spiritual Science, and on the other fully
    • of another, in that moment we can no longer speak the language of the
    • much might still be brought out of it. Yet on the other hand it was
    • thinking should cease, and another way of thinking should begin. This
    • Paracelsus, de Saint-Martin and others descend into the twilight, it
    • study of nature, the same phenomenon can also be traced in another way
    • were surrounded by many others. I will simply name those whom I know
    • Professor at the University of Heidelberg and other Universities. He
    • Theosophists just mentioned; while on the other hand we can clearly
    • were they, who pushed history forward, not like what Ranke and others
    • Richard Rothe) — ‘if transplanted into any other Spiritual
    • task in other respects. As a matter of fact they have only allowed the
    • it could not be otherwise: we take it, for granted that the Bible
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • for another version of this lecture.
    • universe can of course be expressed and shown in many other ways, but
    • his own knowledge of this phenomenon. Many others also said the same.
    • This genius is none other than the Spirit-Self in process of
    • another very different point of view, but we will now consider it from
    • greet one another, and so on. But when he becomes able to observe such
    • meet a Spiritual process is established, which, among other things, is
    • sympathy and antipathy which the two persons feel for each other; and
    • to meet who could not bear each other: — an extreme case, but
    • other, and that this feeling of antipathy is mutual. It can then be
    • towards each other. A mutual antipathy between persons meeting is
    • each towards the other. When two persons come together who love each
    • other, a similar process can be observed; but then the etheric head
    • himself and his own personal relation to another, but is filled with a
    • a man clairvoyantly, they can see the halo and cannot do otherwise
    • consciousness of every man in some form or other; but the
    • indicated in this connection from another point of view. The life of
    • the Good Friday Mystery — signifies among other things, that the
    • in another form in a like connection, in the book
    • described from another standpoint in the book
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Story of the Green Serpent and the Beautiful Lily: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • the teaching and views of Theosophy. This personality is none other
    • German nation, but to many other civilized men of the present age and
    • the other. When we are worthy to receive the Light of the Spirit, we
    • transmuted into another. All they related concerning the
    • (dry and mathematical as he was in his other writings) — when
    • student was already able to look back at his life from the other
    • are two Lands, one on this side of the River, and the other beyond.
    • him across to the other world. He is therefore put ashore by the
    • is none other than a symbol of the Mystery Temples of all ages, —
    • The old man with the lamp is another figure — what does he
    • when another light is there. Because the Serpent is luminous and
    • radiating light, — Goethe expresses these thoughts in another
    • into one another, they then give that which man experiences in his
    • metals of the three others; — he is the symbol of the lower
    • harmoniously, — affect one another in a chaotic way in the
    • But there is yet another way to pass over the River, and that is in
    • it should be ready to form the bridge from one side to the other; so
    • There are a few other thoughts connected with these basic thoughts
    • man of knowledge and on the other a useful man. Thus he has around
    • doing crippled all his life forces. Goethe says (in another place):
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Theosophy and Tolstoy
    Matching lines:
    • Let us consider life in another domain, in the domain of art. I will
    • district or another, and how the human being is obliged to exist as a
    • metamorphosis from the one form of life to the other.
    • into the outer form? Tolstoy asks himself: How do I, how do other men
    • animal life, a man has no other question than: How do I gratify the
    • the establishment of the kernel of universal brotherhood among men
    • being, when he becomes conscious of divinity, experiences as the other
    • the Course The Gospel of St. John in relation to the other three
    • another force, such as is found in the works of Tolstoy. What
  • Title: Lecture: On The Three Magi
    Matching lines:
    • the Cross. What other meaning could these words contain: “My God, my
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture VII: The Great Initiates
    Matching lines:
    • any other we may meet because it can satisfy to such a great extent
    • from which I am able to know certain things and not others. But it is
    • occult, mystic, or mystery teacher other than what the teacher has
    • itself over the other, so that often in a short time both become
    • other than surrendering oneself to thoughts which have eternal
    • extend these remarks to still other organs of knowledge and
    • belongs to the soul — in other words, to see what is in the
    • has illuminated his astral body with Manas. Manas is nothing other
    • nothing other than that which has been worked into the body by the
    • resounds in ancient fashion, contending with his brother
    • words are an echo of what stems from another world, which works into
    • other than a mighty representation of what we have come to know
    • way as Goethe. But you find among others, too, something of the
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture I: Inner Development
    Matching lines:
    • With this question or, in other words, with the question of the inner
    • science calls “higher human solitude.” The other is
    • super-sensible influence. In other cultures — and they do
    • other. Such trust is a precondition for working together. Wherever
    • self I am separated from other humans. But as far as my higher self
    • unborn child rests in the mother.
    • relationship of the matter to himself, or in some other subordinate
    • an example for man, with which he will have to unite his other
    • important from the unimportant, he has acquired another
    • stop, and much work already achieved by others would be in vain.
    • other. Christ has attempted to demonstrate this most beautifully in
    • develop a series of qualities. [For another
    • arises, there another, and each one changes one's thoughts. It is not
    • specific thought at a certain time of the day and not allow any other
    • if it is an absolutely insignificant matter. All other actions
    • listen to others. We must develop this ability to listen, for it will
    • inner harmony. The person who has the other qualities also has
    • others.
    • a different one must be undertaken at another time, again to be
    • adhered to regularly, and yet another one in the evening. These
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival: A Token of the Victory of the Sun
    Matching lines:
    • really feel the depth of other pregnant words of Goethe in which he
    • Before me, teaching me to know my brothers
    • celebrated it, in another form. Then the days begin to draw out again
    • of the other creatures belonging to the Earth — the plants and
    • other plant flower out of due season. Seed-time and harvest,
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture VIII: The Path of Knowledge and Its Stages
    Matching lines:
    • man wanted to take another spiritual path than the one appropriate to
    • for some other men in our culture, is by no means the proper path for
    • But absolute trust is an unconditional necessity; otherwise it is
    • thinking and disciplines it so that people become ripe for the other
    • longer has the same value as on the physical plane. There, another
    • another as a symbol for slyness. We must try to pursue such things,
    • Still other hindrances can
    • see things objectively, there is still the other possibility of his
    • itself into another. This is a figure to be found on the astral plane
    • through it how one race transforms itself into another. At the time
    • entwined itself in the other; for this reason, one has this occult
    • sign-language, which is learned as occult script, is nothing other
    • hexagram, angle, and other figures can be combined into an
    • Word. The letter M is nothing other than an imitation of the upper
    • Another is one in which the occult teacher brings the proper rhythm
    • with the horses and other animals. With horses the etheric head today
    • one state to another, transmutation, the metamorphosis of form. Man
    • they had another form; before that, another form, because he found
    • himself in an astral condition; and before that, yet another form,
    • condition of form passes over into another. As a last step, before he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture IX: Imaginative Knowledge and Artistic Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • him spiritual beings from other worlds. It has already been said,
    • single animal, or to experience this or that with one or another
    • Another case can be cited
    • that time there was no other science than what one thus beheld. There
    • was no other goodness than that which arose in the soul as one gazed
    • into the mysteries. Nor was there any other beauty than that which
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • marked musical talent. Another case is the Bernoulli family, in which
    • another, and so on. He takes note of everything that represents
    • Goethe in complete agreement with one another. Both thinkers believe
    • on a higher level than all the other arts. Why? Schopenhauer finds
    • the answer, saying that in all the other creative arts, such as
    • hidden intentions of nature are discovered. Music, on the other hand,
    • all other artists; in him lives the faculty of representing the world
    • other arts are expressions of the idea of nature. Since music flows
    • either of the other two. From them, he brings no conscious
    • stillness.” Through the great stillness, the tone of this other
    • theosophical books contain other descriptions of Devachan, but they
    • not describe how a tone rings out from the other side are incorrect
    • paints on his canvas, it is none other than a recollection, albeit an
    • other St. John. Both paintings show the same face; evidently the same
    • effect, therefore, that makes them totally different from each other.
    • other hand, displays a chaste, yellowish hue. It seems as if the
    • his etheric body. All his other members loosen and dwell in the
    • other than the right accord between the harmonies brought from beyond
    • world to another.
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Bach's grandfather another individuality was incarnated. The
    • father is yet again a different individuality, and another incarnates
    • is handed down from one generation to another, so are the structural
    • perhaps has not been completed and he might have remained another 200
    • physical, on the other hand, can ascend only as far as “fire.”
    • age, body and soul came in contact with each other only in the
    • between all other organs. The ear itself reverberates; it is like a
    • the other sense organs, like the eye, for example, alter the
    • impressions received from the environment. All the other senses must
    • perpendicular, one on top of the other. Science does not know what to
    • one member to another, just like the musical ear in the Bach family.
    • another out even after many hundreds and hundreds of years. In this
  • Title: Lecture: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • represents the earth; the sun, which otherwise radiates light to the
    • in other words, that which passes through all incarnations, the power
    • replaced by others equally significant, where it will no longer be
  • Title: Poetry/Fairy Tales: Lecture 2: The Interpretation of Fairy Tales
    Matching lines:
    • service?” “Yes,” said the other, “I will
    • got out of bed and killed one giant after another as they slept. Then
    • other.
    • before we go into it, let us put another beside it, for if you
    • the branch bent should be his bride; the others would have only the
    • golden bird, he saw another king standing there, fashioned entirely
    • horse being freed and able to free the others.
    • intermediate state, of one or another part of our soul, which is
    • see what lives in that activity: wind, weather and other natural
    • forces that otherwise dominate people's lives. He will then tell
    • point out where the other should look for a wife. Through the
    • so we see that while outer conditions seem to be the source, other
    • other than the grotesque form, transformed in the spiritual
    • conclusion, I should like to relate another fairy tale for you to
    • through the window, asking for a king's daughter. The brothers were
    • window, asking for a king's daughter. The brothers threw their second
    • daughter, and the brothers threw their third sister out of the
    • said nothing about this to his brothers, and in the morning they went
    • down beside it. This time the second brother had to keep watch. Soon
    • buried it, but said nothing about it, and the others thought nothing
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture II: Christianity in Human Evolution: Leading Individualities and Avatar Beings
    Matching lines:
    • Be sure to read another version of this lecture:
    • other human beings but stand on a higher plane, there are
    • also other individualities — other beings — who
    • have not gone through various incarnations as have the other
    • the other human beings just described. They were beings
    • say, as we can of other human beings, that we trace it back
    • then trace it farther back and find it again in another
    • different from any other human individuality.
    • a unique significance as an avatar being. Although other,
    • tribal ancestors represent in other respects. We simply want
    • or life body, along with the other members of their being. A
    • compare him with other avatar beings, but still a lofty
    • other things, significant in that it contributes to the
    • and all this became interwoven with all the other etheric
    • others, then this phenomenon becomes especially significant
    • to another until one arrives at one who, like Peter, was a
    • into his own etheric body, we can find other personalities in
    • strange and otherwise mysterious phenomena of that time will
    • addition, other spiritual beings of whom religious documents
    • and all other pillars of medieval mysticism.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture X: The God of the Alpha and the God of the Omega
    Matching lines:
    • than others. But no, it is still something else, for what
    • other theory would be able to advance those comprehensive
    • ideas about Saturn, Sun, and Moon? What other theories of the
    • far as other less ambitious truths are concerned, such as the
    • continues from one life to another and carries the human soul
    • of other conceptions of the world and of the philosophies
    • of knowledge, Spiritual Science has an advantage over other
    • teaching, we are transported into another world. Our ego is
    • into the other world, it lived there among spiritual beings
    • speaking, it could not extend its hand to another soul. But
    • world: the soul may not share its path with others.
    • capacity to link up with other souls had already been lost to
    • beings on earth, until his evil brother Seth shut him up in a
    • other regions of the East where people by and large seem to
    • human evolution weave themselves into each other. Zarathustra
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul One: Lecture 1: The Mission of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • For others, let me
    • to sense-perceptible reality or to the findings of human reason and other
    • being of man and other such questions that must closely engage human minds
    • being. At last he found his question answered by another thinker who had it
    • progress of humanity, when other means were used to make known the findings
    • whether the human soul may not possess other hidden powers that can be
    • us as a spiritual world, just as animals, plants and minerals and other
    • times, accordingly, the spiritual researcher had to use other means. And if
    • powers other than those needed for speaking to present-day
    • to such things as two interlocked triangles, one pointing upwards, the other
    • but there are other secrets and mysteries of existence which are only
    • customary in other sciences, or due regard would not be paid to the needs of
    • penetrate into an otherwise inaccessible spiritual world, where love,
    • another. Modern man will come to the point of saying to himself: My reason
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul One: Lecture 3: The Mission of Truth
    Matching lines:
    • complements those other elements of man's being which he has in common with
    • is the Ego that works upon the other members of his being; it cleanses and
    • ineffectually through life. Or he may lapse into the other extreme. Just as
    • thinks of nothing but developing his Ego, he may fall into the other extreme
    • of selfish isolation from all human community. Here, on this other side, we
    • teacher will burst into anger and hastily impose a penalty. The other
    • love. On the other hand, if a teacher has not yet attained inner tranquility
    • soul and other experiences takes its course in the Intellectual
    • another, we find that in the most varied realms of life conflicting opinions
    • another is there to take his place. When I lay down my work, another will
    • from himself. The other thinker, Herman Grimm, leaves himself entirely out of
    • truths others might gain from him. He merges himself in his subject. Anyone
    • have known that there was a difference between him and other men.
    • Another writer
    • egoism. Whenever he wants to force on others something he thinks right and
    • another in the field of reckoning and counting because here we have met the
    • the other precursor, anger, that we came to know yesterday, must be overcome
    • the destruction of other people's freedom.
    • other truths. These cannot be gained by reflective thought, but only by going
    • we can see at once that when a man constructs a tool or some other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul One: Lecture 4: The Mission of Reverence
    Matching lines:
    • example, can become an educator of the soul; and we saw on the other, how
    • only from the other powers of his soul, feeling and willing. Unless his
    • When the human soul seeks to encompass with feeling some other thing, we call
    • and devotion inspire its quest; otherwise the objects will not be truly
    • cultivating others, such as the sense of truth. After that, the
    • Soul and the Intellectual Soul by overcoming anger and other passions and by
    • goes out of itself and loses itself in the other being or thing to which it
    • object of the soul's devotion. In other words, there must be a resolve to
    • other element in reverence, exposed to a similar fate? Something that
    • soul is unable to relate itself properly to the world and to other people, if
    • unknown, then, and only then, will it harbour superstitions in one or other
    • otherwise, can never lead anyone astray. The best way of learning to know
    • emotions, our sympathies and antipathies, which otherwise make their way into
    • offers yet another example. We see everywhere that the course of a man's life
    • with love on another being, then the reciprocated love of the latter will
    • by its mother, this does not prevent her from loving equally her second,
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul One: Lecture 6: Asceticism and Illness
    Matching lines:
    • according to the preconceptions of one person or another. An objective,
    • world, he would then be able to perceive other things than those which come
    • hand resembles sleep, and yet is essentially different from it on the other,
    • our inner processes; otherwise we should be lost in illusion.
    • if you touch it you will soon realise that a percept is something other than
    • other to his attention, whether through another person or through some
    • comprehension; I lack the power to understand them. Then there are others who
    • firmly founded on facts. But there are other possibilities, and here we come
    • others.
    • statements are in strictly logical form, and that in other realms, where his
    • his way to an understanding of it, and if therefore he accepts another
    • did not want to develop them; in the other case a person did not absolutely
    • There are other methods with a
    • is and enables the soul to master it; the other asceticism leaves the soul as
    • The other method lowers the tone of the body, and the soul is then supposed
    • more and more deeply into it, the other asceticism, associated with the
    • asceticism has yet another shadow-side. If you look at the realms of
    • assessed in relation to his work in the world; otherwise those who say that
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul One: Lecture 7: Human Egoism
    Matching lines:
    • do.” Another member would reply: “Quite simple — I'll go on
    • Chairman and then, two hours later, the other member went. Both had put
    • connection with whatever they designate; otherwise they appear in disguise
    • to determine how far it can be combated through human nature or through other
    • opposite, altruism, aims at placing human faculties at the service of others,
    • someone proves himself to be a great benefactor in one way or another. It
    • quite petty forms of egoism, perhaps out of vanity and the like. On the other
    • otherwise has noble qualities, so that he sees the service of others as the
    • We have no need to do this, for it has been done already by many others, and
    • another complete nature, with the task of achieving another summit in
    • be an organ for elements in Nature which would otherwise remain forever
    • accomplished by the Ego in transforming the other three members of his being.
    • At first, on a primitive level, his Ego is the slave of these other members;
    • ruler and purifier of the other members of his being.
    • worked, unconsciously or subconsciously, on the three other members of man's
    • another example. If a child were to grow up on a desert island, far from any
    • light up only through living together with other human beings, for these are
    • acquires from associating with other people, instead of making it contribute
    • chronic boredom; he pursues one desire after another, not realising that he
    • world around him? In other words, when can a piece of knowledge prove
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul One: Lecture 8: Buddha and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • confused with all sorts of other tendencies and strivings of the present day.
    • and that of Christianity on the other, from the standpoint of Spiritual
    • European culture, on the one hand, and Buddhism on the other.
    • Europe, cannot rid himself of it. In discussing it with another writer he
    • to another. Is it the hands and head and legs that pass from one earth-life
    • to another? No. Is it what you are doing today or will do
    • the argument even more clearly by turning to another parable that Nagasena
    • that what passes from one incarnation to another are the name and form of the
    • Christian approach sees the parts of a chariot, or of any other object, in
    • another world, the quite different world of Nirvana. Christianity presents a
    • then you will find the strength to carry over from one incarnation to another
    • other time has there been such a turning-point in the evolution of mankind.
    • Christian education, use them to attack, so to speak, their own mother. What
    • sense, he cannot but join him on the other side to the true content of
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul One: Lecture 9: Something about the Moon in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • natural to wonder whether that other heavenly luminary, the moon, might not
    • on the weather or on some other terrestrial phenomena. Schleiden, who had
    • of the plant-cell, launched a vehement attack on another German
    • another. Hence he concluded — to put it roughly — that in
    • certain phenomena; and if in observing other phenomena we can establish
    • certain similarities with human life, why should we not recognise the other
    • the house, held responsible for everything that cannot be otherwise
    • exclude chance effects, Fechner now assumed that some other condition,
    • fevers and other bodily phenomena, and here too he obtained small positive
    • outlook embraced the spiritual, and though he made one error after another he
    • of the heavenly bodies on one another. He said to himself: When I look at the
    • telescope; it is ensouled, as are all other bodies. Hence the moon-soul
    • Even among quite sensible people today you will find no other opinion than
    • that the moon has influence only on the tides; all other opinions having been
    • easy to mock as it is hard, on the other side, to see clearly. For we are
    • meridian only once during the same period. And there are other facts. You can
    • other phase. Of course this kind of explanation can explain almost
    • numerous other problems. Hence we can say: Here is something which is
    • were generally attributed to the moon, sun and other cosmic factors. He
    • to their place of birth — if such human beings have to move to another
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture One: On the Investigation and Communication of Spiritual Truths
    Matching lines:
    • in the Gospels or in other New Testament sources about the
    • tradition and who in one way or another actually repudiate
    • other aids to the investigation of Christian truths one is
    • of our own time. From another point of view as well it is
    • longer shut ourselves off from other views or from paths to
    • now from another. And I have always emphasised that not even
    • other hand, we shall never say that the one form of truth we
    • let us say, that of mathematics or botany or some other
    • other science. This can be said without exaggeration. Why,
    • remains valueless both to himself and to others until he can
    • Among many other valuable spiritual truths and communications
    • and who had consequently to rely upon hearing from others
    • level than other human individualities among the hierarchies
    • far as he can be more useful to others. The immorality of
    • others.
    • selfish purpose after death. On the other hand, a man may
    • this, but whether it can be a fact is quite another matter.
    • the power we otherwise draw from the physical and etheric
    • consider on some other occasion what this significant
    • could otherwise be expressed in a more general way. When we
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Two: Higher Knowledge and Man's Life of Soul
    Matching lines:
    • called `Theosophy' by another view which I called that of
    • how this world itself reveals behind it another world which
    • Theosophy. The sense-world itself can reveal another world if
    • others as well, this happens when we experience our own
    • other experiences? The difference is that we are ourselves
    • ‘I’. All other experiences come to us from
    • other picture in that it is identical with its original. When
    • other mental pictures, all other experiences which we may
    • have. For all other mental pictures and all other experiences
    • differently by another. This is because the one person has
    • within him a greater number of ideas than the other. All our
    • perception of the ‘I’ differs from all other
    • no other perception is this the case. But from everything
    • other mental pictures which have not arisen from any external
    • than other problems, it is quite impossible to think that
    • extreme caution. No other value save that of being a
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Three: The Tasks of the Fifth Post-Atlantean Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • another great catastrophe.
    • as it is to-day. On the other hand, during our Atlantean
    • others. It would have been regarded as desecration to write
    • present one. There is, however, another way of doing things,
    • attempted nowadays, for otherwise no progress in occultism
    • permeating the physical, can be conceived as threefold. Other
    • world — in other words, to contrast the Christ Principle
    • other impact. Similarly, pre-Christian culture tended to
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Four: The Symbolic Language of the Macrocosm in the Gospel of St. Mark
    Matching lines:
    • able to speak to others about the secrets of the spiritual
    • other circumstances during the process of Initiation.
    • know what trouble we have had when studying the other Gospels
    • Hebrew — a language of outstanding grandeur among the others
    • copied another without any searching philological study of
    • otherwise the whole sense of the passage will be lost.
    • of his soul and make other parts of it particularly active.
    • a desolate waste in the soul. On the other hand the astral
    • little study to the meaning conveyed by another word,
    • direction, let us say, of Capricorn, or in the case of other
    • when this Aquarius Initiation must be replaced by another,
    • are an illusion; our other perceptions are also illusions.
    • sort of thing is true of our other organs which are in
    • from another point of view. When you move from one place to
    • another you probably think that it is some impulse inside
    • those happenings are really the means by which others are
    • happenings. Whoever thinks otherwise is like someone who sees
    • one set of ink-marks here and another there but has no
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Five: The Two Main Streams of Post-Atlantean Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • than in the other Gospels, we can find in indications drawn
    • other way in which such Leaders of men establish relationship
    • day — they were shown how a horse, or a dog, or some other
    • perception of the world-picture — in other words, man falls
    • portal that is otherwise closed. Buddhism describes what the
    • the mother of Buddha appears to his spiritual vision and
    • of course, his real mother; indeed his temptation consisted
    • Mid-Western Asia but not in the other civilisations which
    • being must be quite different from those otherwise prevailing
    • such a child. On the other hand, conflicts with the world
    • personalities other than Zarathustra.
    • all the others around him.
    • second story, to the effect that an enemy, as it were another
    • objective vision of the outer spiritual world. Otherwise we
    • symbolic; the one aspect does not exclude the other. Those
    • significance other than their surface appearance will never
    • Southern Asia; the other spread in a more Northerly course
    • stream, on the other hand, there were leaders of the type
    • us in synthesis, in harmony with each other. Whereas the
    • occurs in other cases already in childhood — the encounter
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Six: The Son of God and the Son of Man. The Sacrifice of Orpheus
    Matching lines:
    • words in many ways similar to those found in the other
    • to the fact that like other genuinely inspired writings, the
    • Reformation, another in our own day. The Time-Spirits, the
    • differ essentially from each other. The guiding spiritual
    • each other as far as the activities of the Angeloi,
    • human being thrives below the Equator, another in the regions
    • On the other
    • foodstuff grows in one region, other kinds in another, in
    • Vinci, Raphael and others, and later on climb some Swiss
    • is merely repeated by others can never have an effect as
    • Raphael, Leonardo da Vinci and others of their calibre, we
    • Adam or by some other name. Then he was given the power and
    • development, each very different from the other, are apparent
    • others do. He does not say: ‘I want’, but,
    • his father and mother: and if he has no birth or baptismal
    • offspring of his father and his mother.
    • such-and-such a mother — and science might possibly look for
    • figure of Orpheus descending from father and mother, perhaps
    • also from grandfather and grandmother; this figure was more
    • father and a mother need hardly be taken into account; what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Seven: The Higher Members of Man's Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • those others whose purposes, thoughts and ideals infinitely
    • Of the other type of
    • dies. On the other hand, reflected pictures or images
    • On the other hand,
    • than a particular experience there are others whose thoughts
    • fact, everyday things are more difficult than any others to
    • of instinct and others who act on the basis of ideals. The
    • and in others the range of the thoughts and ideals is greater
    • towards death. And we have within us other forces which bring
    • observation is not sufficiently exact. Otherwise they would
    • is reinforced by other factors it can be very detrimental to
    • man's being, for example between the hands and other
    • more often than any other part of the body? You will think it
    • washing their hands as often as possible, and others who do
    • respect from all his other bodily members. Luminous
    • delicate powers of observation than others. They are at once
    • brutal or a kindly disposition. On the other hand,
    • barrier between one another.
    • human face and less still in the case of the other parts of
    • an inner connection with the etheric body and another with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Eight: Laws of Rhythm in the Domain of Soul-and-Spirit.
    Matching lines:
    • already familiar to us and with others that are new. That is
    • another seven days the coldness leaves it and it is again
    • maturity. Other such laws could be cited for the soul's
    • others, they will not set about their fellow-men like raging
    • that of the other Gospels as well. Generally speaking, St.
    • in the other Gospels. But there is one very remarkable
    • passage which does not occur in the other Gospels and is
    • of St. Mark and the other Gospels, we shall also notice that
    • different from that to be found in the other Gospels. We
    • the other Gospels, many things that might easily be taken
    • in the other Gospels. Here is the passage in St. Mark's
    • live John the Baptist; but others say that this
    • live in the ‘I’; others again say that another
    • secret otherwise strictly guarded in the Mystery-temples was
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Nine: The Moon-Religion of Jahve and its Reflection in Arabism
    Matching lines:
    • From other lectures we also know that for those who penetrate
    • also other impulses and factors in evolution which cannot be
    • epoch which will be followed by two others. In the fifth
    • however, still another way in which an earlier epoch may have
    • played into the other factors which had by then
    • God, however, included a good deal derived from other
    • through Greece and Italy, and on the other hand a more
    • its direct impulses by other paths. There was an unbroken
    • Sun-and-Moon-symbols merged into each other from the
    • Christ Impulse must receive into itself another tributary
    • another stream, to which we could legitimately assign the
    • Science. To expect from Buddhism or any other pre-Christian
    • this stream there is another, claiming to be better informed
    • of Christ. This other stream will introduce all kinds of
    • an idea, a conception, of Christ. On the other hand there is
    • included among the Saints — although from another side this
    • well as all the other contributions which Spiritual Science
    • people to recognise the need for concepts other than the
    • mother — directly from the Macrocosm and not by the
    • roundabout way of union with the other sex.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Ten: Rosicrucian WIsdom in Folk-Mythology
    Matching lines:
    • upon others at the present time. It is only now and then that
    • distinguished from a lower part; how man has come from other
    • went on, year after year, and then found another, still more
    • little further, to another mountain, and there you will find
    • the Dragon's mother; through her you will attain your
    • goal.’ So he went on and found the Dragon-mother, the
    • Then he saw seven other dragons around her, all eager to
    • King's son. So he said to the Dragon-mother: ‘I
    • son was able to take it back to the Dragon-mother. She said
    • Dragon-mother. She then said to him: ‘To-day you shall
    • performed his task. The Dragon-mother then presented him with
    • since there were others who wanted to steal her daughter, the
    • may keep her for half the year but for the other half she
    • year, while for the other half she was with her mother.
    • well as others like it, was listened to by many people in
    • Saturn, Sun and Moon and of how he left behind him the other
    • rides from one incarnation to another. In the times of which
    • horse. In other words: the tumults which rage in the human
    • seven-year period to another. In other words, we must learn
    • picture was used — of the Dragon-mother giving the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Poetry/Fairy Tales: Lecture 1: The Poetry of Fairy Tales
    Matching lines:
    • soul than those from which other works of art emerge, even for
    • tragedy concerns itself — as do other artistic creations —
    • must come to understand. Here, as in other works of art, we meet a
    • Both things seem at first to have little to do with each other; no
    • ordinary life. Besides other impressions, it is this that the soul
    • little creature as to another human being, saying one day, “Eat
    • the bread crumbs as well, little thing.” The mother hears this,
    • one of the stories that the brothers Grimm collected,
    • more; she should spin straw into gold again. She is locked in another
    • other work of art gives us the feeling of utmost inner joy as the
    • soul will always be aware of other insignificant abilities in comparison
    • transform one thing into another in a trice — something the
    • something in you, another entity, who is far more clever than you,
    • Let us take another tale. Please forgive me if it is connected with
    • speak about it now — possibly on another occasion. During this
    • through one life after another, the earth itself has had various
    • for otherwise it would no longer exist — everything in that
    • one above the other. They became a ladder, reaching right up into the
    • sky. The two sons climbed up the ladder, one by day, the other by
    • night. And one son became the sun, the other son became the moon.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture X: The Three Decisions on the Path of Imaginative Cognition
    Matching lines:
    • made, for another who is not himself capable of this to judge them
    • on the one hand emerges from the physical body, and on the other hand
    • another point of view and as today I want to consider it from the
    • the physical world; neither can he imagine that there is another
    • connect them; but shortly before, when I was in that other state, the
    • thoughts formed themselves. The one approached the other, explained
    • the other, separated from the other; and what one usually does
    • another, in that other state one swims, as it were, in one thought
    • and then over to another; one is united with the thoughts; then one
    • that other state. Space is different there; one springs through
    • but one is able to eliminate a thought and call up another — to
    • overcome. This fear can in the most manifold ways simulate other
    • him which otherwise circulate in his blood and beat in his heart; and
    • spirit, who also maintains the heart-activity of other people,
    • may under certain circumstances bring information about other human
    • we reach this portal, undergo yet another experience. While we are at
    • the prosaic expression — for digestion and many other
    • other functions bound up with the lowest part of our nature,
    • digest and to carry out other organic processes (this occurs really
    • know that something which looks very wonderful is nothing other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture IV: WHITSUN: A Symbol of the Immortality of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • be taken in a deeper sense than at other times. For how we shall
  • Title: Social Forms: Address: On the Occasion of the General Meeting of the Berlin Branch
    Matching lines:
    • of the Central European governments to those of the other
    • future. You may remember another remark made here in Berlin
    • misunderstood in the same way many other utterances have been
    • the other hand, if we seek another similarity and compare
    • hoped for from the other side? Well, it serves no purpose in
    • attitude of the Bourgeoisie; the other was the activity of
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XVII: Consciousness of Pre-Existence
    Matching lines:
    • human faith. In no other way would one find this access to
    • of the human embryo in the mother's womb, gained ground
    • that when you speak of preexistence. For, otherwise, you
    • that otherwise will, without fail, drive civilization into
    • released from the mother's body. For one teaches and educates
    • whole life of will becomes quite different; otherwise
    • of the male, in the female in other organs. This
    • conception or birth. We know, on the other hand, that with
    • element works with another spiritual element. We go through a
    • of this other star see, for that has no meaning for a strange
    • star. The light that streams toward you from other stars is
    • another star. When you grasp this you will no longer say that
    • appears physically an another celestial body. What exists
    • outside the human skin is in no way present for that other
    • and creeps into the other aspects of life. It has done so
    • and others say that true
    • and false are merely other expressions for what is useful or
    • viewpoints there existed yet another in all the old cultures.
  • Title: Brotherhood and the Fight for Survival
    Matching lines:
    • Brotherhood and the Struggle for Existence.
    • BROTHERHOOD
    • wonderful and inner ideal called Brotherhood [Although
    • “brotherhood” is a reasonable translation of the German,
    • combination “brother/sisterhood” or
    • “brotherhood/sisterhood” neither of which reads easily. I
    • or Mutual Help, the other, which we meet especially in daily life, is
    • basis, states among other things advocating contention, the
    • are best adapted and progressive that help each other in mutual
    • in which the individuals constantly fight with each other or those
    • where they help each other? It was shown in this research that it is
    • old ways of life in which people found their freedom in brotherly,
    • which were later called Guilds, Brother/Sisterhoods which one joined
    • or she got food. Even beyond his or her death this brotherliness and
    • honor by other members of the Guild to provide in the proper manner
    • Those Brother/Sisterhoods were evolved
    • say the cathedral of Cologne, or any other, we see that at first a
    • offense which another member of the guild had committed, was a
    • brother or sister of the one who had to be tried, life bound with
    • life. Everyone understood the other's work and everyone tried to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Easter
    Matching lines:
    • or another with the awakening of nature in spring. In India
    • is usual with other festivals — certain solar
    • on one side with a physical substantiality on the other. The
    • physical part is convergence of all other natural phenomena
    • or another, affects the soul — we realise the
    • others — the deceased and resurrected World saviour,
    • the Son of man do appear to oppose one another. This state of
  • Title: Lecture: Manifestations of the Unconscious
    Matching lines:
    • the other hand, its methods for the attainment of knowledge
    • dissection-rooms and other institutions of modern science.
    • necessary also to consider other borderline regions of
    • powers otherwise slumbering within it and so to gain insight
    • Another
    • characteristic is that when, in other circumstances, a man
    • required to capture them. Otherwise a happening passes so
    • Certain other
    • between thoughts seemingly remote from each other, quickness
    • Another
    • person who prefers to be told by others what he ought to do,
    • now of yet another characteristic which can elucidate the
    • Another
    • other fundamental condition is that a man must make every
    • otherwise remains unconscious is revealed and this revelation
    • another example given by Volkelt — wherever possible I
    • other: ‘What a very peculiar way to preach!’ And
    • of the cock which would otherwise have been heard simply as
    • link one mental picture to another. I could give you hundreds
    • she has made one suggestion after another to him. To the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part III: Berlin, 2-8-'13
    Matching lines:
    • sisters and brothers! If we heed and do everything that's been given
    • another world where we have our ideas, thoughts and concepts before
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part III: Berlin, 3-16-'13
    Matching lines:
    • without other meditations.
    • another being with shyness and reverence; i is the union with this
    • completely into the other being; the waviness of the w carries
    • the other being and works from there; one has united with it completely.
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part III: Berlin, 4-11-'13
    Matching lines:
    • for having super-sensible experiences. Another experience of an
    • things must be carefully distinguished from each other.
    • poisoning case — is made in other ways. One man can see his
    • doppelganger, while another enters a room as a painting falls from
    • English letters and another one in Latin ones. And so it doesn't make
    • only if it occurs often or is important for other reasons. It's
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part III: Berlin, 11-17-'13
    Matching lines:
    • tremendously increased by outer culture, air vehicles and other
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part III: Berlin, 1-24-'14
    Matching lines:
    • there weren't other stages of development behind him.
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part III: Berlin, 3-27-'14
    Matching lines:
    • spirit. Our thoughts touch each other in the etheric world. Our ego
    • one finds one's other, true self in the depths. A man in his skin is
    • on earth now and inoculate it into men. On the other side we must
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part III: Berlin, 4-25-'14
    Matching lines:
    • and brothers, which can be used at will and also be passed on to
    • other people who didn't attend all classes. Today another
    • separate from each other with sharp contours; but what weaves in the
    • cultivate the human ego. Another host of elemental beings float
    • and were sent out by Spirits of Movement and Spirits of Form. Other
    • Other
    • words that one can hear from others, but these beings stand
    • brothers and sisters, put yourself in this mood in earnest meditation
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part III: Berlin, 12-21-'04
    Matching lines:
    • without other human beings? Helpless. Streets are paved by
    • others. When I get up in the morning people have already worked for
    • me. My karma is connected with that of other men. I may have been an
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part III: Berlin, 12-28-'04
    Matching lines:
    • the transition to another life. The pain that some people feel at the
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 11-5-10
    Matching lines:
    • A pupil then has another
    • Another thing we must realize
    • understand the other esoteric verse:
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 12-20-10
    Matching lines:
    • changes. This connection must be cultivated in the right way, otherwise
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 1-17-11
    Matching lines:
    • other and eventually form physical objects. The harder a stone is,
    • worse than the other, or one man does more good deeds than the
    • other — then there's something in this relation
    • two scoundrels next to each other in a play, the worst scoundrel will
    • Another
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 3-15-11
    Matching lines:
    • by thinking a fixed, material point and another mobile point that moves
    • one thinks of two fixed points that want to fly away from each other
    • after they first describe a kind of a semicircle round each other and
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 6-12-11
    Matching lines:
    • sisters and brothers! We should realize that there's a big
    • and will eventually be spirit self. Another planetary evolution of
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 10-24-11
    Matching lines:
    • other reasons.
    • spiritual thoughts. Others are curious and would like to see or
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 10-30-11
    Matching lines:
    • be looked for in immorality, passions or other mistakes in this
    • But there's another reason
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 12-16-11
    Matching lines:
    • was placed on the other pan. He connected himself with the earth, so
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 1-6-12
    Matching lines:
    • feeling makes one strong and one should cultivate it. Another feeling
    • Another
    • thing is not to talk to others about the exercise that was given to
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 1-7-12
    Matching lines:
    • anger or other things. This doesn't make much difference in the
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 1-26-12
    Matching lines:
    • Esoteric development must be different in different ages, otherwise
    • Another
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 3-22-12
    Matching lines:
    • brought with us from other earth lives.
    • another clarification of our Rosicrucian verse.
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 4-24-12
    Matching lines:
    • first of these inspiring thoughts is the “motherless human
    • he's not born from a mother. Adam is the only motherless human
    • of us all, and the planet is our mother.
    • conception of a child, the mother's forces work on it, but so
    • ourselves: what happens at the birth of a new human being? The mother
    • bears one part in her, but the other part is
    • yourself meditatively into this thought of a motherless human being,
    • forces of the cosmos, mother forces are added since then by Christ
    • pure mother forces that a man could only be given in the spiritual
    • which pure mother forces would also act upon living men. Pure mother
    • upbuilding and strengthening way until age 33. Although the mother
    • Golgotha that enabled a man to also feel the activity of mother
    • once, but happens gradually. The mother and father forces are both in
    • mother forces predominate, we create karma for the next life through
    • mother force, we must strive and work in spiritual things ourselves.
    • the motherless man works on the physical body in an upbuilding and
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 11-8-12
    Matching lines:
    • that what otherwise appears to me as “I” was created by
    • esoteric can get another awareness in connection with the words: In
    • Another
    • other meditations and will by themselves lead one into the spiritual
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture I: Aim and Being of Spiritual Research
    Matching lines:
    • reach this aim different. It is also in other areas of the
    • how a mental picture is tied up with the other how attention
    • right, and another kind has come up which excludes anything
    • One Attain Knowledge of Higher Worlds? and in other
    • one sees and hears, otherwise, in the outer life with physical
    • to recognise other than if you want to recognise the spirit;
    • you have to behold with other forces into the realm of the
    • deep in the subconscious. On the other side, the human being
    • than the official science today. However, on the other side you
    • all that other things are added which are rather unusual to the
    • have to say repeatedly what I have already stressed at other
    • other way to the soul life; these attempts make the human being
    • later talks, I still show other things how the human being must
    • riddles that one regards less, otherwise, if it is deepened
    • the human corpse with the living human being; since, otherwise,
    • is now gets its significance because another is no longer in it
    • the consciousness also stops. Since then another consciousness
    • and leaves it through the other gate of death into a spiritual
    • spiritual methods on the other side after the ideal of
    • were much bigger than the real pilgrimages of other times.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture II: The Human Being as Being of Soul and Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • or something similar, nevertheless, on the other side one
    • of such researchers like Du Bois-Reymond, Hertwig and others.
    • as it is searched on the other side by the soul to the body.
    • from the other side the soul relates to the body. Already with
    • another which is stored in memory, or also many other. One
    • causes another impression. Thus we are given away — after
    • other mental pictures of other friends, of common experiences
    • mental picture to another. I would not advance reading if I
    • others. An entire change of an image impression proceeds in the
    • dreams. Then the other things are associated with them. Unless
    • in another way in the soul so that its power matches a sense
    • sense of touch the other senses should have gradually developed
    • into the other state which they have later, one can figure this
    • speaking for the imagining and other consideration; the real
    • first in the usual life, you learn to recognise on the other
    • which take place in the blood or, otherwise, in the body if the
    • being as the bodily lives behind the soul towards the other
    • perceives the other in a melody.
    • of the plant, we really perceive the other kind of the life in
    • old, speculative vitality. We perceive, to put it another way,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture III: Goethe as Father of Spiritual Research
    Matching lines:
    • is always possible of course to bring in other remarks of
    • the other side, religious people who want to direct the soul to
    • to the highest degree to speak of things of another world. He
    • another world. When Goethe said this, he also pointed to the
    • things of another world. Goethe agrees with Hamann in this
    • speak of the things of another world. Yes, the naturalists
    • something that constitutes, otherwise, the strength of his
    • you make the thinking an object of observation like other
    • defer to things of another world. There just the oppose impulse
    • to find the spirit does not need to search it in another world,
    • with spirit so that he needs to reflect on another world can
    • only find fantastic, dreamy things in another world but never
    • any other world. He already regarded the feeling that one must
    • that, while others are introduced by teachers gradually
    • However, Goethe did not get these views like other naturalists,
    • relatively early during the embryonic development the other
    • living metamorphosis into each other or diverge.
    • metamorphosis not only to the skeleton, but also to all other
    • cannot go over from one concept to the other. In doing so,
    • cognition is generally something else than with many other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture IV: Mind, Soul and Body of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • ground of the so successful scientific approach in other areas,
    • other reasons — because one does not want to renounce
    • to the consideration of the bodily organisation. Other methods
    • ourselves while reciting a poem because we are bothered about
    • and the other how I influence the course of mental pictures by
    • strings one mental picture, one thought and the other together
    • other side than the side is which corresponds to the outer
    • continuation of that what also, otherwise, the soul life
    • Someone who deals with human or other living conditions is able
    • writer and the other if he gradually appropriates a sensation
    • often say with another author, he is simply by how he speaks
    • in such typical way from others? For someone who is not used to
    • other areas that his soul forces were set in motion so that he
    • accurately than others do who despise to do such
    • another time. Taking this as starting point Herman Grimm could
    • others which remind of that what spiritual science has to say
    • green leaf, some other time a yellow petal. In reality, the
    • has to consider this one thing. The other is that you find out
    • other worldviews tends to deny the possibility that the human
    • with the same means with which science gets, otherwise, to its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture V: Nature and Her Riddles in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • being than any other magnetic, electric or other experiment.
    • is, otherwise, only a soul activity, as well as the naturalist
    • as it is not lifted otherwise. You have thereby to begin the
    • researcher has to go; others are similar to it. The point is
    • on this body on one side, and to find out once on the other
    • spirit in such a way as you are fulfilled, otherwise, in the
    • close to spiritual science from the other side. For you could
    • can conclude it from the other physical processes. However, if
    • the other side: while you have strengthened your soul capacity
    • search another sense of this research. If you consider
    • and slowly like any other science.
    • perceived in the spiritual world. Thus, one discovers another
    • similar with another genus. One cuts with the razor at a
    • natural sciences from the other side so that the spiritual and
    • lives not only in this form of consciousness but also in other
    • forms of consciousness. If one does not know other forms of
    • sleep is another form of consciousness.
    • of Sleep, 1877) and many others whom I would like to ignore
    • sleeps over with his spiritual-mental in another state of
    • natural sciences already approach that from the other side,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture VI: The Historical Life of Humanity and Its Riddles
    Matching lines:
    • social or other world relations, so that you can expect from a
    • However, I would like to bring in another example of the
    • are still feuding, but can never tear each other apart. -
    • did this quotation just to reject the other fruits of the
    • of life, and the other: the best what one can have from history
    • other how they look as historians at the history of their
    • Freedom (1913) and Mere Literature and Other Essays
    • otherwise, as a historian. Just to get some thoughts on various
    • personalities, like Macaulay, Gibbon and others, nevertheless,
    • any relation to each other, it is obvious that in reality the
    • that the judgement receives in the one and the other case is
    • associated with the roots of the one or the other personality
    • the other is German.
    • imagine this within Central Europe. Another relation between
    • other places, but he is possessed by something in his soul. I
    • other hand, to be attached to his native country as other
    • also adduce the other characteristics —, but the quickly
    • not regard the historiography of Ranke, Sybel and others as
    • externally, as, otherwise, in the individual psychology a
    • thought associates with the other. Thus, he wants to consider
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture VIII: The Animal and Human Realms. Their Origin and Development
    Matching lines:
    • harmony with the facts, on the other side almost an unequivocal
    • other difficulty is that I have this talk only, and that that
    • into other animals, or even into human beings. Goethe rebelled
    • the emergence of one organism from the other, and although they
    • human organisation to the animal one in other ways as well. The
    • The “spiritualists” are on the other side —
    • science demands from itself and from others is that one thinks
    • opponent of Darwinism. Haeckel, Oscar Schmidt, and others said
    • more with other problems; it is called: On the Defence of
    • he should go over from the accustomed ground to another area.
    • radically on the other side. Now I do not want to speak about
    • mind by special exercises which slumbers, otherwise, in him,
    • consciousness; since, otherwise, you cannot attain knowledge of
    • material can realise that one being in another way takes up the
    • different from all other beings. The human being thereby towers
    • something particular is connected with this other condition of
    • human being? Because the human being separates by his other
    • animal the form, which it has, and another animal another form:
    • the other beings. The whole formation of the human being has
    • on top of each other: the will organisation on the one hand and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture IX: The Supersensible Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • being; on the other side, any usual cognitive ability is bound
    • in life arises from his supersensible being. On the other side,
    • Waldstein and others bring in numerous such examples. You find
    • one has to be careful also in another respect. You can realise,
    • supersensible world. However, on the other side, all these
    • so — is accompanied by another activity of which we do
    • not become aware usually. This activity is yet another one; it
    • it is in such a way that during the imagining activity another
    • with another kind of imagining. You attain this, while you
    • motion or that has any relations to each other. Thereby we are
    • as it were what you experience, otherwise, in the imagining.
    • You have not considered what you experience, otherwise, in the
    • one level down where, otherwise, this is done what leads to
    • something in your being that proceeds, otherwise, rather
    • grows together that is, otherwise, separated: the force of
    • force of growth and the memory-forming force face each other
    • world is more distant from each other; we cannot build the
    • bridge from the one to the other. That which we want to get
    • from the other members turns out only if you advance further
    • similar to the memory formation. The other is what you
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture X: The Questions of Free Will and Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • human soul life with each other not by chance, but I hope to
    • consideration, simply because another scientific consideration
    • the eye can observe another human being of course, as far as it
    • that another human being can observe this human soul life
    • because to the other human being the human corporeality
    • appears. It is not sufficient that another directs his
    • Maybe another comparison can illustrate that which should be in
    • changes that into a picture what you have, otherwise, as a
    • everything that, otherwise, the human being perceives with the
    • live in another inner soul being, in the Imaginative
    • with imagination on the other side. What it weaves is also
    • another. One can pursue how this is dependent on the organism.
    • the mental pictures emerge and associate with each other and
    • as, otherwise, with the usual shadowy mental pictures. The
    • you move into another consciousness, you have to get closer to
    • destructs what comes just from father and mother what requires
    • the result of the everlasting in the human being. Another view
    • the human being after death? However, it will add the other
    • the extremities inwards, it is a lot —, is another
    • otherwise, the development would stop at death. This is the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture I: Schiller's Life and Characteristic Quality
    Matching lines:
    • history. Other problems concern us. Political and social
    • impenetrable, decided by quite other forces than our fantasy
    • the sphere of art, deserts his art and looks for other means of
    • materialism, on the other the longing for the assertion of the
    • other forms and relationships, to serve other purposes. The
    • soul departs, to exercise its power of thought in other spheres
    • and to observe the universe from other sides. We may say, of
    • another, middle condition between reason and the sense world,
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture II: Schiller's Work and its Changing Phases
    Matching lines:
    • Carlos, he works his way to another standpoint. We may look
    • philosophy of mankind; the other the Kantian philosophy. In
    • the other,
    • appearance; on the other — the moral law, the categorical
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture III: Schiller and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • approached each other from different sides. Goethe came from
    • were quite incapable of understanding each other. In fact, when
    • sympathy with each other. This joint relation was destined
    • he could imagine another form of natural observation. He then
    • fruitful influence on the other. Schiller, with a magnificence
    • which has not been surpassed by any other aesthetic writer, by
    • calls the “causal body”; on the other side we have
    • greatness, in the relation in which they stood to each other.
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture IV: Schiller's Weltanschauung and his Wallenstein
    Matching lines:
    • other men, for it is in continual flux and continual process of
    • one hand, in the other the striving after truth, I should beg
    • him. On the other side there is an intellectual necessity in
    • happened otherwise, was grasped intuitively by Schiller, though
    • he never puts it thus in words. But there is another tragic
    • reaches to the knowledge, to what the old Indians and other
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture V: Schiller, the Greek Drama and Nietzsche
    Matching lines:
    • him, others antipathetic. But at the height of his art he
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture VI: Schiller's Later Plays
    Matching lines:
    • disputing brothers in love for herself; and so she saves the
    • the brothers; and this rational action is still dramatic. The
    • you.” He acts, not like the others, under the impulse of
    • Tell alone, the other felt by the whole Swiss people. Schiller
    • had found himself. He stands in the presence of his mother, who
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture VII: Schiller's Influence during the Nineteenth Century
    Matching lines:
    • admired one another.
    • the other hand, his personality was so powerful that even among
    • Schiller. Things which had their origin in Herder and the other
    • and many others. The seed had grown which Schiller had planted.
    • the other ideas which saw the light that year. There are four
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture VIII: What can the present learn from Schiller
    Matching lines:
    • masses of people who think like that and admit no other
    • others as an exhortation. When men live in such freedom there
    • day you can see how men make way for each other in the most
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture IX: Schiller and Idealism
    Matching lines:
    • prince is torn by doubts, for this stranger is none other than
    • existed another means for the awakening of the spiritual: when
  • Title: The Situation of the World
    Matching lines:
    • Copyright and all other Rights of reproduction and translation
    • in the ruling opinions and views of the day, and on the other
    • Petersburg, containing among other things the following words:
    • in keeping with the desire of most of the other lowers, the
    • This is one sequence of facts. The other one is: the
    • rare skill — but do not let us forget the other side. Do
    • not let us forget that many clever men who belong to the other
    • other direction is human passion, the human inclinations,
    • eyes, giving us on the one hand a deep insight and on the other
    • thoroughly. Let us consider from another aspect something
    • fellow-creatures, are those who survive, whereas the others
    • on the contrary help each other. Those species are the fittest,
    • another person knows of the being that is the subject of a
    • which beetles help each other when they have to protect a
    • is possible that one human being fights, against another human
    • species? The species that supported each other most of all
    • survived, and those who fought against each other perished.
    • support each other in their common process of development: for
    • this race and it was followed by the others; now we live within
    • present time; it eliminated the power to look up to another
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Human Body
    Matching lines:
    • body. On the other hand, it must also be said that the
    • don't understand each other. And just through this fact, those
    • old man who is not well, is ill, in one way or another. The
    • It deserves admiration, it is magnificent. Also, on the other
    • science — which, in one way or another, turns against
    • representations and link our representations with each other.
    • representation with another, or, as one says in psychology,
    • when one mental representation associates with another. It is
    • However, one may conceive of the connection of the other soul
    • recognize other soul activities, or capacities, in addition to
    • say: In regard to feeling such a researcher has no other
    • than that I then see, or feel myself, in other words, I
    • have, in fact, no right to speak in any other way than that
    • than the other and in the naive experience of the ordinary
    • the other for the sugar, saying: “Please pass me the
    • sugar!” The second person gives the other the sugar.
    • “I would like to have the sugar” another
    • — that something which appears to him like another person
    • vibration in the air, are transmitted to another person, whom
    • consciousness of the other person something like “I give
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddles of the Soul and Riddles of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • — as well as misunderstandings in other regards —
    • tends to abandon the habit of reinforcing one or the other
    • also, our concepts, our representations, relate to one another
    • way demands the other, just as inbreathing requires
    • when one tries to understand — in other words —
    • — also another condition. When natural science wants to
    • the concept of ether, only from the other side. The spiritual
    • the concept of the ether from the other side, from the
    • sides. Otherwise, one will not come rightly to terms with this
    • present body. That other, the outward manifestation of it,
    • himself with the question of immortality as others had also
    • Thus, one could draw attention to a variety of other instances
    • question, in a certain sense, from another side. Let us
    • with the whole, human life of the senses, has no other
    • us now try to understand the human being from the other pole,
    • other area of metabolic activity of the physical-bodily
    • one's way into this understanding — along with other
    • other. This occurs in most cases unconsciously. It becomes
    • nothing other than a reflection of a purely material process,
    • hallucinations are the direct opposite of each other, and,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Knowledge of Healing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • just one science among others — a science the effects of which
    • realised that this relation of medicine to the other sciences, and to
    • called upon to make a stir about what is necessary in social, or other
    • thinking lies another.
    • This other way of
    • for fear of hurting his feelings and horrifying him. On the other hand,
    • uttered it, his everyday consciousness, was obliterated and another
    • another world, where everything was different from the physical world,
    • organisation; and we must receive these streams in the other senses as
    • of the spirit, but in another form, because of what comes to him from
    • medicine is not just one science among others, but that in the process
    • perhaps find it at variance with some other idea, should wait till they
    • is In other words we must grow to realise that we cannot learn to know
  • Title: Knowledge of Healing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • significance happened. We have some name for it but another name might
    • place 300 years, another in the middle of the third millennium, before
    • the case of those other experiences, the third millennium and the third
    • endowed, too, with a spiritual content. We, on the other hand, have an
    • for the soul. On the other hand, with a film, a cinematograph, when
    • yesterday from another point of view; today I do so more from the
    • soul-forces can have effect on the intellect — otherwise thie
    • reflects upon what another has already investi€ated
    • more than the truth of this other assertion will be insisted upon in
    • others. But at least let him do it — do it above all so that as
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • upon man. Chyle, lymph, and blood as body of beings of other planets.
    • other group-egos, the group-egos of the plant or the mineral world.
    • members down below here, but we meet a whole number of other beings
    • reverse side of other beings whom we also find in the astral world,
    • world; they have their actual scene of action on another planet. As
    • as the other beings on moon and Mars. On Venus too we find yet a second
    • others who seem to be their reverse side; savage, horrible beings who
    • is derived from the presence of these creatures. Where on the other
    • the atmosphere is created for the inventive Saturn beings. On the other
    • another respect are by no means unconnected with man. They have on the
    • of his ego then other beings can fasten upon his blood, and that is
    • very grave and evil for him. On the other hand, many other beings are
    • anchored in other parts of the present human organism. We will now see
    • future obtain control of other enclosed portions of the organism. Many
    • other beings are still contained to-day in these other constituents
    • the human body of food from outside, there are other vessels inside
    • while the other part is formed from the right side of the trunk and head.
    • in one direction. From another aspect the nerve-system is the expression
    • on the one hand the builder of the nerve-system, and on the other hand
    • in another aspect the organizer, creator, and controller of the circulation
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • have heard how certain beings who have their abode on other cosmic bodies
    • will pass through others in times to come.
    • be distinguished from each other. They glittered only very faintly,
    • side forces are descending from the Zodiac and, on the other, forces
    • — counting Libra with the other descending forces.
    • All there are beings other than man, beings of a different nature. There
    • our spirit-man (Atma). There are other beings whose lowest member is
    • I. In those earlier conditions, other beings created the dwelling-place
    • But there are other beings whose lowest sphere of operation
    • from one human soul to another as love and hate. We perceive soul-forces
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • enough. It is clear that all sorts of other things played a part. Theosophy
    • in man is an involving, constructive one, whereas on the other hand
    • nor in other fields — directly contradict what is put forward
    • reported that a man gave another a box on the ear and one of them should
    • say: The man was furiously angry with the other and that made him shoot
    • out his hand and give the other a box on the ear. The second observer
    • it had gone through earlier embodiments, other planetary conditions
    • more is about as sensible as if a man who has seen another should reply
    • far above man at the outset of the Earth's evolution. Other beings
    • are there who went through their human stage on the Sun, others who
    • a whole host of others were united with the primordial mist that lay
    • way for other beings upon the Sun. As on Saturn the first rudiments
    • of the physical body began, so on the Sun other beings followed, just
    • with the sun on one side and the moon on the other. We now ask our-selves
    • dwelling place with quite different characteristics. On the other hand
    • the nebula, but other cosmic bodies too. Indeed they all agglomerated
    • their complete youthfulness. All other fields of action existed to give
    • place was the separating of another planet which had to become the scene
    • as all the other planets of our system, were still united with the earth.
    • iron is everywhere. For just as other bodies were in the primordial
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • germ of man — his physical body. All the other beings which are
    • other, and your picture comes back to you rayed out of his eye. So it
    • for him by other divine beings with whom he stood in connection. He
    • in the plants of today. He perceived only the soul-nature in the other
    • of Form, but there are also other beings linked with the earth whose
    • happened; I do not acknowledge it, that is simply an event as others
    • just as much a force coming out of the environment as that other was.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • or any other substance, but a globe consisting purely of warmth; you
    • you a description of how the other planets had loosed themselves. Let
    • no other kingdom. Man is the first-born of the Earth condition. At the
    • in the second stage of its evolution. (All other aspects go parallel
    • last in the course of the earth's development and the other kingdoms
    • other substances.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • to arise because the other systems, the blood- and nerve-systems, now
    • as a member of a whole number of others who belonged to one an-other.
    • live so long? Why did the other Patriarchs live so long? Because one
    • the value that it has now; memory reached beyond father, mother, grandfather,
    • Moon forces. But we have already spoken of other beings who did not
    • this picture from another standpoint.
    • have the right speed in his development. Otherwise, no sooner was he
    • at too rapid a tempo. I can make that clear to you in another way.
    • are another rank and as Spirits of Love they too had been able to go
    • by the Spirits of Wisdom. On the other hand you must be clear that everything
    • other-wise have rushed past so vehemently. One therefore says in occultism
    • its mission; — or, on the other hand, they could have said: We
    • single personality is possible without the well-being of all others
    • cost of others and it is a widespread belief that the welfare of the
    • one is independent of the welfare of the others. Future evolution will
    • be conceived without the well-being of the other. Anything else is no
    • other hand the soul that dwells in every personality must be able to
    • John is not a document that may be placed side by side with the others;
    • it expands the others from the temporal to the eternal.
    • than the religious principle of any other religion. But Christianity
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • series of our present course of lectures. In another respect, however,
    • other.
    • of beings standing above man, and from certain other connections we
    • minerals are. On the other hand it includes plant, animal and human
    • other hand, where there is mineral they perceive a hollow space — just
    • hollow space. On the other hand, their consciousness projects up to
    • bear a certain relationship to each other; there are those who lead
    • on his other members as well, but the essential task of earthly existence
    • hours and then his eyes close; another on the contrary could keep awake
    • there were mighty forests here, there were quite other plants and animals.
    • they felt it out of their instinct. The one folk dwelt here, the other
    • is, however, still another task.
    • only look in the Book of Enoch to find the names of yet other Archangels.
    • who has not only the task of guiding some people or nation, but another
    • Other spiritual beings
    • of this rank have yet other tasks. So, for example, the whole course
    • Assyria, Chaldea, and on the other hand of Egypt. Human science was
    • one Spirit of the Epochs being relieved by another — that is the
    • He was the instrument of the Time-Spirit, and the same applies to other
    • influence over what brings man together with other nature-kingdoms,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • acquiring these feelings towards those other worlds which are continuously
    • such feelings, who take this attitude to these other worlds, are those
    • and his evolution, however, we have been giving most attention to other
    • as man's can-not be attributed to them. On the other hand they have
    • spirit and soul. For the occult observer, however, still other beings
    • But other beings exist
    • be able to set before us the membering of these other beings.
    • minus 1 and minus 2. And then we have still others whose highest principle
    • or the other side. The ideal condition would be that a man in each incarnation
    • happens. A man oversteps either to the one side or to the other. He
    • everyday people. The other kind descend too deeply into the body. They
    • of one race or another. Think of the Atlantean race; souls have gone
    • a way that he remains behind in evolution. His other soul-brothers are
    • Such souls lose the possibility of incarnation and find no other opportunity.
    • far that they have no other opportunity of incarnating in the normal
    • order and for the other bodies they are too bad. They must therefore
    • form. The other animal creatures are at a backward stage because they
    • a hair and an-other grows. The animal forms that come into being are
    • draws too much out of the group soul, others again draw something out
    • in another way. And this remains in our evolution and works as the fourth
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • a lion dies and is replaced by another. Thus we can understand that
    • I said on another occasion
    • kingdoms come in touch with one another these beings are present and
    • who, we may say, have severed their connection with other worlds to
    • They are beings which can well be used in other worlds. At any rate,
    • existence. These things are of great importance from yet another side.
    • into the other members they make use of the physical organs and consciousness
    • then state of consciousness. Wotan or Zeus or other super-sensible spiritual
    • from relationship and other connections. It was a natural consequence
    • built on other foundations.
    • understanding of the character of the group soul element. For otherwise,
    • by pointing to yet another phenomenon which can show you how certain
    • that is, Zeus, Wotan, are on another path of evolution. They do not
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • only in the fact that the ego souls of other beings are in other worlds.
    • the day with other human souls or egos.
    • From other lectures we
    • rudiments were there while no other part of the physical body as yet
    • to other beings of an astral nature. Beings which are of the same nature
    • of other, higher beings. So the human being is taken every night into
    • another effect of lying, slandering, although these words are not used
    • and carry out the functions otherwise exercised by the astral body and
    • and slanders but also other things belonging to the soul life produce
    • the physical body that a detaching of phantoms is caused. Other things
    • and the physical body and etheric body have to let other beings press
    • other hand have their ego above in Devachan. Hence the physical and
    • the freedom of another. Mankind at present is still very far removed
    • over-rule the mind of another, how he cannot bear someone else to think
    • and like differently, how he wants to work upon the other's soul.
    • to overwhelm others, in every act that does not allow the free soul
    • other worlds and whir through our world again as elemental beings. They
    • he thus acquires can be acquired in no other way, and therefore we have
    • body than others. This loosening of the etheric body is only right for
    • any other pursuit apart from ordinary life; it must work its way into
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • is obvious that they are hovering, they support each other mutually
    • will they be mutually related as two things belonging to each other.
    • carries a future culture. Others may ask what he has already accomplished.
  • Title: Earthly/Cosmic Man: Lecture 1: Introductory Lecture. Winter Session, 1911-1912
    Matching lines:
    • in Munich, it must be done soon; otherwise the finest results of our
    • completely different it is to go into such a room, compared with other
    • easy for those who are working with us. And yet, on the other hand,
    • the East and another into that of occultism in the West. Everything
    • can be no understanding of Christianity! On the other hand it must
    • cultivation of Universal Brotherhood! There are many such societies
    • Universal Brotherhood. The greatness of H. P. Blavatsky's work lay in
    • do not speak otherwise than we — the loftiest Individuality is
    • a human being, a human being towering above others, until he himself
    • another three thousand years — and then he will be a great
    • can be disputed; but there are others which cannot be disputed —
    • by the other school of Theosophy? Only this, that we are bound to say:
    • “You do not know the Being Whom we call Christ: you call another
    • Otherwise one would be under the decree: What we do not know, nobody
    • trouble, and when any is made, it is the others who are responsible
    • of occult researches of which nothing is known on the other side, and
    • from different levels? If the latter is the case, the others will not
    • position of being obliged to say: “On the other side they have
    • mentioned in any Movement other than our own. It may be said,
    • really are, when someone on the other side says: “Here we are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly/Cosmic Man: Lecture 2: Evidences of Bygone Ages In Modern Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • attaining high academic honours. The other boy was much less talented.
    • and start a family very early in life, it devolved upon the other,
    • for days and seemed to be famished with hunger. The other took
    • meal was not enough to appease the other's hunger, he ordered a
    • respect for the other, and as friends they had many talks together,
    • been to bestow rain and other blessings upon the earth. Because for a
    • and went to another, leaving a servant behind as caretaker; but after
    • ears was pinched, then the other; then he was attacked somewhere else
    • She then began to bring the other spirits with her and they provided
    • second, a human being who enters into actual wedlock with another,
    • by another, in which the human being did not pass into earthly
    • who ignores the fact that at that time entirely other conditions
    • existence, whereas in other regions where the old conditions had
    • beings who belong to that other world. He knew: One can communicate
    • communicates with other men.
    • more strongly than in all the others. It would not, of course, be
    • differing altogether from the phantasy of other peoples. We can
    • be a true explanation of things which must otherwise remain
    • We are now confronting another epoch, in which imprisoned spirituality
    • nightcaps over their eyes will be amazed, but on the other hand also
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly/Cosmic Man: Lecture 3: 'Chance' and Present-day Consciousness. An Easter Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • “natural laws.” Of other happenings it is said that they
    • without bothering to ascertain whether any conformity to law could
    • “enlightened” man, he will say: “The other boy did not
    • have injured his health, but was sent by his mother to bring something
    • reason — in other words, what is called the “normal”
    • as the “Foolish Virgins.” On the other hand, Spiritual
    • 25:11 Afterward came also the other virgins, saying, Lord, Lord, open to us. \
    • “chance.” In other words: As long as a man lives among his
    • there is no question of any element other than reason and intellect
    • intercourse with one another and in external life which does not
    • there lived two men, friends of each other, who were devoted to the
    • science would do well to investigate matters other than the pointless
    • This episode provides a clear illustration of the operation of another
    • claim to be “Monists,” in other words, materialists, have
    • accepting another belief, substituting materialistic belief for belief
    • the Earth as such; the other is connected with spiritual happenings
    • language (as in the instance given and in innumerable other cases).
    • justifiably as other happenings.” Such a statement might be
    • but you may be quite sure that somewhere or other there will be
    • tolerance to other forms of idealistic thought, adopt an attitude to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly/Cosmic Man: Lecture 4: The Forces of the Human Soul and Their Inspirers. Kalewala: The Epic
    Matching lines:
    • fore once again, things of which I have spoken on other occasions,
    • presented today, biblical and other records clearly based upon occult
    • and significantly from all other epic poems; no comparison with any of
    • peoples for a very long time, among others for not so long. When we
    • when the relation of one human being to another was determined, not by
    • there, man was still waiting until other conditions of Earth-existence
    • had set in and because he had waited for these other conditions, he
    • was able to become the recipient of his present form. In other words:
    • been born at the same time as Christian culture among the other
    • Helsingfors and will be spoken of in other parts of Europe too. But
    • language differs from all other European languages; externally, one
    • from the other peoples of Europe? We speak with them about what is
    • years, was not a matter of chance; it could not be otherwise, as those
    • externally, with something other than his “ I ” alone. To
    • brothers and sisters, by our seniors. Just as the memory of the human
    • another Ego, another “ I ” before him. This will come about
    • another point of time, when the “Christ-Ego” appears, in
    • another corner of the Earth. The poetry inspired by the Folk-Spirit is
    • problems of religion will exist just as they exist in other spheres
    • truths contained in the religions. Spiritual Science, on the other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly/Cosmic Man: Lecture 5: The Idea of Reincarnation and Its Introduction Into Western Culture
    Matching lines:
    • the noblest fruits of that union; on the other hand, however, mankind
    • certainly does not imply that lesser value is to be attached to other
    • others. In this sense I ask you to pay attention to a difference that
    • is neither a merit on the one side nor a failing on the other: I want
    • other words, the Oriental conception of the world perceives the
    • Vinci among many others. The West speaks of the single personality
    • who lived from a certain point of time to another. The East directs
    • one incarnation to another, whereas western culture has been little
    • with Paul and with all the others. This is a very fundamental
    • And then we may think of another life, the life of the personality
    • In other words: the phase of development has come when, in very truth,
    • And so we pass from one picture to another, forgetting all the
    • statements that have been made about the one or the other, for a great
    • paintings. When we look at them even more closely, still another
    • informed by them that the Child in the arms of the Mother, the Child
    • “Sistine” Madonna but all the other Madonnas of Raphael are
    • other Madonnas, or from “The School of Athens,” the
    • “Disputa” and other paintings of Raphael. Without being
    • over the other events in the life of Christ, he paints “The
    • the Beheading of John the Baptist, are not, like the others, born of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly/Cosmic Man: Lecture 6: The Mission of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • in other words, about the goal of the Earth. We realise that it would
    • We inquire, to begin with, about the goal of the Earth. In other
    • of existence, proceeds from Wonder, Amazement. In other words: As long
    • than the actual phenomena of the sense-world. In other words:
    • into his world. In other words: we are set free from ourselves, we
    • and reach over into the other being. Here, already, is the
    • the reasoning mind can carry us into the sphere of another's soul. The
    • ourselves and enter into the world of another being. If a man is
    • into the other being, feeling, not his own pain or joy but the pain or
    • joy of that other — if at that moment his feelings fade and die
    • to live in another, not only in himself.
    • another sphere. If a body of flesh did not separate him from the
    • human being were not separated from the other, if men were to live an
    • other souls by the impenetrable sheath provided by the physical body.
    • must be given by another power. And so the human being must be
    • divine mother. Read through the Iliad and the Odyssey and ask
    • evolutionary process as a whole, powers which could otherwise never
    • On the other hand, another telling fact points to the significance
    • those of other founders of religions. Yet in one respect there is
    • must be man's task to make the voice that sounds out of another world
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly/Cosmic Man: Lecture 7: The Signature of Human Evolution The Advancing Individuality
    Matching lines:
    • present lecture will endeavour to add yet another, different picture.
    • other side of the Gate of Death. It was the period when human beings
    • connection with that other world.
    • “forerunners” — in Elijah, John the Baptist and others.
    • one human being became known to another, were living and real in the
    • very highest degree. To imagine that when one human being met another,
    • those times the other human being physically before him was enveloped
    • Were these things known to other human beings on the Earth? They were
    • the sentient soul — in other words, outward-turned vision —
    • the brother of Epimetheus. The latter represents one who still
    • Giovanni Santi who, among other activities, was also a writer; he died
  • Title: Earthly/Cosmic Man: Lecture 8: Consciousness, Memory, Karma
    Matching lines:
    • unfold until the period of Earth-evolution proper. In the other
    • other than the senses, is obvious; for in this everyday, waking
    • we call memory is distinct from these other processes. The thoughts
    • time; after seven or eight years we have within us quite other
    • pictures, from one period in life across to the other. The instrument
    • fellow-men do not live on only within us but also in the other human
    • others, in the outside world. Think about this, and it will soon
    • backwards through everything he has done to other beings on the earth.
    • another. The “ I ” is within us, within these three
    • the Earth, their development might have been possible on other
    • conditions of existence prevailing on other planets. A being of this
    • by the human “ I,” and passes over into other worlds —
    • other creations — creations of the “ I ” — which
  • Title: Earthly/Cosmic Man: Lecture 9: Form-creating Forces
    Matching lines:
    • significance only for him, for other beings have quite different forms
    • Unlike the other forces, they do not remain connected with him.
    • spiritual world actually as destructive forces. On the other hand, all
    • the individuality who passes on from one incarnation to another. This
    • between the faces of the children and between the other parts of the
    • and other bodily forms; he can perceive the striking differences in
    • in the past, so in the future, too, there will be another such race,
    • It is already apparent that our epoch will be succeeded by another of
    • another. But the “forms” or “forces” created by
    • reasonable and sound grounds for such a statement. And no other kind
    • the other, something else will become more and more universal, namely,
    • that such a statement were confronted by another, to the effect that
    • easy-going principle that either the one or the other may be believed;
    • olden times been an affair of one or another particular centre of
    • strikingly it differs from the lives of all the other founders of
    • religion in that period. The teachings of all the others tend in the
    • sentence what has been proclaimed in another? Is it difficult to see
    • of race and other differences, while on the other it is said that the
    • of others are misrepresented. Once before I have been obliged to say
    • other side as though it were suitable only for the German mind. It is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • think about them and compare them with other situations in
    • are unaware of other forces that were still active in Judaism
    • from animal ancestry, there are others however who believe in
    • Christianity. On the other hand, however, we can only
    • be ignored, otherwise the old ideas of the tripartite
    • accounted for in other ways are seen in their true light when
    • 869. And so it is with many other things. This Council is
    • of dissension — for which, of course, there are other,
    • consisted of body and soul, whilst the alchemists and others
    • development of the modern scientific outlook is another
    • Alexandria, Origen, Eusebius, St. Epiphenius and others.
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • Kâma-Manas and the various other divisions introduced
    • father and mother. But he owes only his physical inheritance
    • mother, for this whole man is endowed with a soul. Now one
    • soul, on the other hand, the “Active Reason” as
    • born of the co-operation of God with the father and mother,
    • the soul, the “Active Reason”, on the other hand,
    • eternal life. What other possibility was open to Aristotle,
    • festivals I could also cite other festivals for these were
    • telegraphy and many other discoveries which are important
    • other things — I propose today to emphasize those
    • the seeds of death. In other words, spiritual investigation,
    • that time, but for other reasons. But if we were to discuss a
    • mortal, not after the fashion of other forms of organic life,
    • the other hand, were the feelings bf those who were drawn to
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • to draw your attention today to another important question.
    • There was a certain creditor which had two debtors: the one owed five hundred pence, and the otherLuke VII, 41).
    • powers from one person to another by virtue of His selfless
    • regard for others. He was able to surrender the self in
    • active service for others and this is reflected in the power
    • to transfer powers from one person to another? They would not
    • force from one person to another they would have abused it,
    • Mystery of Golgotha. I could mention many others. I will say
    • Fall. Christ wished to save mankind in another way: he wished
    • on the other hand, was written for the
    • when they said: We must kill Him, otherwise our people will
    • essential difference between the Luke Gospel and the other
    • recognize Him? None other than those that were possessed with
    • fact remains that in contrast to other founders of religion,
    • generation to another. The psychic life as such is created
    • reality. After all, even Haeckel, even Arrhenius and others,
    • out, what becomes of the moral order? In other words, the
    • on meaning also, otherwise it cannot be understood. The
    • Church Fathers of the African Church; the others were
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • “tolerate” each other; the two spheres are
    • than that of many others. If you refer to critical studies on
    • them. Meanwhile other naturalists, amongst them the botanists
    • article on Schelver he wrote amongst other things:
    • way certain naturalists, seeing Mother Nature partly in the
    • turn to the other realms of nature: to the kingdom of the
    • other living beings, the ligneous plants and the warm-blooded
    • replaced by another science which will recognize once more
    • it was originally designed for something other than is
    • this natural order. And when Du-Bois Reymond and other
    • the one aspect. On the other hand, in respiration (in so far
    • one possibility. On the other hand, the exhalations of man
    • when, in other words, it is restored to its cosmic rank, and
    • On the other
    • future when I pointed out that those who recognize other laws
    • to above, but another section will be the bearer of the
    • smite thee on thy right cheek, turn to him the other also; if
    • (But I say unto you, That ye resist not evil: but whosoever shall smite thee on thy right cheek, turn to him the otherMatt. V, 39-42.)
    • Heaven other laws prevail than those of the external world.
    • And unto him that smiteth thee on the one cheek offer also the otherGospel of St. Luke
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • referring to one instinctive remark amongst many others which
    • wanted, on the other hand, to establish a method of
    • and silent. But, on the other hand, without light there would
    • signified that man would be transported to another sphere
    • perception of the phenomenal world implied, on the other
    • others are doomed.” In the book
    • related to other beings of nature, but that it is related to
    • Zeus in another sphere) as “brother Jupiter”.
    • “Brother Jupiter” was the customary form of
    • the thyrsus in his hand; at other times he appeared as
    • we should have to touch upon many other fields of knowledge
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • devils knew who Christ was. On the other hand Christ Himself
    • these secrets; but there were others who understood so much
    • assimilation of other gods. And, as a rule, the worship of
    • other gods was accepted not only in an outward and exoteric
    • way, but the Mystery-teachings of other peoples were also
    • he conceived it, with the impulses proceeding from the other
    • others held to be sacred, and vice versa. In other words, the
    • and other peoples — for the other peoples together with
    • traditional teachings I must hate that which others
    • that which others hate.” If you bear this statement in
    • love what others hate”. This means — and this
    • acknowledged what others reproached them with. It was not
    • otherwise it would not have had so great an impact. Of
    • into their pantheon as a new god amongst the other gods
    • gods. In other words, he wished to ridicule baptism in the
    • momentary illumination from another source and were granted
    • knew no other way of bringing his message home to the tyrant,
    • it was possible, but they maintained, on the other hand, that
    • in fact have proved to be correct. For example, the mother of
    • have indicated on other occasions how spiritual forces were
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • were made to have him butchered along with his brother. There
    • toleration, so attempts were made on the other hand, to
    • injure others and no one may communicate with the dead, and
    • less were a necessity from another point of view. In the
    • decided to approach the problem from another angle. His new
    • man; the one involves the other. In this respect men differ
    • another angle. We can consider him mainly from his psychic
    • so Julian's expedition had other motives than the
    • play is disastrous. And so, amongst other things, it was
    • Church were simply a revival of paganism. And others
    • consciousness. The other burning question of the nineteenth
    • beliefs under another name.
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • other sources than those of contemporary historical
    • otherwise, have come to the conclusion that there is no
    • to discuss whether it is possible to discover other sources
    • of Alexandria, his pupil Origen and others
    • are very often glossed over like so many other things. But
    • Constantine was not precisely a model of virtue, otherwise he
    • justification, of illicit relations with his own mother. The
    • this trumped-up charge and then the stepmother. These were
    • to recent history. Here we find other distortions but we fail
    • to detect them because other interests occupy our
    • interacted on each other and through the manner in which they
    • Mysteries, on the other hand, he attained to self-knowledge
    • experience other aspects of the psychic and spiritual life,
    • intelligible, on the other hand in the formation of certain
    • the thought-forms of another epoch; that is tantamount to
    • forsaken father, mother, brothers, sisters, I have forsworn
    • organs. It is possible for man to experience himself in other
    • case, otherwise evolution would have been impossible. There
    • express it in no other way) the Christ, the Risen Lord is
    • original form, otherwise it becomes the travesty that can be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • other groups within the folk-communities consisted not only
    • other than it has been. But sometimes a thought such as the
    • to contribute to our present situation. But the other
    • the nineteenth century and compare these words with another
    • integrated whole, in other words, as an organism primarily.
    • other hand we discover that the individual States can perhaps
    • the kingdom of nature where the cells fit into each other in
    • determined to live in enmity and to slaughter each other. How
    • principle of reincarnation, for otherwise we look upon man as
    • the risk. I could cite many other examples of a similar kind
    • grant to others the right to individuality that each
    • the individuality of others is the precondition of
    • approach; some other way must be found to attract their
    • godless reason had no other choice but to abdicate. It
    • effectiveness. What other path was open to it? None, save the
    • restore them. We have no other choice, either the end of the
    • have quoted to you today from Hermann Bahr and other
    • confused with that one root which its name recalls: the other
    • apparently destroyed other temples. A riot ensued and a
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • composition or when he reads the poetry of others and
    • read or compose like other men, but that an extraordinary
    • others in these words:
    • formalized gestures, singly or facing each other, the whole
    • succession of other figures. At first I know nothing of the
    • something other than the conscious fashioning of clairvoyant
    • agree with him; otherwise they label him a fool. And they
    • compares favourably with that of others — in itself no
    • other agree when they show the time. When therefore an
    • more doubts it than another doubts what a fellow human being
    • without. They appeared on the one side. On the other side
    • were certainly no better than the other two for they defended
    • people are antipathetic towards them — and for no other
    • courses are radically different from each other. I have
    • other. In order fully to understand this difference let us
    • other hand the original capacity to accept the immortality of
    • that human knowledge could arrive at no other conclusion. And
    • puts forward a remarkable idea, but neither he, nor others
    • less can they make anything of the other idea which I
    • in specific cases, because other points of view must be taken
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture I: What Does the Human Being Find in Theosophy?
    Matching lines:
    • currents in the present, and on the other side I would want to design
    • And in this manner I want to approach the other question: why do we
    • with each other that something perfect develops from something imperfect
    • better with the one than with the other. One was dependent on chance.
    • of God. And also the other sciences do not need one. Is anything of
    • of Christianity, take Origen and the other first church teachers. You
    • on the other side.
    • Those who found no other
    • could have given as a legacy to the 20th century unless another impact
    • sufficient, and was prepared on the other side by the fact that one
    • The other side was that
    • other side the knowledge of the miraculous contents of all ancient religious
    • Blavatsky was published. These were books which designed another world
    • view than science had done it up to now, also another world view than
    • the human being, on the other side, in a brighter light. It became also
    • clear that the Gospels and other old religious documents have not come
    • its own: forming the core of a general human brotherhood which is built
    • like all the other physical forces, only a higher one and this is the
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture II: The Nature of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • apply to theosophy. However, one has to emphasise on the other side
    • other in essential matters. For the errors do no longer happen which
    • produces this world view, the other theosophist another one. Only this
    • each other.
    • it. That is out of the question. When Mrs. Blavatsky, Sinnett and other
    • that I could not prove. On the other side, I have also convinced myself
    • of the city, these pictures are somewhat different from each other,
    • views, which other theosophical researcher give. It absolutely corresponds
    • adds two other components: what one has called soul at all times, and
    • quite differently than other professors of philosophy since the 17th
    • and talk to them about colours and about the other relations which exist
    • laws by which the other things round us are controlled. In the human
    • briefly, the whole activity which biology, physics and the other physical
    • representative of vitalism) and others to show how the naturalist comes
    • another term. The farther natural sciences advance, the more they will
    • otherwise, it could not live. Also the animal and the human being have
    • Another kind of suggestion
    • and the sentient soul. These are, so to speak, inserted into each other
    • of memory are hard to imagine, because no other stories could add anything
    • The aura is threefold. Three members are inserted into each other like
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture III: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • started once and will once find an end. Starting from other conditions
    • to other phases of his development. The law of karma says that our destiny,
    • human being from all other human beings. Of these two fields the generic
    • other field matters which we distinguish from the generic as the real
    • We cannot explain them in another way than that we introduce the same
    • be weaker than those of another who has a stronger body. Everything
    • to his physical ancestors, but to other causes in the past which were
    • the individuality cannot be derived from another human being, but only
    • another is condemned to misfortune for his whole life. What we call
    • happens. But the fact becomes another if you have made the metal ball
    • life: why is one person not successful compared to another person? Why
    • his mother because she killed his father. Now it is shown to us how
    • he feels guilty this faces us here in another way. With these poets
    • Another objection is made:
    • Another objection is included
    • do another action which possibly cancels injurious results of the former
    • other case I have acted according to the law. An action in the past
    • be removed, but I can carry out another action and change the injurious
    • them from each other, we receive the account balance. This is an unalterable
    • in the super-sensible worlds, should also teach us, on the other side,
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture IV: Theosophy and Darwin
    Matching lines:
    • the other in Tolstoy, which is in its beginning.
    • truth; that on the other hand everything that the human beings thought
    • them in connection with other, similar phenomena. Theosophy enables
    • find such materialised thoughts, otherwise, in the world. Look only
    • mathematical and other laws, how should he be able to find the laws
    • first? Or take to resume another example the dens which an animal, the
    • have also to admit on the other side that the human being develops in
    • other, higher forms.
    • it still ascends to others. If we look back to the Atlantean ancestors,
    • human being with the other material organisms. This was the last, the
    • Still another idea, another
    • his concepts, not his research Haeckel. This is the other extreme. In
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture V: Theosophy and Tolstoy
    Matching lines:
    • If we consider life in another
    • (1869) and later in Anna Karenina (1879) another keynote
    • life form to the other.
    • has no other question than: how do I satisfy the needs of the external
    • other lives be meaningful? If the personal welfare of the single human
    • consideration, the last branches of the old form culture. On the other
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture VI: The Soul-world
    Matching lines:
    • to the other human beings, must appear to such a human being, and we
    • if it faces another human being sees his physical qualities, the opened
    • and ideas shining, other only gleaming. One calls this light cloud that
    • figures, lightning-shaped or other figures of blood-red or reddish-orange
    • clinging to it, and on the other side this soul is equipped with the
    • Another region of the soul-life
    • other beings of its surroundings. There are two types. First we deal
    • it is on another scene which differs from the external sensory scene
    • and ears and the other senses can perceive at first. The sensuous just
    • that the single regions of the astral world lie on top of each other
    • Then another world comes to the fore round it, a world which was there
    • now. It is another state of experience which the soul undergoes. It
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture VII: The Spirit-land
    Matching lines:
    • In no other way than by
    • another particular region; and the atmosphere of the earth corresponds
    • and radiant light. This light is another light than that which composes
    • the others approach him. He feels one with the feelings of others. Grief
    • You can probably imagine that the insight into this world gives another
    • has another concept of war and peace of the world, another concept of
    • from one place to the other. They all are into each other, they penetrate
    • each other completely. The fourth region is related to our earth only
    • The other three regions
    • has another nature than what, otherwise, the physical human being owns.
    • by brightly varying pictures like with the other human beings.”
    • separated from this reality, every other human being is separated from
    • and the pain of others, but he knows what desire and pain are in themselves.
    • life as artists, as great inventors or in some other way with brilliant
    • does not go from one place to the other wandering through these regions.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture VIII: Friedrich Nietzsche in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • the others a person against whom one has to fight most intensively.
    • or, otherwise, any echo of him. Friedrich Nietzsche has deeply taken
    • philology in his youth, more than others can perform in a whole life.
    • two others have led the way which had to develop other forces than our
    • to speak, from its mother soil. Our time has developed thinking in the
    • idea on one side and will on the other side. But both do no longer have
    • otherwise that this materialistic philosophy sought for a support of
    • Then others who were familiar
    • For others this may be a prosaic riddle of reason; however, what others
    • There exists another writing
    • and on the other hand in a soul movement. Therefore, he also mocks Socrates
    • life to another condition of life where life remains and the forms and
    • you find that they border on each other closely. The urge in the human
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture IX: On the Inner Life
    Matching lines:
    • dependence on another. The esoteric teacher appreciates and honours
    • Then there comes a particular moment when still another illumination
    • contrast to a lot of other instructions. Only such things have been
    • each other like nebulous rings. They coil themselves into each other
    • and both spiral formations fitted into each other organise themselves.
    • development takes place under no other circumstances. The structures
    • must immediately inform another, who cannot keep to himself what he
    • man, it suppresses the soul development. We must listen to the other
    • so long. With the one it lasts few months, with the other longer time.
    • if they are not paired with three other virtues, with humility, mildness
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture X: Goethe's Gospel
    Matching lines:
    • up to the human being. He taught him the brotherliness of everything
    • The descent to the mothers:
    • the mothers is the primary source of all things; the spirit comes from
    • member, had got the upper hand over all the other members.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XI: Origin and Goal of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • without any influence of other forces up to his present summit. Today
    • another creation doctrine than one normally states.
    • to a more non-material view of development. However, there we have another
    • of the matter with another word. Only the theosophical world view again
    • lung, heart et etcetera up to the brain has no other need to explain
    • immediately another thought, always alternating. This is the everyday
    • These are only other expressions of the one and the same matter. With
    • to imagine the psycho-spiritual. On the other side, we have the sensuous
    • the saurians, the ichthyosaurs. They lived in other way than today.
    • being of the human being incarnated. This was another figure than that
    • structures hardened, and the other realms of our earth came from them.
    • parts are condensed. The other realms of nature, which are now round
    • from above; both fertilise each other. More and more a densification
    • Then another developmental
    • theosophy finds that the other creation history is a speculative fiction
    • he cast another cover off, that he separated animals from himself. At
    • on the other side. However, when the human being had advanced so far
    • differing from the lower cold-blooded beings. Also other creatures became
    • others originated in the middle of the Lemurian age. Also the two sexes
    • degenerated and developed in another direction. The ape is not at all
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XII: Goethe's Secret Revelation I
    Matching lines:
    • lofty brotherhood Goethe counted himself. He was convinced that knowledge
    • century) they met forever and complemented each other. At that
    • himself in two other fairy tales more intimately, in The New Melusine
    • sleeps on the other bank in the spiritual world, and want to be ferried
    • lily? - The will-o'-the-wisps ask. Oh, it lives on the other bank,
    • everybody to this bank but not back to the other. Are there no other
    • king asks. With your older brothers, the old man replies. What will
    • and wisdom knowledge correspond to each other.
    • other. Earth fruits must be gathered. These fruits do not consist of
    • shines if another light which the soul must produce is shown. It is
    • and who are the other three kings, the silver one, the bronze one and
    • with the casting, nothing correlates with each other. This is the soul
    • the initiation which was otherwise given to few people only in the temples,
    • notes of two other participants.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XIII: Goethe's Secret Revelation II
    Matching lines:
    • to shine all by itself to show this effect. If another light was beside
    • if no other light is there, it shines particularly and transforms everything
    • the body to protect it against putrefaction which must meet it, otherwise,
    • to the other bank comes into being. Thus a free transition from the
    • the hut of the ferryman forms a nice small temple within the other,
    • goes another way; its lower nature is sacrificed, must die to ascend
    • of art but he cannot reanimate it. Wisdom only cannot give life; other
    • if no other light shines unless it is disturbed. Thus we find profound
    • is there only where both penetrate each other. But a new harmonisation
    • complement each other with the lily. The old woman represents the present
    • The human being experienced other conditions of consciousness, before
    • what the other soul forces have to acquire for themselves.
    • mechanically by other forces, so to speak, not by his own forces. Now
    • can be combined with each other by the sacrificing snake which establishes
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XIV: Goethe's Secret Revelation III
    Matching lines:
    • add two other fairy tales: The New Melusine and The New
    • deals only with putting pictures next to each other like in a kaleidoscope,
    • however, another talent of speech has developed to him that has a intentionally
    • with a special key, so that the door cannot be opened with any other
    • and giants, on the one hand, dwarfs and heroes, on the other hand, face
    • each other. However, the dwarfs become smaller and smaller, so that
    • with the lady, and after some other adventures she says to him that
    • There were other human races
    • from another world, preceded the origin of the human being and was there
    • earlier than the other components of the human being (kama manas). This
    • For the later-born brother has been so small, “that the attendants
    • garden, surrounded by a canal. Now he must put on another robe; he receives
    • out on the other side.
    • The significance of their positions to each other points to the medieval
    • differently positioned to each other. However, he believes to note that
    • exists; the other three exist only as rudiments, are to be developed.
    • and “Narcissus! Narcissus!” the others. The young man would
    • realm. The human being has to sacrifice what he has, otherwise, for
    • must join with each other to make the transition into the spiritual
    • Narcissus is the other word
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XV: The Evolution of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • stands higher and contains more than one can otherwise bring forward
    • way. However, theosophy may give this rebuttal better than any other.
    • facing us as another being in very distant times taking on the physical
    • age of our physical earth development. Another age preceded it that
    • And another age preceded this Atlantean age called the Lemurian age.
    • any psychic development in other words the eternal in the human being
    • gets to a higher level, and in another respect it descends to a lower
    • same time, we come to a time where another development goes hand in
    • resorting to another physical human being because he combined both sexes
    • other physical living beings on earth. But I have also indicated that
    • type has further-developed up to the present-day human beings. Other
    • circumstances which I will especially show another time. They went back
    • the human being still undifferentiated from the other higher animal
    • everything changing there! If you expand this thought to all the other
    • which he lives. He becomes another being if he is in another interrelation.
    • not live, otherwise. One found that they change their colours and colour
    • on our earth are in quite different relations to each other than today.
    • in another way. He lived in the state of the “fire mist.”
    • animal realm which had, however, other figures in those days, were different
    • and denser, they took on other shapes and characteristics. We have,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XVI: The Great Initiates
    Matching lines:
    • other aura, so that both become often completely different in short
    • in another hue, and, finally, it moves from the left to the right, clockwise.
    • meditation, develop the other six petals of the 12-petalled lotus-flower.
    • consideration to other organs of cognition and observation, but I want
    • has another aura. If he then examines his astral body with self-consciousness,
    • word does no longer echo what the world is but what comes from another
    • every other must say you to you. It is something in everybody that everybody
    • something of a holy spark with others, which leads us to this point
    • the truth and the life.” The other founders of a religion were
    • as doctrine and the other great religions. Who knows the Egyptian
    • in that which the others taught. What the others taught was the Logos,
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XVII: Ibsen's Attitude
    Matching lines:
    • expresses itself, one needs to put two things next to each other only.
    • a century, what existed in revolutionary and other ideas penetrated
    • adapt himself like a limb to the whole body. Christianity brings another
    • drama; the human beings were occupied with other interests. Now the
    • live like the other human beings in their sense: they lived in his blood.
    • On the other hand, we have
    • of brotherliness immerses the human acting in mildness and benevolence
    • and regards every human being as a human brother. As long as this ideal
    • not have emerged, otherwise. We had to lose the old ideals, to regain
    • Only as personalities man and woman are opposing each other on the same
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XVIII: The Future of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • fourteen days ago. The other indication I gave in the talk about Ibsen's
    • to them for a big cultural progress; but on the other side that also
    • we want to get to know an idealism that is of another type than that
    • Another example is the postage
    • of view. We have seen that another humanity preceded our present humanity.
    • We went back to the older races which lived under other living conditions
    • and with other abilities. The task of our race is to develop the inferring
    • that. They knew no multiplication tables. Another force which was developed
    • means of practical mysticism to be explained another time.
    • Another state is that in
    • the other in time. Everywhere it is the reason which works on the dead,
    • the human being is on a course that leads him to another state absolutely
    • Theosophical Society: forming the core of a brotherhood without differentiating
    • verify. On the other side, consider the point in time in which we stand:
    • the significant of the human being. All the other differentiations,
    • Still consider whether the reason accomplishes a lot of other things
    • more with the other. But that does not apply to the individuality. There
    • brotherly attitude has to originate.
    • of the other human being. Not until we refrain from rules and regulations
    • tolerant toward other views.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XIX: Schiller and the Present
    Matching lines:
    • best to say what they had to say. There the brothers Ernst and Georg
    • and many others united. They joined in the big choir of Schiller celebrations
    • of life, but only an event like other events of life. Death is no completion.
    • into other spheres to look at life from the other side. However, has
    • with faith this way. Other concepts and other views took place. However,
    • torn open by another trend, which issued from Jean-Jacques Rousseau
    • however, for Schiller, is still very ripe for many other people and
    • again in itself that is otherwise scattered. A microcosm, a little world
    • on the other side: you have to think in a certain way. The moral necessity
    • stands on the other side, too: you must submit to certain duties. The
    • of nature. If he follows the one or the other, he is not free, a slave.
    • and logic on the other side. He finds it at first in the view of beauty.
    • Goethe. Goethe answered: there may probably be another way to look at
    • to take such a way is more worth than to finish any other and you have
    • your Greek mind was thrown into this northern creation, no other choice
    • himself and to raise the others with him.
    • dramatic strength and truth content with each other. If you want to
    • is grasped grandiloquently like by no other dramatist of the world.
    • which he lives in the other world, which took up his best friendly and
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XX: The Divinity Faculty and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • why some connections shifted. Although notices of other participants
    • have to include still other colleges in the sense of our present way
    • Everything that was otherwise done formed a group round the theological
    • is nothing else than the teachings of this divine. All other must trace
    • other side, the medical faculty and that of law consider the world in
    • single faculties do not deal a lot with each other. In the Middle Ages,
    • he could ascend to the other, higher faculties. For the other faculties
    • about the simple questions of existence. But also the other faculties
    • the divinity faculty would have to stimulate any other knowledge. Theology,
    • is free of everything that also appears, otherwise, in the longing of
    • of philosophy and other sciences at first; one has to make his thinking
    • in his mouth that wins another liveliness than it has at first without
    • One took another path in
    • that way must find an end in such a way, as it develops. Kant and others
    • did not live than in other human beings. Or is anybody able to argue
    • the Gospels are inconsistent with each another. One has put together
    • many brothers. As to St. Paul, the basis of his faith in Easter was
    • of world evolution again as we have a materialistic one on the other
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XXI: The Faculty of Law and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • connections shifted. Although notices of other participants were
    • in other fields the physicist Helmholtz (1821–1894) has to be
    • believed that he came out without fail on the other side and has built
    • seized all circles. The other sciences go back to the older times, and
    • study of law became a one-sided professional study. The other faculties
    • or built in the field of the feminist movement or any other social movement
    • unless a plan forms the basis of the whole. Otherwise the carving of
    • be connected with them. Otherwise nothing can be accomplished in the
    • because he cannot get involved in understanding suggestion or other
    • those of the social question, the other of the national question, the
    • way, the other that way, the one nation this way, the other nation that
    • it gives. Next time we see how with the doctors another feature comes
    • could easily mess about also in other attempts. It would be easy to
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XXII: The Medical Faculty and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • connections shifted. Although notices of other participants were
    • they cannot be simply altered, but only replaced bit by bit with others.
    • of those ancient times. He could learn some other views than they prevail
    • in himself which enable him to understand life from quite another side.
    • a different person by a certain training. The forces which another human
    • the doctor himself has become another person, he can realise this. With
    • methods. There are still other knowledge methods than those are which
    • as Goethe says, another study of the human body takes place. And only
    • of the thyroid gland with other functions.
    • You have to bring the thinking into another direction, then truths appear
    • in this field, and you get another direction of researching. The modern
    • all possible attempts that are put next to each other grotesquely. This
    • dares to connect religion and healing power with each other.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XXIII: The Arts Faculty and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • connections shifted. Although notices of other participants were
    • the three other faculties, because the arts faculty encloses the scientific
    • training of a human being in a formal way. Among other things, rhetoric,
    • for the pupil. On one side, we find the pointless, on the other side,
    • construction of the universe. In other times, the penetration in the
    • and others could control the knowledge of their times. This is rare
    • jobs. However, this has no other value than learning any other trade.
    • that the professional study is not more valuable than any other study
    • teach the scientific disciplines. However, another human being should
    • decisive, the modern arts faculty originated. All the other sciences
    • human being the life contents of this life form is included. Otherwise,
    • it and then top it with philosophy. One has no other choice. The philosophy
    • it is a discipline like other disciplines. This should not be; it had
    • to give the strength to the other disciplines. Instead of this, it has
    • came from other disciplines, has become an experimental science. If
    • transplanting theosophy to the universities. Otherwise, the arts faculty
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • if for no other reason than that, at least at first sight,
    • attitude can be observed in many other spheres of life. It is
    • world other than the physical-material one. They knew: In
    • that world, those who died young had other tasks to
    • In other words in this epoch man felt his spirit and soul
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • his mental life became different. In other words, he was
    • experienced as ascending, the other as descending. Thus he
    • weave into one another and that during his life man passes
    • from one to the other. When his life forces began to decline
    • forces, especially during dream, sleep and other states of
    • how one truth complements another, which is something that
    • force spread over the earth and, from another direction,
    • found what mankind so sorely needs. Like so many others who
    • times.” In other words, people are very capable of
    • whether under the system of representation or any other form
    • other, the spiritual side, would be the search for the
    • and illumine the one with the other.
    • (fast). We say one instead of the other. Place your hand on
    • something other than language to give a penetrating
    • one tomorrow, I shall be wearing the other one. And he
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • the wisdom they were able to impart to others. When people
    • this was bound up with another aspect of evolution. If you
    • mankind's age receded to 33, Christ had to come from other
    • prove, among other things, that Jesus of Nazareth could not
    • cannot do otherwise than say, “What is discovered
    • one can refer to words and doings of other outstanding
    • other he says that it is permissible to refer to His words
    • from some other source. In any case, our salvation cannot
    • true of the crystal's form and existence. If on the other
    • to correspond to things as they truly are, otherwise one's
    • from that of a lifeless one, otherwise one cannot have true
    • — for it can exist only if there are other strata lying
    • are taken from the external physical world, but today other
    • to acquire the intellectuality which other European peoples
    • or any other European language, people would find it deadly
    • other considerations. They on their part would wish to
    • were in its favor, passing over others in silence
    • one another; yet in one respect they are strangely alike.
    • other method of research than natural science.”)
    • genius, among other things, remains inexplicable till one
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • diverts the force that would otherwise cause illness in some
    • when they observe other people in the dark, they see colors.
    • strictly tested by me. A great many doctors and other
    • those higher realms investigated by anthroposophy. But other
    • from the human being. In other words, water is not only under
    • when other sources have become exhausted. Thus investigation
    • otherwise for reasons I have mentioned. It is not surprising
    • the historical personality of that name. Other epochs
    • Let us look at another passage where he speaks about how
    • super-sensible perception akin to smell! In other words
    • smell.” (p. 258) In other words he turns a clear
    • other. In this case his superficiality amounts to
    • long list of his other publications.” (p. 254)
    • say: Well, how could the man know otherwise when it is
    • originate from quite another. Nowadays that often happens as
    • In other words,
    • researcher of this “universal brotherhood”
    • Another thing
    • one another. (p. 240)
    • three components may be quite independent of one another
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • in general are either laboring in one direction or another
    • soul itself. He therefore divided the soul in another way,
    • another, we still have no guarantee of reality. A tree is a
    • elements as weaving into one another. When examining a will
    • do we acknowledge certain things and reject others? Those we
    • problem: What is truth? The heart of the other problem
    • other answer to the question What is true? In other words:
    • to regard one thing as good and another as bad? Or the
    • Herbart's view of ethics, which others have advocated
    • others displease us. Those that please us are good, those
    • based. Another view on ethics is based on perfection. We are
    • been through any other action. Herbart differentiates five
    • Yet another
    • understood only if viewed historically. In other words, if we
    • correctly judged is true. To the other question, what is
    • energy, the earnestness of his striving. In no other
    • accept certain things as true and reject others as false. So
    • regard man's being as it is regarded today, and on the other
    • than beauty; what one person finds beautiful another does
    • one hand on the physical and etheric bodies and on the other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • Ralph Waldo Trine and others, a guidance sought by many today
    • Yet in our mental life we know of no other I than the
    • shadowy character; otherwise it remains unsatisfactory and is
    • intimate pursuit of which we expect no other result than that
    • other things. The clergyman, being a kind person, wanted to
    • save this forlorn child. He told the mother that he would set
    • all other so-called advantages of culture. This incident was
    • esteem sought by other people, make one far less happy than
    • had the experience with the gypsy woman came across another
    • to seek out the relation between remote events for no other
    • parties or at any other gathering he was usually quiet and
    • fierce disagreement ensued in which Bernstein and others
    • like seeing one another meet again after several years. It
    • pleased he was that they had found one another again and how
    • Thus another
    • the opportunity that enables him to meet the other person
    • or another becomes clearer through the description of such
    • on. In other words, all that one finds in place of the will
    • to a future one. Feeling, on the other hand, we experience
    • develop the art of dreaming, otherwise the being would not
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • a great leap to another group of concepts we also obtained
    • ether body on the other comes to a halt at the age of 27. We
    • the other, I would choose striving after truth.”
    • another sphere. His will power will have grown in strength
    • would not be too noticeable. In other words, he must have the
    • still other demands such a person must fulfill to be a true
    • other words, he must fulfill the requirement I laid down on
    • senseless to the ground. Another time he had to borrow a
    • no education other than that of life itself, he represented
    • his accord with life. Most importantly, unlike others he dod
    • aiming at fighting poverty and other social ills of the worst
    • understand fully this whole issue, we must add to it another
    • the present epoch no other people anywhere are in the
    • reminiscent of the other ideas as they had been in different
    • secret that those in possession of it could drag others
    • originated from personalities quite other than those named.
    • became as well armed as all the other nations.
    • other influence, based on ancient knowledge, asserted
    • revolve, including what emerges from Woodrow Wilson, another
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • different from one time to another; at one stage it may be
    • formless, at another it may have a definite structure. A
    • such that when they occupy a space from which other entities
    • have another side which is connected with what some people
    • another; rather, they prove that spiritual truths have a
    • another time the same thoughts pass through his soul, they
    • some branch of science. However, there is another reason why
    • preserved in books. The same applies to many other things.
    • theories such as liberalism, conservatism and others, and
    • human being himself is then excluded; in one way or another,
    • such. In other words, he wondered how one could get what has
    • consequently the papers differ from one province to another.
    • rings or other ornaments, every item different, because value
    • that things are done from preference. On the other hand, what
    • could just as well choose a number of other examples)
    • another stereotyped phrase, but no other possibility exists
    • Similar things are taking place in other spheres. The idea of
    • other instances, we see him suddenly change.
    • we know one another and these things concern us all. As you
    • I also respect Vischer. But how do the two regard each other?
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Deeper Secrets: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • all indications from many other sources have the date set at
    • that it is one thing to perceive the radiance, and quite another to
    • For example, a mother loves her child inwardly, deeply; the child commits
    • some misdeed, but so intense is the mother's love that she cannot bring
    • mother's love keeps her from punishing the child ... and so it goes
    • a mother who loved her child with the very deepest intensity. Let it
    • — But so great was the mother's love that she could not bring
    • wisdom, in the mother's love. If love is pervaded by wisdom, it
    • both of which flowed in Him as in no other Being, and which can never be
    • sacrifice, which has no other desire than to surrender its very self.
    • His other attributes.
    • Being of Christ, and which otherwise is distributed among the whole variety
    • functions separately, but on the other hand, the picture will lose
    • Being everything we have gathered from our study of the other three
    • too, in this case, the attributes presented in the other three accounts
    • they are inwardly related to each other and that we can only obtain
    • must choose the other path and pass on, as best we may, to the study
  • Title: Deeper Secrets: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • through the medium of external phenomena. All other Divinities, with
    • had to be transmitted to others. But this spiritual constitution is
    • poured into the other ancient religions, including those of Chaldea
    • remaining after all the others have dimmed, is denoted in mystical
    • The last clairvoyant gift is sacrificed, the others having already been
    • On the other hand we see
    • their particular gift should not be mingled with that of any other people,
    • was necessary that they should be brought into contact with the other
    • The other side is that
    • Hebrew people, was none other than the Individuality who in ancient
    • Magi from the East. We are reminded, too, of other happenings among
    • closely related by blood. In those ancient times there was no other
    • Spiritual powers on the one hand, and on the other, the Luciferic powers,
    • self-sufficiency on the other.
    • man is the crown of earthly creation. All other beings of the earth have
    • an Egohood there enters that which is otherwise nowhere to be found
    • into the other Jesus.
    • on some other occasion, in order that we may acquire a clearer picture
  • Title: Deeper Secrets: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • unless we at least give some consideration to certain other aspects
    • mission differed from that of the other pre-Christian peoples. To the
    • other words, experience of the outer physical world. This faculty developed
    • — which arrived by quite another path — came the principles
    • distinguishing the character of this people from that of the other
    • who in this respect still had much in common with the other peoples.
    • all the other forms of pre-Christian spiritual life, and why had they
    • — the Kingdom of Heaven — was added to the other
    • pointing to the places where He would appear. In other times, too, isolated
    • or another being the new incarnation of Christ. — No words need
    • another age, differ considerably from those essential for the attainment
    • honey of wild bees — not cultivated bees — and other
    • attention to other mistranslations of the same kind.
    • Another of the main
    • Thus in Esau another
    • events of his life otherwise completely forgotton. Moreover the nature
    • however, there were other qualities as well. If these other qualities
    • radically thrust away into another line of descendants, into the
    • and the other through the outcast Ishmael, who having the blood of an
    • what would otherwise seem to be mere abuse on the part of the Baptist
  • Title: History of the Middle Ages: Lecture I: Celts, Teutons, and Slavs
    Matching lines:
    • the assets of culture. Another result was the low value set upon
    • subjugated by contact with other races. Its evloution stood firm in
    • find in the Germani, hemmed in by the other two races, a strong
    • by right. But another form of unfreedom, material
  • Title: History of the Middle Ages: Lecture II: Persians, Franks, and Goths
    Matching lines:
    • peoples who lived on the Weichsel, the Oder and the Elbe, by others;
    • gives descriptions of the country at that time. No other records
    • for he cannot imagine that any other races would be able to get on
    • with the myths of another Aryan race, we find in Sanscrit, the
    • Greece, another to Rome, and a third towards the west; the original
    • each other by an abyss: a kingdom of fire, Muspelheim, and a kingdom
    • relationship connecting all these races. We find another important
    • to ancient Gods, deposed and supplanted by others. The service of
    • one another by blood relationships. Hence teh many tribes. In those
    • Christianity from west to east, thrust it upon other races with
    • tolerance for every other form of religion. No compromise was
    • each other. As absolute tolerance was a characteristic of these
    • Christ a man highly developed above all other men, but a man among
    • attacking one another, and of whom even the names (Chatten,
    • loosening of the old blood bonds, another motive for clinging
    • have not yet reached to a higher level of culture. Other races came
  • Title: History of the Middle Ages: Lecture III: The Impact of the Huns on the Germans
    Matching lines:
    • this race travelled from one end of Europe to the other, so did many
    • civilisations, and adopted other customs. To understand the
    • reputation for cruelty, which distinguished them from other tribes.
    • invaded Gaul. Farther east, too, on the Danube, other tribes moved
    • Christianity. Those other races — Goths, Vandals — who,
    • resembled one another. Freedom was a common Germanic possession; in
    • protectors. Some swore fealty in case of war; others relinquished
    • dependents were called vassals. Others held land under feudal tenure
    • others were vassals. Thus, in the most natural way in the world,
    • Although the Visigoths were originally Aryan Christians, other ideas
    • other clergy; the learned priests and monks were all Celts.
    • irresistible terror to other races. After their defeat on the
    • this tribe forced other to accept Christianity. We see further that
    • had disappeared from History altogether, others had taken their
    • other freer, more favourable circumstances, it meant increase of
  • Title: History of the Middle Ages: Lecture IV: Arabic Influence in Europe
    Matching lines:
    • is connected with another prejudice; for we are also told that
    • as victors, after they had overcome the others who were originally
    • responsible to the others for what he did on his own property. True,
    • exercised. If another man committed an offence, he was called to
    • which could be transferred to others by the king or the owner.
    • They fitted in to each other in such a way that it seems wonderful
    • invocation to “Christ, Who loves the Franks above all other
    • These often do each other harm
  • Title: History of the Middle Ages: Lecture V: Charlemagne and the Church
    Matching lines:
    • the ordinary school books, or any other of the usual presentations
    • The large landowner was not responsible to others for what he did on
    • parts of his domain, and with them his rights; to others with less
    • as conquerors took precedence of all others, so that we must retain
    • authority in other regions, just as he was extending it here. In
    • were the land-graves, who travelled from one district to another,
    • were Art and Science studied. All other students were directed to
    • others, their formal schooling, was rooted in this spirit of the
    • Another, materialistic, interpretation existed, and was supported in
    • otherwise than that dissatisfaction should increase among these
  • Title: History of the Middle Ages: Lecture VI: Culture of the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • the other hand, a very great inheritance has remained from the days
    • It is only in the new age, otherwise so proud of its freedom, that
    • allied with that other idealistic culture movement by which the
    • were a private property, and when he had another son, by a second
    • each other are incorrect. They were only rivals in the fight for
  • Title: History of the Middle Ages: Lecture VII: France and Germany
    Matching lines:
    • Austria and Germany on the other, as it had developed in the 8th,
    • bring the dukes of the other tribes into dependence on
    • gradually absorbed the small properties, and by giving others some
    • Frankish, Swabian, Bavarian and other dukedoms came into existence.
    • were compelled to do as other vassals did. Church property was
    • bishops, on whom they became completely dependent. Another district
    • Crusades, we shall learn to know another influence of very great
  • Title: History of the Middle Ages: Lecture VIII: From the Middle Ages to the Renaissance
    Matching lines:
    • the emperor; others were under the influence of the pope and elected
    • interests; the episcopal sees were filled by younger brothers, who
    • agents, such as Peter of Amiens and others — to spur men on to
    • vassals; others had been obliged to leave their property, and had
    • joining the Crusade; others hoped to obtain forgiveness of their
    • they were brought close to one another by comradship in arms.
    • clergy, jostled each other severely.
    • loves; others paid court to them in different ways. Great ignorance
    • on the other, they were enslaved. A kind of barbarism prevailed, and
    • is limited by the freewill of others.
    • that other ages, too, produced men who set store by freedom.
  • Title: The Human Soul in Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • and other similar questions are coming to be the concern of a
    • of that other scientific sphere that has achieved such
    • but an inner experience of what we otherwise know only as a
    • from consciousness. Another way of putting the principle of
    • awakened to another life — and has taken you with it. It
    • impart; that one pronounces this, another that, about the
    • only otherwise known to us in sleep, but in a completely
    • blossom again in another sphere. There then comes to the fore
    • consciousness into another. We are aware of something that
    • lifted up into another sphere, the opposition becomes loud,
    • within yourself, but are becoming the thought of some other
    • again in another sphere, we must link up with what we have
    • we recognize this expansion as something quite other than
    • thought, we recognize it as the other psychic element that is
    • the state in which we usually know it into quite another.
    • thought dies, to live again in another existence. Our position
    • in another sphere; the will passes from its activity of the
    • what is otherwise outside us. With the thought we penetrate
    • reality which is otherwise obscured, we notice that there is in
    • would otherwise, as a part of the spiritual world, be aware of:
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Insanity from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • Be sure to compare this with another version of this lecture,
    • at the other three members of man's being. Above all it
    • from the field the disease-producing power of other images. One
    • another personality. One cannot demonstrate the illogicality to
  • Title: Two Pictures by Raphael
    Matching lines:
    • that other is
    • whom this or the other figure represents, whether this one here
    • is a bishop or an early Father of the Church, whether another
    • figures in the centre, and on their right and left other
    • hand of the one, the hand of the other pointing to the
    • “There are also persons doing something or other in
    • suppose the inhabitant of Mars turns his attention to the other
    • other world must have come into some relation with them.”
    • come into touch with that other world?”
    • now let us pass to the other female figure on the right-hand
    • these two women appear also in the other picture, which is
    • And now when we pass to the other side of the picture we see
    • to be studied together one after the other. They are an
    • pictures, first one and then the other, and said to himself:
    • other pictures that are to be found in various galleries.
    • Here we find another “bird-being,” — the.
    • to-day in its first form as Theosophy. Other figures, new
    • each confront every other with real brotherly love.
  • Title: Easter and the Awakening to Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • on the one side he is a being of soul-and-spirit, and on the other side a physical being. The
    • discerning, outspread around me, the cosmic thought that sleeps within me and within all other
    • the thought of the justice of Karma. It would certainly not be right if someone seeing another
  • Title: Karma and Details of the Law of Karma
    Matching lines:
    • reward and punishment extending from one incarnation into the other, so that when the
    • what comes into manifestation in self-consciousness, in the ‘I.’ The other members are
    • to each other as the minute hand of a clock and the hour hand. The transformation of
    • simply can do no other than obey it — then it is established in the etheric body.
    • incarnation to the other in the following way. — Someone who has tried to judge
    • been prompted by other considerations, finds the fruits of this striving in his next life
    • who forgets everything immediately and another who has a faithful memory. One need only
    • Other examples could be
    • of Redemption through another being, for every man must redeem himself. Christian Theologians
    • there are the debit entries and on the other the credit entries. They are added and the
    • Such individuals will not say: I must not help those others because then I shall intervene
    • Theosophists do not basically understand Karma and Theologians have not bothered about it.
    • connection with each other in an earlier life and of whom one is reborn in America and the
    • other in Europe are nevertheless led together? Such are the great questions which we will
  • Title: The Secrets of Sleep or Karma
    Matching lines:
    • we eventually found that this lecture really was another translation of,
    • Be sure to compare this with another version of this Lecture,
    • often been celled the younger brother of death. This simile
    • many lives connected one with another? In what sense is the
    • himself, he must accept the description given by others. I
    • of my experiences of yesterday along to me also in another
    • cannot live and any other condition than the one produced
    • otherwise, for what the natural scientist here describes as
    • thread of physical laws; in the other he lives mentally,
    • comprehend the other must learn the laws of reasonable
    • Body and Spirit confront each other.
    • that the daughter is like the mother, that she inherits her
    • characteristics from the mother, will therefore depend upon
    • other bank papers. In each case my previous life determined
    • a person performs, and on the other they form his personal
    • another in which this liberation takes place. It might be
    • another way. Desire draws the spirit towards the past life;
    • this other part points him towards the future. Through its
    • learns the laws of its environment; in other words it does
    • light upon another doubt that may arise regarding the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evil and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • Be sure to compare this with another version of this lecture,
    • spirits in human development. On the other hand, we can study
    • — Another question then arises: how does the cosmic order
    • otherwise an exceptionally significant spirit, who lived in the
    • could put forward a whole group of other thinkers, who through
    • at the same time a large number of other thinkers who have
    • “Microcosm” for example, amongst others, described
    • us try to call up others before our souls, from amongst our
    • could add still other matters that Lotze and other thinkers
    • there is also another thinker, who tried to explore even
    • up against others. It must set up its adversary, or as Jakob
    • itself, in order to have insight into other worlds, more than
    • knowledge towards another knowledge. Along the path a way must
    • bears its tail. You bore them in yourself in other lives and
    • mankind. The common essential feature of all evil is none other
    • been done over some ethical principle or another, over some
    • moral basis or another; but the deeper we plunge into ethical
    • this result leads to another one just behind it; and it is so
    • would bring him/her together with other people, and with the
    • Otherwise we have no duty to be benefactors in the world,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Buddha and the Two Boys: Lecture I: Buddha and the Two Boys of Jesus
    Matching lines:
    • the other to Zarathustra, and the third was embodied in the ancient Hebrew
    • great teacher of humanity. This latter gradually takes on other capacities
    • not have to imagine a closed body as we have it, but what otherwise were
    • same time when Jesus was born, another set of parents, who were also named
    • with his parents in Bethlehem; the other had his parents living in
    • passed through Solomon. The Nazarene Jesus, on the other hand, came from
    • Matthew about the other child. The Bethlehemite child showed quite
    • other child Jesus showed a more inward disposition.
    • passes over into the other Jesus boy. From the twelfth year on, the former
    • why their child suddenly spoke so wisely. These parents had no other child
    • besides this one. The other parents, however, had other children, four boys
    • also died soon after, and the mother moved with her children to Nazareth to
    • the other family.
  • Title: Buddha and the Two Boys: Lecture II: The Gospels, Buddha and the Two Boys of Jesus
    Matching lines:
    • other Gospels, that in a certain sense one would get the same understanding
    • other three gospels would not be in the sense of spiritual research. For
    • The Gospel of Luke, on the other hand, allows
    • when it is seen — like another body, which exists as a
    • that is nothing other than the re-embodied Zarathustra. It is an
    • level than the other. It has not yet developed certain powers. This is the
    • flow in, a speck of dust from another plant. Especially in spiritual life
    • than it otherwise happens. For if I try to teach him in the seventh year
    • which are creative forces, which otherwise would have been
    • another place this current was united with the other.
  • Title: Raphael's Mission in the Light of the Science of the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • Raphael; about the beautiful young painter who surpassed all others; who was
    • For another version of this lecture, see:
    • show this, one would like to say on the other hand: The
    • other than by gathering together all his spiritual forces,
    • to another what is to be implanted in mankind's spiritual
    • follow each other, the human soul comes onto this earth so as
    • psycho-spiritual hold each other in balance. The spiritual was
    • On the other hand, we have the founding of Christianity, that
    • attempt here is to grasp what can otherwise only be clothed in
    • did he raise himself to other spheres.
    • that lived in strife and discord, waged war on each other. One
    • faction drove the other from the city. After a brief expulsion,
    • the others attempted to seize the city again. And not a few
    • scene, as do other reports of that time that are indeed quite
    • otherwise than that Raphael let this scene work on him. What
    • and another that lived inwardly in Raphael, having little to do
    • its isolation (joining other artists and painters working in
    • Christian legends arise in the Madonna pictures and other works
    • history of mankind. We see the Mother and Child float toward us
    • as also other Raphael pictures. Again and again we find comparisons
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Leonardo's Spiritual Stature: Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • — it cannot be described otherwise — only more or
    • less indistinct damp patches of colour merging into each other.
    • occasion as the result of flooding. Many other factors
    • can acquaint ourselves with other works of Leonardo, by means
    • can be experienced of Leonardo today barely relates otherwise
    • that merge into each other in comparison to what he once
    • other for a picture; he was to depict this or that. He studied
    • other, till it is no longer a question of his returning to the
    • court. One task is the “Last Supper” and the other
    • also working out all manner of war plans and other plans, as
    • another — attempting to bring something to realization
    • each other, while for a long time hardly anything is left of
    • been written on painting otherwise. The principles of the art
    • falls from various sides, with the eleven other disciples we
    • figure, its emergence from the other figures, seem justified in
    • the sense indicated. All the other countenances can be
    • understood quite differently than otherwise. We can make clear
    • other is something that could not come about all at once and
    • earth stood still in cosmic space and the sun and other planets
    • be so, since it would not have been possible otherwise for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fairy Tales: in the light of Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • One senses how impossible any other approach is in speaking out
    • otherwise. This applies even with regard to the most compelling
    • one way or another, a particular soul is entangled
    • tragic, as well as other forms of artistic expression, results
    • is human comes to meet us in the tragedy, as in other works of
    • little to do with each other in the first instance, and
    • as a hindrance, holding it back morally. Other moral
    • Brothers
    • wants the toad to eat some of her bread as well. The mother
    • us take another fairy tale also collected by the
    • Brothers
    • With really no work of art other than fairy tales does one have
    • transforming one thing into another. Nature is
    • let us take another fairy tale. — Please do not take it
    • that can be left for another occasion. In this world evolution
    • follow one upon the other. Just as the individual human being
    • goes through lives that follow each other sequentially, so our
    • otherwise no longer extant — everything
    • certain figures, towering one over the other, so that a
    • ladder, one of them during the day, the other during the night.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: A Mongolian Legend
    Matching lines:
    • There is a mother who has a single eye at the top of her
    • head. This mother hurries inconsolably through the world,
    • This story is nothing other than the memory of the tribe driven
    • mother of humanity, searches the world, seeking for what will
    • will find in other entities the spirituality of the world,
  • Title: The Worldview of Herman Grimm in Relation to Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual science stood in isolation to what is otherwise
    • teachings and theories. On the other hand, whoever
    • viewing life called spiritual science can be applied to other,
    • Herman Grimm [the son of Wilhelm Grimm of the Brothers Grimm]
    • that she was his mother-in-law, the same Bettina Brentano who
    • Goethe she was able (like few others) to enter into Goethe's
    • period, numerous other things asserted themselves in the
    • Brought to life again by the Brothers Grimm, they now live
    • what might otherwise have been a one-sided direction. We still
    • having been diverted to other things, Herman Grimm viewed
    • otherwise so easily enter into such a portrayal — that a
    • different from what it is for other modern historians.
    • epoch or other precisely the most significant documents, the
    • personality to another, seeing it as a spiritual process
    • culture follow one upon the other, supersede each other —
    • it shows us Herman' Grimm from another side. His gaze is
    • significance, a culture that had been superseded by another, to
    • another in Homer's “Iliad;” and what has remained
    • in physical bodies, there is another cycle of humanity in which
    • of Christ, just as he is restrained in various other matters.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Impulse for Renewal: Lecture I: Anthroposophy and Natural Science
    Matching lines:
    • anything other than that the methods used by natural science
    • systems expand to other areas of the world's phenomena. So for
    • another sphere of the world, for example the sphere of organic
    • go from one sphere of world phenomena into another, that you
    • one form into another, so thoughts should also take on other
    • forms when they enter into other spheres. One thing remains the
    • according to other principles of causality, where theories are
    • created, which are equal to the other two angles in the
    • one below another and refrained, as befitted most researchers
    • about, looked at inwardly — not like some or other plant
    • elongated or other plant forms, soon forming the flower, soon
    • not for what lies behind it, but for its correlation to other
    • one another like the stars in the world's structure. Man
    • Anthroposophy namely won't oppose the other and it is
    • sphere and now needs to be created for other areas of nature.
    • apply it to other areas. If we develop mere phenomenology which
    • stuck within the phenomena, but now one arrives at another kind
    • basic conviction you had in one area on to other areas. One
  • Title: Impulse for Renewal: Lecture II: The Human and the Animal Organisation
    Matching lines:
    • any other jaw bone but which is not found in the human being as
    • other, and so on. By our position as humans in the world, we
    • way we can expand the number of senses on the other side. When
    • to us, through speech. When we follow the words of others with
    • we have a sense of hearing. In other words, we must, if we
    • basis; it is rather the direct entry into others which
    • other, reveal a particular meaning. This meaning can exist even
    • What Anthroposophy has to offer refers to quite other areas. It
    • himself into another relationship of equilibrium cosmically
    • we must try to clarify the problem from the other side, what
    • creates the other pole of what had been observed. For instance,
    • from the animal. On the other hand, thoughts appear in the
    • equilibrium which separates him from animals, and on the other
    • When one looks at how another position of equilibrium
  • Title: Impulse for Renewal: Lecture III: Anthroposophy and Philosophy
    Matching lines:
    • expression of “Logos” into some or other younger
    • aims, and on the other hand with something which points to
    • on the other hand also not dive into solid thought of the Hegel
    • This was to a certain extent in the middle of some or other
    • other hand with a spiritual content for people who wanted
    • other; here the human soul faces the great, meaningful problem:
    • the Logos on the other side? He starts with “being”
    • is able like no other philosopher, to become gradually more the
    • science is on the one side and the spiritual on the other side
    • other half-reality, which observes us from the outside. If we
    • those of Humes and others, and built in a foreign skeletal
    • and in others. Here one develops what really can become a conceptual
    • organism. This is then the other side of reality, and this side of
    • the other side experience quite materialistic natural phenomena
    • other side of Nature”, as Hegel wanted it, but that it
    • call science on the other side, which also must encompass the
  • Title: Impulse for Renewal: Lecture IV: Anthroposophy and Pedagogy
    Matching lines:
    • every other individual can prove it for themselves, simply with
    • lecture, but I think other lectures during these days would be
    • other need for theoretical knowledge. No, these conveyed ideas
    • teaching to be established, then some or other place for the
    • some or another theoretical sphere. In the end all education,
    • work on the bodily-physical. Another, more materialistically
    • other, without looking for any exchange taking place between
    • usual, then this warmth from other circumstances is considered
    • movements from the father and mother or others in the child's
    • upon the other, and so on. People simply see the soul-spiritual
    • on the child's performance and on the other, the teacher's
    • is nothing other than the cry of the youth: ‘You grownups
    • thinking, which first needs to be experienced through others,
    • than any other art. This works on a subconscious level. We must
    • deeply into life than otherwise. Brought into the bargain is
    • mother takes money every morning when she wants to go shopping.
    • keep for himself but had given to other children. In this case
    • the child simply saw what the mother did each morning and felt
  • Title: Impulse for Renewal: Lecture V: Anthroposophy and Social Science
    Matching lines:
    • contradiction is namely nothing other than what permeates our
    • on the other side of the standpoint, that in overcoming these
    • other than discussion points made in abstract theories; which
    • other thing you could come across would be that at first those,
    • in some or other way arrive at speaking about problems
    • life where now quite other additions would be necessary and not
    • from the other side, how the extraordinary symptoms of human
    • one another during ancient Greece, old Egypt and right over to
    • other one is a fact connected to that shift in humanity's
    • You can't intertwine the one with the other in this
    • but it was grasped with thoughts, however on the other side,
    • self-contained mentality (Geistesart). On the other hand, the
    • influence of economic practice; on the other hand the
    • basically nothing other than abstract principles of an
    • to in my “Key notes” and in other sources. I'm
    • one employer to another, from one land to another to discover
    • valid in another because a change has been brought about — like
    • can dive into other kinds of reality, which are revealed in the
    • social life between one person and another, between one nation
    • to another, through to entirely what has become necessary now
  • Title: Impulse for Renewal: Lecture VI: Anthroposophy and Theology
    Matching lines:
    • in any other way than having been asked to cooperate through
    • my presentation because otherwise I would have to once again
    • others — defends themselves. Anthroposophy wants to
    • methods of science, and on the other hand the human needs for
    • senses” — certainly on the other hand, Leibniz's
    • result of what I've suggested here and in other places, of the
    • other than through their own free will. What is said about
    • this, that some or other suggestive means is applied, with one
    • person it is a conscious and with another it is an unconscious
    • any other people living in the present. His contemporaries for
    • needs — they were never told anything other than what
    • avoid it because otherwise one can't participate in the
    • to say the following. Just as with all other phenomena of
    • another degenerative symptom, even if hidden. In other words,
    • from the time of the Mystery of Golgotha, another time has
    • about this. What Anthroposophy was and is, is nothing other
    • necessary within the needs of today, and that which others fail
    • Anthroposophy never turns to any other mindset, like to some or
    • other religious confession.
    • Never have we preached some or other kind of religious
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Impulse of Renewal: Lecture VII: Anthroposophy and the Science of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • place, people from other countries in western and middle
    • twice, one after the other. Already before this I believed that
    • English speakers from those who belonged to other nationalities
    • audience, and a second time from 11 to 12 for other
    • applied to the other days but on this day, it was particularly
    • different between one word and another, and yet despite this
    • of other nationalities; that the soul life is experienced quite
    • another time than we had here in Germany — but here
    • another time, it happened for instance in England. There are
    • express — and on the other side the thoughts swim in the
    • illustrated as imagination, not as some or other fantasy, but
    • beside another, one brings about boundaries and contours. It is
    • which is not more easily phrased in other sciences, it is said
  • Title: Problems of Our Time: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • beautiful: otherwise mankind will sink into mere
    • man must consciously develop many other things as well. He has
    • that in another Earth-life. Now it is of moment — the
    • child a soul is growing, which has been through other
    • other men in the consciousness that when a fellow-man stands
    • serve the State or conduct other business; or should it aim at
    • otherwise they will more and more fall out of the general
    • in physical life work chaotically into each other, become
    • to reckon with it otherwise than spiritually. We dare
    • the connection of the fall in the mark with other obvious
    • the other hand, to discover the way to the re-awakening of
    • intimately bound up with each other. Those who are united in
    • force for this new social edifice. Much that comes from other
  • Title: Problems of Our Time: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • change of teeth; through another metamorphosis when puberty
    • Other knowledge will be recognized as necessary. There is a
    • creeds may speak of to-day, whether of God or Christ or other
    • must indeed be sought in another way. Men's interests to-day
    • forces had been going on; one people after another shared in
    • events which will take place in quite other spheres, but which
    • economic life and all other changes will ensue, since
    • Other impulses have formed the Eastern view of the world, and
    • economics — as Maya. The Westerner, on the other hand,
    • concentrated in private capital will pass over into other
    • others will need preparation through anthroposophy, through
    • listen to other men, in course of acquiring world dominion),
    • the West is Ideology, though quite another Ideology from the
    • for the world. The Greeks did otherwise; it never entered their
    • Romans were dull, prosaic people, but they did develop other
    • into men of other times. Say to a man to-day: “to partake
    • personality from out of another, is set down in rules and
    • another. I spoke at Stuttgart on the artificial nature of our
    • happened in October, 1918! And to think that this and other
    • from the other half-truth that the only reality is the psychic
  • Title: Problems of Our Time: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • constituted exactly like other men.
    • for humanity, something which is actually being sought in other
    • ferment. By their means the Earth, which would otherwise long
    • other thing which happens to man, especially at this epoch of
    • anthroposophical spiritual science. Otherwise we do not
    • others through the personal conviction of those who can attain
    • the “Western,” the other the “Eastern.”
    • same thing may be noticed in other parts of the body. Forces
    • to our spiritual life is of pre-natal origin. On the other
    • through our will-impulses, brotherliness love for humanity,
    • thought and work for others, rather than for ourselves, what in
    • developed in the economic life by human love and brotherliness
    • life, at the results of our will to work for others, there
    • for the God Whom you must seek in another being than
    • outer reality, that I have spoken here and in other gatherings
  • Title: Problems of Our Time: Main Features of the Social Question and the Threefold Order of the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • the other hand it will be necessary for the masses, the
    • the economic and other social facts of human experience. The
    • fundamentally alien to economic and other social facts,
    • an example the enormous effect of one slogan, amongst others
    • other catchwords (of which we shall touch on some) have the
    • them: on the other, the proletariat with its acquired, abstract
    • their brotherly love for all men, our duty to love all men, or
    • touched by the talk of brotherliness, love of one's neighbour,
    • direct us to take one subject in one year, another in another,
    • Treasury as taxes grew there somehow or other, and would
    • education, etc., must become independent, so on the other
    • the one for Democracy, the other for Socialism. They contradict
    • one another. Before the War the two contradictory impulses were
    • thrust into each other's company and a party was even founded
    • member of the social organism there must be two other separate
    • of work as between man and man, what one man does for another,
    • human being is on a level with every other. How much work one
    • human being has to do for another ought never to be decided on
    • bounded by natural conditions, on the other by the State of Law
    • another such product. To give a rough superficial example, I
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.



The Rudolf Steiner e.Lib is maintained by:
The e.Librarian: elibrarian@elib.com